Home

Mazda MX-5 Owner's Manual

1. Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 x1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 ENGINE Drive belts I I I Engine valve clearance Audibly inspect every 120 000 km if noisy adjust Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system I I I re FL22 type Replace at first rm n 2 Mi after that every Others R R R FUEL SYSTEM Air filter R R R R R R Fuel lines and hoses I I Hoses and tubes for emission I r I Fuel filter R R R IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 60 000 km 8 9 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 x1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I I I I I Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I Brake fluid R R R Disc brakes I I I I I I I I I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I Flat tire repair kit if installed Inspect annually Steering operation and linkages I I I I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I Front and rear
2. Washer fluid reservoir Fuse block Battery Air filter Cooling system cap Power steering fluid cap Engine coolant reservoir 8 17 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Engine Oil NOTE Changing the engine oil should be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Recommended Oil Use SAE 0W 20 engine oil Oil container labels provide important information A chief contribution this type of oil makes to fuel economy is reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Mazda recommends Mazda Genuine Parts For optimal engine performance there are certain types of engine oils and filters suitable for your vehicle Please consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer U S A and CANADA EA GASOLINE c KA ENGINES ILSAC 8 18 Only use oils Certified For Gasoline Engines by the American Petroleum Institute API An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers C 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 F 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Use SAE 5W 20 engine oil Oil container labels provide important information A chief contribution this type of oil makes to fuel economy is reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine fri
3. 10 6 Convertible Top Power Retractable Hardtop 3 48 SO UTOD c mune ere 3 43 Cruise Control sss 5 22 Cup Holder 5 eee 6 81 Customer Assistance sesussss 9 2 D Dashboard Illumination 5 41 Daytime Running Lights 5 58 Defroster Rear window sss 5 61 Dimensions seen 10 5 Door Locks sess 3 30 Driving In Flooded Area 4 10 Driving on Uneven Road 4 12 Driving Tips eee tees 4 6 Automatic transmission 5 21 Break in period 4 6 Driving in flooded area 4 10 Driving on uneven road 4 12 Hazardous driving 4 7 Money saving suggestions 4 6 Rocking the vehicle 4 8 Winter driving sss 4 9 Index D Dynamic Stability Control DSC 5 27 DSC OFF indicator light 5 28 DSC OFF switch 5 28 TCS DSC Indicator light 5 27 E Emergency Starting 7 20 Flooded engine 7 20 Jump starting sssssss 7 21 Push starting ssssss 7 24 Emergency Towing sss 7 25 Emission Control System 4 3 Engine Coolant eem 8 20 Exhaust gas sss 4 4 Hood r
4. sssssss 6 83 Add On Non Genuine Parts and ACCESSOS e taa aea 9 19 Advanced Key sss 3 2 Advanced key maintenance 3 5 Advanced key suspend f nctiOD irte 3 18 Auxiliary key sss 3 18 Locking unlocking with request SWItCH Ls tede dme e mete 3 8 Opening the trunk lid with request SWIC eerte ee orit ctt ie 3 10 Operation range seseese 3 7 Remote control function 3 15 SOLVICG i etn RR 3 7 When warning indicator beep is activated inpet 3 22 Air Bag Systems sssssssss 2 30 ZITIEREN 6 14 Anti Lock Brake System ABS 5 9 Warning light suss 5 9 Appearance Care ssesseses 8 50 Audio System sssssssss 6 14 Audio control switch 6 56 Audio set esee 6 25 AUX mode sees 6 58 Operating tips for audio SY SUCM ose tre cete a ete 6 15 Safety certification 6 60 Automatic Transmission Direct mode sss 5 20 Driving tips sesser 5 21 Manual shift mode 5 16 Shift lock system 5 16 Transmission ranges 5 15 Average Fuel Economy Display 5 38 B Battery Emergency starting 7 20 Maintenance ee 8 27 Specifications ssssss 10 4 Beep Sounds Ignition key reminder 5 55 L
5. Tl REIS m m Qn BEEF OH Vv 12Hr 4 gt 24H Bos Sound System equipped model AudioPLT OFF lt 9 Z BASS Z TREB Z FADE V BAL Z BEEF OH Z 12H 4 gt 24Hr Interior Comfort Audio System Depending on the mode selected the indication changes 2 Turn the audio control dial to adjust the selected functions as follows Standard audio equipped model Indication Turn Left Turn Right ALC Select mode FADE E A 5 z ee mno TREB Ww eb Shift the Shift the sound to the sound to the front rear Shift the Shift the E A L sound to the sound to the left right E E E F off on 12H 24H zHr bzdHr Flashing Flashing Bose Sound System equipped model Indication Turn Left Turn Right HudiaPLT o on Bes Stee rue TREB ae ene Shift the Shift the F H D E sound to the sound to the front rear Shift the Shift the E H L sound to the sound to the left right E E E F off on 12H 24H zHr 4 gt 4Hr Flashing Flashing 6 27 Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE Depending on the type of audio unit the order in which the functions appear differs e About 5 seconds after selecting any mode the volume function will be automatically selected To reset bass treble fade and balance pr
6. 5 ROOM 15A dd mere pos LE light For protection of 6 IG KEY2 15A For protection of various circuits 7 HEATER 40A Airconditioner 8 ABS 30A JABS 9 FOG 15A Front fog lights 10 R FOG 11 RHT L 30A Power retractable hardtop LH 12 RHTR 30A Power retractable hardtop RH 13 MAG 7 5A Air conditioner 14 ST 20 A Starter 15 TAIL 15A Taillights Parking lights License plate lights Illumination 16 ABS 40A ABS 8 47 Some models Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance DESCRIPTION Rica G PROTECTED COMPONENT 17 BTN 30A For protection of various circuits 18 MAIN 120A For protection of all circuits 19 EGI INJ 10A Injector 20 EGI COMP1 10A Engine control system 21 EGI COMP2 10A Engine control system 22 HEAD LOW L 15A Headlight low beam LH 23 HEAD LOWR 15A Headlight low beam RH 24 HEAD 15A Headlight high beams 25 P WIND 20A Power windows 26 ENGINE 15A Engine control system 27 WIPER 20A Windshield wipers and washer 28 DRL 15A DRL 29 HORN 15A Horn 30 STOP 10A Brake lights 31 ETV 10A Electric throttle valve 32 FUEL PUMP 15A Fuel Pump 33 HAZARD 10A Turn signals Hazard warning flashers 34 P WIND2 20A Power windows 35 IG KEYI 40A For protection of various circuits 8 48 Some models Fuse block Driver s side Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance DESCRI
7. What to check Make sure that all the conditions for operating the retractable hardtop have been met If the chime sounds despite having met all the operation conditions consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the system inspected A warning beep sound is heard when the open or close switch is released The hardtop is not fully opened or closed Press the switch until the open or close operation is completed A warning beep sound is heard continuously and the indicator light is illuminated while the vehicle is driven The hardtop has not completely opened or closed Continue to press the button until the operation is completed After the hardtop is completely closed latch the top latch If the open or close button has not been operated and the operation indicator light is flashing The system may have a malfunction Have the vehicle checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer 3 62 Immobilizer System with Advanced Key The immobilizer system allows the engine to start only with an advanced key the system recognizes If someone attempts to start the engine with an unrecognized advanced key the engine will not start thereby helping to prevent the theft of your vehicle If you have a problem with the immobilizer system or the advanced key including auxiliary key consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A CAUTION Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes
8. age 6 DA ry sock page 6 83 3 Multi pocket EAA am tet utet aes ta att iste dt tse page 6 81 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle 1 3 Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior Overview Interior Equipment View C Wil DIG CK Ste orien eco etie eetveeie rci bderieseveteentoec e eversa age 6 84 pag onvertible top unlock lever 2e E E A A SE EA rs age 3 C ible top unlock 1 page 3 46 E o E E E E e a es page 6 82 Remote fuel filler lid release sessi page 3 40 b Back trim storage DOX 3 pte ne ea ete ede e page 6 82 6 Seat Deli earn e tette a t i au page 2 7 DiSeadisu s deat d ende gei end geret gelu a Rh Hi dte du page 2 2 Rearview IDIOT nies enean dela a e RYE RE ERE R UR page 3 74 GTitetior light a i rt rete ta ra nnns page 6 80 S nDVISOE c Ste Ne S Le e teet ek Eh page 6 80 Toy Vanity a visti n ene dritte eni n e e e e atin EAD ee AR page 6 80 12 Crip sold ei Soo Et EUH NI us page 6 81 1 4 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle Your Vehicle at a Glance Exterior Overview KDE page 3 42 Windshield wiper blades monensin unra e NEA tenentes page 8 25 3 Convertible top Power retractable hardtop cccccccscsccsesesseseeseseeseseseeseeeesees page 3 48 Convertible top Soft top e aacsmeetiamae tener aae page 3 43 b Fuelsfillerdid att tet Ao fer e a t e EP ede
9. sese page 5 41 InstruinentcI ster 3 2 ern epe re e e ote Pe e ei p pet page 5 37 iper and washer lever etm eene PR een page 5 Wi d washer 5 60 Ignition SWitCh dtr ete p n ret pm a ne Paene page 5 2 Tilt wheel release lever 5 e RAI e Eme UH Ree page 3 73 i Hood release handle iier ert tdeo e ERE eitis page 3 42 2 Trunk release button eb Steven alesis Rea e rece a age 3 33 pag 13 Outside mirror switch tuyen oet dtu etn E Hs page 3 73 1 2 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior Overview Interior Equipment View B Audio control Switch s aee daret tr td da qe page 6 56 SRS ait bags senis ied eatem teta A eite page 2 30 Cruise conttol switch nie te cese tert er e ede fette page 5 22 Ulo SY SCC oru rte pre nere e E dudes e TEX ex EE P e Tere NEC Ye ee E HEN ETUR E Ren page 6 Audi 6 15 Hazard warning flasher switch sss ees page 5 62 6 Climiate control systems etta etit tene ee e es page 6 2 Parking brake xxiii endet aee e die Ed e RR CU t ee dae ks page 5 7 Seat warmer switches ned eee eee oer REI edd page 2 5 ower window switches Jeres maaien nnan nnne nennen nent age 3 P ind itch page 3 37 MT shift lever tte se tob eedem oca e eed teta page 5 11 VAT shift lever Sport AT 4 aeter ener temet page 5 14 CCESSOLY SOCKET e
10. 9 6 Reporting Safety Defects Canada 9 43 Customer Assistance Puerto Rico 9 9 Customer Assistans MEXICO sig 2 10 Service Publications e 9 44 Service Publications 9 44 Mazda Importer Distributors 9 12 Importer Distributor 9 12 Distributor in Each Area 9 12 Warranty eese esee e eese siiis 9 14 Warranties for Your Mazda 9 14 Outside the United States and Canada iiec cide ie ters 9 15 Outside the United States 9 16 Outside Canada sss 9 17 Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country Except United States and Canada ssssssssseeseeeeen 9 18 Add On Non Genuine Parts and ACCeSSOTIOS eene e 9 19 Cell PHONES sscssssiseccccsscadssccsessececenccccssotees 9 20 Cell Phones Warning 9 20 Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS eere enne tn tnnt 9 21 Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS cheers 9 21 Tire Information U S A 9 23 Tire Labeling 52 9 23 Location of the Tire Label Placard sse 9 29 Tire Maintenance 9 32 Vehicle Loading 9 35 Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit ste eesectecriccenistetinadieadinaicons 9 41 9 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistan
11. Lap shoulder belt Seat belt tongue Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems 3 Insert the seat belt tongue into the seat belt buckle until you hear a click sound M Seat belt tongue Seat belt buckle A WARNING Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the Seat Belt Improper positioning of the shoulder portion of the seat belt is dangerous Always make sure the shoulder portion of the seat belt is positioned across your shoulder and near your neck but never under your arm on your neck or on your upper arm 4 Position the lap belt as low as possible not on the abdominal area then adjust the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly against your body Take up slack Keep low on hip bone QA Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A WARNING Positioning the Lap Portion of the Seat Belt The lap portion of the seat belt worn too high is dangerous In a collision this would concentrate the impact force directly on the abdominal area causing serious injury Wear the lap portion of the belt snugly and as low as possible V Unfastening the Seat Belt Depress the button on the seat belt buckle If the belt does not fully retract pull it out and check for kinks or twists Then make sure it remains untwisted as it retracts ra vA Button NOTE If a belt does not fully retract inspect it for kinks and twists If it is still not retracting properly have it inspected
12. Phone tag is connected If two or more telephones are registered the one with the highest priority 1s selected NOTE Depending on the device the registration status may be lost after a certain period of time If this occurs repeat the entire process from Step 1 V Making a call using a telephone number NOTE Practice this while parked until you are confident you can do it while driving in a non taxing road situation If you are not completely comfortable make all calls from a safe parking position and move out only when fully under control and you can devote your eyes and mind to driving 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Dial 3 Prompt Number please 4 Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Telephone number 5 Prompt Dialing XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Telephone number is this correct 6 Say Beep Yes or No 7 When Yes is spoken the call is made When No is spoken the procedure returns to Step 3 NOTE The Dial command and a telephone number can be combined Ex In Step 2 say Dial 123 4567 then Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free V Receiving an incoming call 1 Prompt Incoming call press the phone button to answer 2 To accept the call press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press To reject the call pr
13. Say the voice input command for voice recognition learning 1 to 8 according to the voice guidance 7 Prompt Speaker enrollment is complete returning to main menu Voice input command list for voice recognition learning When reading out the following points must be observed Read out the numbers one at a time correctly and naturally For example 1234 must be read out one two three four not twelve thirty four e Do not read out parentheses and hyphens are used for separating numbers in a phone number Ex 888 555 1212 must be spoken Eight eight eight five five five one two one two Phrase Command 1 0123456789 2 888 555 1212 3 Call 4 Dial 5 Setup 6 Cancel 7 Continue 8 Help Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free NOTE After user voice registration is completed voice guidance Speaker enrollment is complete returning to main menu is announced V DTMF dual tone multi frequency signal transmission This function is used when transmitting DTMF via the user s voice The receiver of a DTMF transmission is generally a home telephone answering machine or a company s automated guidance call center When you send tone signals back according to the voice guidance recording 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep XXXX send Say DTMF code
14. 5 Prompt Passcode is disabled Would you like to enable it 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Please say a 4 digit passcode Remember this passcode It will be required to use this system digit passcode PCode 9 Prompt Passcode XX XX Passcode PCode Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt Passcode is enabled returning to main menu Using Bluetooth Hands Free with a passcode 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Prompt Hands Free system is locked State the passcode to continue 3 Say Beep X XXX Say the set passcode PCode 4 If the correct passcode is input voice guidance XXXXXX Ex Mary s phone Phone tag is connected is announced If the passcode is incorrect voice guidance XXXX 4 digit passcode Pcode incorrect passcode please try again is announced Canceling the passcode NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode or say cancel to return to main menu 6 75 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 4 Say Beep Passcode 5 Prompt
15. 6 Replace the valve cap 7 Repeat with each tire including the spare NOTE Some spare tires require higher inflation pressure 8 Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak 9 Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges cuts bulges cracks or other irregularities NOTE Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures Don t release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure Under inflation can cause serious failures and accidents Over inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road hazards 9 30 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A V Glossary of Terms Tire Placard A label indicating the OE tire sizes recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry Tire Identification Number TIN A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire size and date of manufacture Inflation Pressure A measure of the amount of air in a tire kPa Kilopascal the metric unit for air pressure psi Pounds per square inch the English unit for air pressure B pillar The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door Original Equipment OE Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle Vehicle Load Limit The maximum value of the com
16. 8 29 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Tires For reasons of proper performance safety and better fuel economy always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the recommended load limits and weight distribution A WARNING Using Different Tire Types Driving your vehicle with different types of tires is dangerous It could cause poor handling and poor braking leading to loss of control Using Wrong Sized Tires Using any other tire size than what is specified for your Mazda page 10 7 is dangerous It could seriously affect ride handling ground clearance tire clearance and speedometer calibration This could cause you to have an accident Use only tires that are the correct size specified for your Mazda 8 30 V Tire Inflation Pressure A WARNING Always inflate the tires to the correct pressure Overinflation or underinflation of tires is dangerous Adverse handling or unexpected tire failure could result in a serious accident Refer to specification charts on page 10 7 Use only a Mazda genuine tire valve cap Use of a non genuine part is dangerous as the correct tire air pressure cannot be maintained if the tire valve becomes damaged If the vehicle is driven under this condition the tire air pressure will decrease which could result in a serious accident Do not use any part for the tire valve cap that is not a Mazda genuine part The Tire Pressure Monitoring
17. Illuminated 3K Flashing 2 Beep Placing heavy items on the passenger seat may cause the passenger seat belt warning function to operate depending on the weight of the item Once the beep sound is heard it continues sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers to 20 km h 12 mph or less until the seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound period has passed NOTE To allow the passenger seat weight sensor to function properly do not place and sit on an additional seat cushion on the passenger seat The sensor may not function properly because the additional seat cushion could cause sensor interference When a small child sits on the passenger seat it is possible that neither the warning light nor the warning beep operate 5 48 V Door Ajar Warning Light fe Uu This warning light illuminates when any door is not securely closed Close the door securely before driving the vehicle V Automatic Transmission Warning Light AT This warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON The light illuminates when the transmission has a problem A CAUTION If the automatic transmission warning light illuminates the transmission has an electrical problem Continuing to drive your Mazda in this condition could cause damage to your transmission Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Tire Pressure Monit
18. Mary s phone Registered voice tag XXXX Ex Home Registered location Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt The current number is XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Currently registered number New number please Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free NOTE If there was no previous phone number registered to a location Ex Work the prompt will only read out Number please 12 Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 666 1234 Say the new phone number to be registered 13 Prompt XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 666 1234 The new phone number to be registered Is this correct 14 Say Beep Yes 15 Prompt Number changed Would you like to call this number edit another entry or say cancel to return to main menu Phone book data deletion Erasing individual phone book data Individual data registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phone book can be cleared NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Phone book 3 Prompt Select one of the following new entry edit list names delete or erase all or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Delete 5 Prompt Please say the name of the entry you would like to delete or say List nam
19. 2 24 Before installing a child restraint system make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminated by using the key to turn the passenger air bag off Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors on page 2 47 Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2 43 1 Make sure to remove articles from behind the passenger seat that would prevent the seat from sliding back fully and then slide the seat as far back as possible 2 Secure the child restraint system with the lap portion of the lap shoulder belt See the instructions on the child restraint system for belt routing instructions 3 To get the retractor into the automatic locking mode pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt until the entire length of the belt is out of the retractor Push the child restraint system firmly into the vehicle seat Be sure the belt retracts as snugly as possible Clicking from the retractor will be heard during retraction if the system is in automatic locking mode If the belt does not lock the seat down tight repeat this step Make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates by using the key to turn the passenger air bag off after installing a child restraint system on the passenger seat Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint A WARNING Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminated when using a rear
20. 3 Prompt Sending XXXX DTMF code 6 77 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free When Bluetooth Hands Free cannot be used Bluetooth Hands Free cannot be used under the following conditions The mobile telephone is outside of the communication area The mobile telephone has a malfunction The mobile telephone is not connected to the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle The mobile telephone battery 1s weak The mobile telephone is turned off The mobile telephone is placed where radio reception is difficult e e 6 78 Safety Certification FCC ID CB2MBLUEC07 IC 279B MBLUEC07 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation A WARNING Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter End users and installers must be provided with installation instructio
21. 8 34 MEMO Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Light Bulbs High mount brake light License plate lights Trunk light Reverse lights Rear turn signal lights Brake lights Taillights Rear side marker lights Overhead light Headlights High beam Headlights Low beam Fog lights Front turn signal lights Parking lights Front side marker lights Some models 8 36 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A WARNING Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs yourself Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs yourself is dangerous Because the xenon fusion bulbs require high voltage you could receive an electric shock if the bulbs are handled incorrectly Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer when the replacement is necessary Never touch the glass portion of a halogen bulb with your bare hands and always wear eye protection when handling or working around the bulbs When a halogen bulb breaks it is dangerous These bulbs contain pressurized gas If one is broken it will explode and serious injuries could be caused by the flying glass If the glass portion is touched with bare hands body oil could cause the bulb to overheat and explode when lit Always keep halogen bulbs out of the reach of children Playing with a halogen bulb is dangerous Serious injuries could be caused by dropping a halogen bulb or breaking it some other way V Replacing Exterior
22. AVANT 2 ARRIERE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed kg or Ibs Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais d passer XXX kg ou XXX Ib COLD TIRE PRESSURE Ree ets SIZE PRESSION DES PNEU DIMENSIONS PNEUS A FROID INON FRONT P495 70R14 200kPa 29psi MEAAG MM VOIR LE MANUEL ARRIERE P19570R14 200 kPa 29 psi DE L USAGER SPARE POUR PLUS DE DE SECOURS T125 70D15 420 kPa 60 psi RENSEIGNEMENTS TIRE Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants The cargo weight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants from the combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed value on the tire label 9 37 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Examples Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg 150 lbs and a value of 385 kg 849 Ibs for the combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg 849 Ibs 68 kg 150 lbs 317 kg 699 Ibs The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg 849 Ibs 68 x 2 kg 150 x 2 Ibs 249 kg 549 Ibs If the weight of the occupant increases the cargo weight limit decreases by that much GAW Gross A
23. If you see an error indication on the display find the cause in the chart If you cannot clear the error indication take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Indication Cause Solution Depending on the surrounding conditions such as large trees build ings or tunnels and special weather conditions SIRIUS radio reception may be diminished or temporarily interrupted Improve reception by moving away from possible obstructions If the error indication continues to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer ACQUIRING Satellite radi Check the satellite radio antenna antenna cable and ANTENNA FAIL ben HR id antenna DLP antenna connector If the error indication continues to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Insert the CD properly If the error indication continues CD is msorted upside dowi to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer CHECK CD Insert another CD properly If the error indication CD is defective continues to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE Ifa broken DLP unit is replaced with a new unit cancel the license for the broken unit and make sure to carry out new registration for the replaced unit If the license for the broken unit is not canceled you will be charged a reception fee for both units DLP Down Link Processor SATELLITE RADIO Module 6 55 Interior Comfort Audio System Audio Control Switch Operation When th
24. Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first node M Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 x1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 x1000 miles 7 5 15 22 5 30 37 5 45 52 5 60 CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I Disc brakes I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 12 000 km 7 500 miles Flat tire repair kit if installed Inspect annually Steering operation and linkages I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel 1 1 bearing axial play Manual transmission oil R Rear differential oil R Driveshaft dust boots I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72 000 km 45 000 miles or 5 years AII locks and hinges L L L L L L L L Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace C Clean L Lubricate T Tighten Remarks 1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or mileage kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 3 Check t
25. Never disassemble Never throw the battery into fire and or water Never deform or crush Replacing the transmitter battery 1 Unfold the key page 3 23 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 2 Insert a screwdriver into the slot and push the tab to remove the key from the transmitter 3 Insert a screwdriver into the slot and gently pry open the transmitter 3 27 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 5 Put in the new battery CR1620 or equivalent with the positive pole facing down 6 Align the front and back covers and snap the transmitter shut 7 Align the key with the transmitter as shown in the figure and insert the key until a click sound is heard A CAUTION Insert the key into the transmitter securely until a click sound is heard If it is not inserted securely it could detach from the transmitter 3 28 V Service If you have a problem with the keyless entry system consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer If your transmitter is lost or stolen bring all remaining transmitters to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible for a replacement and to make the lost or stolen transmitter inoperative A CAUTION Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Loc
26. Passcode is enabled Would you like to disable it 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Passcode is disabled returning to main menu Confirmation Prompts The confirmation prompt confirms the command content to the user before advancing to the operation requested by the user When this function is turned on the system reads out the voice input command previously received and confirms whether the command is correct before advancing to the command execution When the confirmation prompt function is turned on Ex Calling John s phone Is this correct When the confirmation prompt function is turned off Ex Calling John s phone NOTE If the confirmation prompt function is turned off when making an emergency call the system reads out and confirms the command before executing it 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Confirmation prompts 6 76 5 Prompt Confirmation prompts are on off Would you like to turn confirmation prompts off on 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Confirmation prompts are off on returning to main menu V Voice recognition learning function Speaker enrollment The voice recognition learning funct
27. 5 53 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Gear position indicator The gear position indicator displays the gear in use while in either manual shift or direct mode Y TCS DSC Indicator Light This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the TCS or DSC is operating the indicator light flashes If the light stays on the TCS or DSC may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Y DSC OFF Indicator Light DSC OFF This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON It also illuminates when the DSC OFF switch is pressed and TCS DSC is switched off page 5 28 If the light stays on when the TCS DSC is not switched off take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer The dynamic stability control may have a malfunction 5 54 Some models NOTE If the battery is disconnected or a fuse is replaced the DSC will be inoperable In this case the DSC OFF indicator light flashes and the TCS DSC indicator light illuminates To make the DSC operable do the following procedure with the battery connected 1 Switch the ignition ON 2 Turn the steering clockwise fully then turn it counterclockwise fully 3 Make sure the DSC OFF indicator turn off 4 Switch the ignition off then switch the ignition to ON again 5 Make sure the TCS DSC indicator l
28. BBB AUTO LINE and Mazda have been certified by the Arbitration Certification Program of the California Department of Consumer Affairs If you have a problem arising under a Mazda written warranty we encourage you to bring it to our attention If we are unable to resolve it you may file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE Claims must be filed with BBB AUTO LINE within six 6 months after the expiration of the warranty To file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE call 1 800 955 5100 There is no charge for the call In order to file a claam with BBB AUTO LINE you will have to provide your name and address the brand name and vehicle identification number VIN of your vehicle and a statement of the nature of your problem or complaint You will also be asked to provide the approximate date of your acquisition of the vehicle the vehicle s current mileage the approximate date and mileage at the time any problem s were first brought to the attention of Mazda or one of our dealers and a statement of the relief you are seeking BBB AUTO LINE staff may try to help resolve your dispute through mediation If mediation is not successful or if you do not wish to participate in mediation claims within the program s jurisdiction may be presented to an arbitrator at an informal hearing The arbitrator s decision should ordinarily be issued within 40 days from the time your complaint is filed there may be a delay of 7 days if you did not first contact
29. By phone at 1 800 222 5500 By letter at Attn Customer Assistance Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 2922 P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 9 2 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance In order to serve you efficiently and effectively please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on the upper driver s side corner of the dash 4 Purchase date and current mileage 5 Your dealer s name and location 6 Your question s If you live outside the U S A please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor WSTEP 3 Contact Better Business Bureau BBB Mazda North American Operations realizes that mutual agreement on some issues may not be possible As a final step to ensure that your concerns are being fairly considered Mazda North American Operations has agreed to participate in a dispute settlement program administered by the Better Business Bureau BBB system at no cost to you the consumer BBB AUTO LINE works with consumers and the manufacturer in an attempt to reach a mutually acceptable resolution of any warranty related concerns If the BBB is not able to facilitate a settlement they will provide an informal hearing before an arbitrator You are required to resort to BBB
30. D Front air bag sensor Side crash sensors Air bag seat belt pretensioner system warning light page 2 38 Side inflators and air bags Passenger air bag deactivation indicator light page 2 47 9 Passenger air bag deactivation switch page 2 43 Passenger seat weight sensors page 2 47 Q Passenger seat weight sensor control module 2 Driver and passenger seat belt buckle switches page 2 50 3 Driver seat slide position sensor page 2 47 Some models 2 35 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags How the SRS Air Bags Work Your Mazda is equipped with the following types of SRS air bags SRS air bags are designed to work together with the seat belts to help to reduce injuries during an accident The SRS air bags are designed to provide further protection for passengers in addition to the seat belt functions Be sure to wear seat belts properly V Seat Belt Pretensioners The seat belt pretensioners are designed to deploy in moderate or severe frontal near frontal collisions V Driver Air Bag The driver s air bag is mounted in the steering wheel When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force the driver s air bag inflates quickly helping to reduce injury mainly to the driver s head or chest caused by directly hitting the steering wheel For more details about air bag deployment refer to SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 40 The driver s dual stage air bag con
31. Depress the clutch pedal Manual transmission only Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Press the CANCEL switch pra RES SET The system turns off when the ignition is off NOTE Cruise control will cancel at about 15 km h 9 mph below the preset speed such as may happen when climbing a long steep grade 5 25 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Traction Control System TCS The Traction Control System TCS enhances traction and safety by controlling engine torque and braking When the TCS detects driving wheel slippage it lowers engine torque and operates the brakes to prevent loss of traction This means that on a slick surface the engine adjusts automatically to provide optimum power to the drive wheels limiting wheel spin and loss of traction A WARNING Do not rely on the traction control system as a substitute for safe driving The traction control system TCS cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident Use snow tires or tire chains and drive at reduced speeds when roads are covered with ice and or snow Driving without proper traction devices on snow and or ice covered roads is dangerous The traction control system TCS alone cannot provide a
32. Locking unlocking with transmitter with retractable type key Both doors can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 24 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Trunk Lid A WARNING Never allow a person to ride in the trunk Allowing a person to ride in the trunk is dangerous In addition the person in the trunk could be seriously injured or killed during sudden braking or a collision Keep the trunk closed when driving Exhaust gas entering the cabin of a vehicle through an open trunk is dangerous This gas contains CO carbon monoxide which is colorless odorless and highly poisonous If inhaled it can cause loss of consciousness and death V Opening and Closing the Trunk Lid A WARNING Close the trunk lid and do not allow children to play inside the vehicle Leaving the trunk lid open or leaving children in the vehicle with the keys is dangerous Children could open the trunk lid and climb inside resulting in possible injury or death from heat exposure Always keep the car from being a tempting place to play by latching the doors and the trunk and keeping the keys where children can not play with them Leaving children or animals unattended in a parked vehicle is dangerous Babies left sleeping and children who lock themselves in cars or trunks can die very quickly from heat prostration Do not leave your children or pets alone in
33. Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system is dangerous You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable Do not make any modifications to the supplemental restraint system This includes installing trim badges or anything else over the air bag modules It also includes installing extra electrical equipment on or near system components or wiring An Authorized Mazda Dealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of seats It is important to protect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that the bags do not accidentally deploy the driver seat slide position sensor and passenger seat weight sensors are not damaged and that the seats retain an undamaged air bag connection NOTE When an air bag deploys a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be released Neither is likely to cause injury however the texture of the air bags may cause light skin injuries on body parts not covered with clothing through friction Should you sell your Mazda we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and that familiarization with all instructions about them from the Owner s Manual is important 2 34 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Supplemental Restraint System Components 2 Driver Passenger inflators and air bags 0 Crash sensor and diagnostic module SAS unit Seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systems page 2 13
34. Trunk Lid Release Lock Out on page 3 34 Panic button If you witness from a distance someone attempting to break into or damage your vehicle pressing the panic button will activate the vehicle s alarm NOTE The panic button will work whether any door or the trunk lid is open or closed Turning on the alarm Pressing the panic button for 1 second or more will trigger the alarm for about 2 minutes and 30 seconds and the following will occur The horn sounds intermittently The hazard warning lights flash Turning off the alarm Press any button on the transmitter 3 26 V Transmitter Maintenance If the buttons on the transmitter are inoperable and the operation indicator light does not flash the battery may be dead Replace with a new battery before the transmitter becomes unusable A CAUTION Install the battery with the positive pole facing down Battery leakage could occur if it is not installed correctly When replacing the battery be careful not to bend the electrical terminals or get oil on them Also be careful not to get dirt in the transmitter as it could be damaged There is the danger of explosion if the battery is not correctly replaced Replace only with the same type battery CR1620 or equivalent Dispose of used batteries according to the following instructions Insulate the plus and minus terminals of the battery using cellophane or equivalent tape
35. armed The following method will also arm the theft deterrent system With advanced key Press a request switch on the doors or the lock button on the transmitter Without advanced key Close the hood and the trunk lid Press the area on the door lock switch marked LOCK once Close both doors Some models 3 71 Knowing Your Mazda Security System NOTE Locking the doors with the inside door lock knob will not arm the system WV To Turn off an Armed System An armed system can be turned off by any one of the following methods Unlock a door with the key Press the unlock button on the keyless entry system transmitter Insert the key into the ignition switch and switch the ignition ON With advanced key Press a request switch on the doors or the unlock button on the transmitter Switch the ignition ON with the start knob The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that the system is turned off NOTE The trunk lid can be opened with the key or the transmitter even when the system is armed The alarm will not come on and the system will remain armed V To Stop an Alarm A triggered alarm can be turned off by any one of the following methods Unlock a door with the key Open the trunk lid with the key Press the unlock button or press and hold the trunk button on the keyless entry system transmitter With advanced key Press a request switch on the door
36. detect the increased total seated weight which could result in the unexpected deployment of the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system in an accident and may cause serious injury Increasing the total seated weight on the passenger seat could result in the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system deployment in an accident under the following conditions for example The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when seating a child in the child restraint system Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child restraint system The seat is washed Liquids are spilled on the seat The passenger seat is moved backward and it is pushed into luggage or other items placed behind it Luggage or other items are placed between the passenger seat and center console Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the passenger seat are attached to the passenger seat The passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will deactivate if the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates 2 49 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags A CAUTION gt To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the sensors in the seat bottoms gt Do not place sharp objects on the seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on them Do not spill any liq
37. display and the outside temperature display Selector Odometer E M Q zar mra UP Meter 4 LL J Average Fuel Economy Display Outside Temperature Display 5 38 Odometer A ae Ga Trip meter A Odometer J c b GU Trip meter B Odometer J CQ ZG Average fuel economy z Odometer d o gr Outside temperature Odometer The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven Trip meter The trip meter can record the total distance of two trips One is recorded in trip meter A and the other is recorded in trip meter B For instance trip meter A can record the distance from the point of origin and trip meter B can record the distance from where the fuel tank is filled When trip meter A is selected pressing the selector again within one second will change to trip meter B mode When trip meter A is selected TRIP A will be displayed When trip meter B is selected TRIP B will be displayed Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators The trip meter records the total distance the vehicle is driven until the meter is again reset Return it to 0 0 by holding the selector depressed for 1 second or more Use this meter to measure trip distances and to compute fuel consumption NOTE Only the trip meters record tenths of kilometers miles The trip record will be erased when The power supply is interrupted blown fuse or the battery i
38. open and the advanced key is removed from the vehicle A beep sound will be heard 3 times However the beep sound will be heard continuously when the start knob is in the ACC position and the door is open due to the activation of the warning beep sound indicating that the start knob is not in the LOCK position The start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position and all the doors are closed after removing the advanced key from the vehicle A beep sound will be heard 6 times NOTE Because the advanced key utilizes low intensity radio waves the Advanced Key Removed From Vehicle Warning may activate if the advanced key is carried together with a metal object or it is placed in a poor signal reception area within the vehicle 3 19 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System V Request Switch Inoperable Warning Beep If the request switch for a front door is pressed under the following conditions while the advanced key is being carried a beep will be heard 6 times to indicate that the front doors cannot be locked A door is open door ajar included The start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position The auxiliary key is inserted into the ignition switch V Advanced Key Battery Dead Warning When the start knob is returned to the ACC or LOCK position from the ON position the KEY indicator light green flashes for approximately 30 seconds indicating that the remaining batt
39. ose ice te Sie ten cet ak cals page 6 30 Operating the Radio noe ete tpe RE IR e e QUAS page 6 32 Operating the Satellite Radio essere page 6 34 Operating the Compact Disc CD Player sese page 6 46 Operating the In Dash CD Changer essere page 6 50 Operating the Auxiliary Jack sess page 6 54 Error Indications 5 eo i died ee diee eret page 6 55 6 25 Interior Comfort Audio System V Power Volume Sound Controls L emam smus co x a uem WVA Mea ewe rag Ped DISC SEEK TRACK lt FOLDER gt SEEK TRACK REPLAY CAE Power Volume dial Power ON OFF Switch the ignition to ACC or ON Press the power volume dial to turn the audio system on Press the power volume dial again to turn the audio system off NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the audio system on for a long period of time when the engine is not running Volume adjustment To adjust the volume turn the power volume dial Turn the power volume dial to the right to increase volume to the left to decrease it 6 26 Audio control dial Audio sound adjustment 1 Press the audio control dial to select the function The selected function will be indicated Standard audio equipped model ALC OFF m EIS ii 4 zu m m
40. remains illuminated drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km h 16 mph for 10 minutes and then verify that it turns off Tires lose air naturally over time and the TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too soft over time or you have a flat However when you find one low tire in a set of four that is an indication of trouble you should have someone drive the vehicle slowly forward so you can inspect any low tire for cuts and any metal objects sticking through tread or sidewall Put a few drops of water in the valve stem to see if it bubbles indicating a bad valve Leaks need to be addressed by more than simply refilling the trouble tire as leaks are dangerous take it to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has all the equipment to fix tires TPMS systems and order the best replacement tire for your vehicle 5 33 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving If the warning light illuminates again even after the tire pressures are adjusted there may be a tire puncture Refer to Vehicle with run flat tires on page 7 3 Vehicles with Instant Mobility System IMS emergency flat tire repair kit If an emergency tire repair is needed repair the punctured tire with the emergency flat tire repair kit page 7 7 A CAUTION Do not use non genuine tire sealant It may damage the tire pressure sensor Vehicles with optional temporary spare tire If you have bought the optional temporary spare tire replace the punc
41. seconds which indicates that it is in code input mode 4 SRI appears which indicates that it is ready for code input Interior Comfort Audio System Registered ID code input 5 Input the registered ID code using channel preset buttons 1 4 Example If the registered ID code is 2323 input 2323 At this time SR1 2323 is displayed Registered ID code input determination 6 Determine the code which has been input by pressing the scan button 7 If it does not match the registered code SRI Err is displayed and then it returns to SR1 8 If it matches the registered code SRI LOCK appears for three seconds which indicates that the code input has been completed 9 SRI LOCK 100 appears which indicates that the parental lock is activated At this time mute is on and no sound is heard NOTE Ifan ID code is not input for ten seconds Err is displayed and it returns to the former display Channel preset buttons 1 2 3 4 and the scan button are used for input of the ID code Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used Lock cancellation Setting condition SAT mode Releasing a locked channel 1 Select a channel to be released by turning the manual tuning dial Example Select the locked channel i e 100 At this time SRI LOCK 100 is displayed 6 43 Interior Comfort Audio System Registered ID code input preparation 2 Press and hold the sc
42. switch A beep sound will be heard once and the hazard warning lights will flash once NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the doors are locked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights only flash when the theft deterrent system is armed The hazard warning lights do not flash if both the doors are locked before the theft deterrent system is properly armed Refer to the theft deterrent system on page 3 71 To unlock Driver s door request switch To unlock the driver s door press the request switch A beep sound will be heard twice and the hazard warning lights will flash twice To unlock both doors press the request switch again within 3 seconds and two more beep sounds will be heard NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that the doors are unlocked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights only flash when the theft deterrent system is turned off The hazard warning lights do not flash unless the theft deterrent system has been properly turned off Refer to the thefi deterrent system on page 3 71 Passenger door request switch To unlock the doors press the request switch A beep sound will be heard twice and the hazard warning lights will flash twice 3 9 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System NOTE Confirm that both doors are
43. turned off it automatically activates when the ignition is switched ON Leaving the TCS DSC on will provide the best stability When the TCS DSC is off the TCS DSC does not activate but the brake LSD Limited Slip Differentials function remains If the DSC OFF switch is pressed and held for a second or more the TCS DSC system may become inoperative due to the system detecting a switch problem If the TCS DSC system becomes inoperative the TCS DSC and the DSC OFF indicator lights illuminate simultaneously In this case turn off the engine and restart it to restore the TCS DSC Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving 5 29 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Tire Pressure Monitoring System The tire pressure monitoring system TPMS monitors the pressure for each tire If tire pressure is too low in one or more tires the system will inform the driver via the warning light in the instrument panel and by the warning beep sound The tire pressure sensors installed on each wheel send tire pressure data by radio signal to the receiver unit in the vehicle Tire pressure sensors NOTE When the ambient temperature is low due to seasonal changes tire temperatures are also lower When the tire temperature decreases the air pressure decreases as well The TPMS warning light may illuminate more frequently Visually inspect the tires daily before driving and check tire pressures monthly with a tire pressure gau
44. you suspect that acid rain has settled on your vehicle s finish 8 50 V Damage Caused by Bird Dropping Insects or Tree Sap Occurrence Bird droppings contain acids If these aren t removed they can eat away the clear and color base coat of the vehicle s paintwork When insects stick to the paint surface and decompose corrosive compounds form These can erode the clear and color base coat of the vehicle s paintwork if they are not removed Tree sap will harden and adhere permanently to the paint finish If you scratch the sap off while it is hard some vehicle paint could come off with it Prevention It is necessary to have your Mazda washed and waxed to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section This should be done as soon as possible Bird droppings can be removed with a soft sponge and water If you are traveling and these are not available a moistened tissue may also take care of the problem The cleaned area should be waxed according to the instructions in this section Insects and tree sap are best removed with a soft sponge and water or a commercially available chemical cleaner Another method is to cover the affected area with dampened newspaper for one to two hours After removing the newspaper rinse off the loosened debris with water V Water Marks Occurrence Rain fog dew and even tap water can contain harmful minerals such as salt and lime If moisture containin
45. 1 Move the shift lever to the P position Automatic transmission 2 Switch the ignition from ON to ACC NOTE When the engine is turned off and the ignition is switched from ACC to OFF LOCK the KEY indicator light green flashes in the instrument cluster for about 30 seconds if the battery power of the advanced key is low Replace the battery with a new one Refer to Battery Replacement page 3 7 3 Push in the start knob from the ACC position and turn it to the OFF LOCK A CAUTION When leaving the vehicle make sure the ignition is switched to OFF LOCK 3 14 NOTE When switching the ignition to OFF LOCK the ignition switch has to be pushed in from the ACC position and turned Without being pushed in the ignition switch stops at the ACC position and the vehicle battery may be discharged if the ignition switch is left in the ACC position When leaving the vehicle make sure the ignition is switched to OFF LOCK Ifthe vehicle is left with the ignition not switched to OFF LOCK a beep sound is heard and the indicator light flashes to notify the driver Refer to Warning Beep page 3 19 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Operation Using Advanced Key Functions V Keyless Entry System This system uses the more traditional keyless entry buttons to remotely lock and unlock the doors and opens the trunk lid and opens the power windows It can also help you signal for at
46. 16 mph for 10 minutes and then verify that it turns off Tires lose air naturally over time and the TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too soft over time or you have a flat However when you find one low tire in a set of four that is an indication of trouble you should have someone drive the vehicle slowly forward so you can inspect any low tire for cuts and any metal objects sticking through tread or sidewall Put a few drops of water in the valve stem to see if it bubbles indicating a bad valve Leaks need to be addressed by more than simply refilling the trouble tire as leaks are dangerous take it to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has all the equipment to fix tires TPMS systems and order the best replacement tire for your vehicle Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds If the warning light illuminates again even after the tire pressures are adjusted there may be a tire puncture Refer to Vehicle with run flat tires on page 7 3 Vehicles with Instant Mobility System IMS emergency flat tire repair kit If an emergency tire repair is needed repair the punctured tire with the emergency flat tire repair kit page 7 7 A CAUTION Do not use non genuine tire sealant It may damage the tire pressure sensor Vehicles with optional temporary spare tire If you have bought the optional temporary spare tire replace the punctured tire with the temporary spare tire Refer to the manufa
47. 59 Interior Comfort Audio System Safety Certification This CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards It meets FCC requirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U S Department of Health and Human Services A CAUTION This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified service personnel If servicing is required contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer gt Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure Never operate the CD player with the top case of the unit removed Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate this equipment NOTE For CD player section This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordanc
48. 61 Windshield Wipers 5 60 Blades replacement 8 25 Winter Driving seeee 4 9 Index 11 7
49. 8 38 4 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector rear 7 Remove the adapter 8 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Fog light bulbs 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Turn the screws and the center section of the plastic retainers counterclockwise and remove them then partially peel back the mudguard Removal i Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 3 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector downward 4 Turn the socket and bulb assembly to remove it Carefully remove the bulb from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out of the socket 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Front side marker lights 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off Some models 8 39 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 2 Turn the screws and the center section of the plastic retainers counterclockwise and remove them then partially peel back the mudguard Removal 3 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector downward 8 40 4 T
50. Electronic Serial Number SIRIUS operation All operations of the satellite radio are conducted by means of the audio unit SIRIUS radio mode selection When the satellite button is pressed during ACC ON it will play the last SIRIUS channel in use before the mode was switched over to another mode or the power was turned off When the satellite button is pressed in a mode other than the SIRIUS mode the last channel in use will be received 6 36 Every time the satellite button is pressed the bank changes in the order shown below SRI gt SR2 9 SR3 NOTE SRI SR2 and SR3 six stations can be stored in each bank for convenient access to your favorite stations Operation in the initial state It may take some time to start up the equipment when it is in the initial state when there is a change in the user s subscription condition or when the SIRIUS channel map is changed UPDATING xx is displayed when the SIRIUS channel map is changed If the unit is initialized or the user contract content is changed UPDATING is displayed Updating could take as long as three minutes depending on the geographical area When the unit is in an initialized state channel 184 is displayed after the display indicates UPDATING 100 If the SIRIUS channel map or the user contract content is changed the channel prior to the change is displayed after UPDATING is displayed After the initialization disp
51. Fall Power steering fluid level page 8 23 You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanical ability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual Engine coolant page 8 20 Engine oil page 8 18 8 15 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Owner Maintenance Precautions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for items that are easy to perform As explained in the Introduction page 8 2 several procedures can be done only by a qualified service technician with special tools Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage For details read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure have it done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids Please dispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer A WARNING Do not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work Have maintenance work done by a qualified technician Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly You can be seriously injured w
52. Information and Reporting Safety Defects Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS A WARNING Keep your vehicle s tires properly inflated and not overloaded Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next several years according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may vary with respect to grade ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES AND TO ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS V Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A UTQGS MARK example TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A 9 22 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Tire Labeling Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and al
53. Light Bulbs NOTE To replace the bulb contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used Use the protective cover and carton for the replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb promptly and out of the reach of children Headlight bulbs High beam bulbs 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Lift the hood o2 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector downward 4 Turn the socket and bulb assembly to remove it Carefully remove the bulb from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out of the socket 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure 8 37 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Low beam bulbs Xenon fusion bulbs You cannot replace the low beam bulbs by yourself The bulbs must be replaced at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Halogen bulbs 1 If you are changing the right bulb start the engine turn the steering wheel all the way to the right and turn off engine If you are changing the left bulb turn the steering wheel to the left 2 Make sure the headlight switch is off o2 Turn the center section of the plastic retainer counterclockwise and remove the retainers and partially peel back the mudguard
54. Mazda about your problem or a delay of up to 30 days if the arbitrator requests an inspection report by an impartial technical expert or further investigation and report by BBB AUTO LINE You are required to use BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 You are also required to use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by Title I of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act 15 U S C sec 2301 et seq If you choose to seek redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 or Title I of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act resort to BBB AUTO LINE is not required by those statutes 7 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that 1f Mazda or its representative 1s unable to repair a new motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts Mazda may be required to replace or repurchase the vehicle California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b creates a presumption that Mazda has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if within 18 months from delivery to the buyer or 18 000 miles on the vehicle s odometer whichever occurs first one or more of the following OCCUIS The same nonconformity a failure to conform to the written w
55. Place the key on top of the nut and be sure to hold the key square to it If you hold the key at an angle you may damage both key and nut Don t use a power impact wrench 3 Place the lug wrench on top of the key and apply pressure Turn the wrench counterclockwise Some models 7 15 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire To install the nut 1 Place the key on top of the nut and be sure to hold the key square to it If you hold the key at an angle you may damage both key and nut Don t use a power impact wrench 2 Place the lug wrench on top of the key apply pressure and turn it clockwise Y Mounting the Tire 1 Remove dirt and grime from the mounting surfaces of the wheel and hub including the hub bolts with a cloth A WARNING Make sure the mounting surfaces of the wheel hub and lug nuts are clean before changing or replacing tires When changing or replacing a tire not removing dirt and grime from the mounting surfaces of the wheel hub and hub bolts is dangerous The lug nuts could loosen while driving and cause the tire to come off resulting in an accident 2 Mount the tire 7 16 3 Install the lug nuts with the beveled edge inward tighten them by hand A WARNING Do not apply oil or grease to lug nuts and bolts and do not tighten the lug nuts beyond the recommended tightening torque Applying oil or grease to lug nuts and bolts is dangerous The lug nuts could loosen w
56. Pull up on the trunk lid to make sure it 1s secure WV Remote Trunk Lid Release Lock Out The remote release may be canceled using the trunk lid release lock out button to prevent anyone in the vehicle from opening the trunk NOTE You cannot prevent another person from getting access to your trunk if you give the person your key The switch is mounted inside the trunk OFF position With advanced key With the switch in the ON position the remote trunk lid release button can be operated With the switch in the OFF position the remote release button cannot be operated To open the trunk lid when the switch is in the OFF position do one of the following Press the request switch on the trunk lid Press the trunk button on the transmitter Open the trunk with the auxiliary key Without advanced key With the switch in the ON position the remote trunk lid release button and the trunk button on the transmitter can be operated With the switch in the OFF position the remote release button or the trunk button on the transmitter cannot be operated To open the trunk lid when the switch is in the OFF position open the trunk with the key Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Inside Trunk Release Lever Your vehicle is equipped with an inside trunk release lever that provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the trunk No matter how careful
57. R R R R R R R R COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system I I Replace at first 190 000 km or 10 years after that eve Engine coolant Riaz Ope i 60 000 km or 3 m IT Others R R Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I FUEL SYSTEM Air filter C R C R C R Fuel lines and hoses I I Hoses and tubes for emission I I Fuel filter R R IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 60 000 km ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Function of all lights AEN I Ee Tq 8 13 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72 x1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I I Brake fluid level I I I I Brake fluid R R Disc brakes I I I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I Flat tire repair kit if installed Inspect annually Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel bearing axial play I i I Manual transmission oil Rear differential oil Driveshaft dust boots Exhaust system and heat shields Bolts and nuts on chassis and body All locks and hinges L ele al ala xm Hele ale H Hl re al ala a Washer fluid
58. RPT during playback to play the current track repeatedly After TRACK RPT is displayed RPT is displayed 2 To cancel the repeat playback press the button again after 3 seconds Folder repeat 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks in the current folder repeatedly After FOLDER RPT is displayed F RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback Random playback Tracks are randomly selected and played During music CD playback 1 Press the random button RDM during playback to play the tracks on the CD randomly RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback 6 47 Interior Comfort Audio System During MP3 WMA CD playback Folder random 1 Press the random button RDM during playback to play the tracks in the folder randomly After FOLDER RDM is displayed RDM is displayed 2 To cancel the random playback press the button again after 3 seconds CD random 1 Press the random button RDM during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks on the CD randomly After DISC RDM is displayed D RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback Switching the display For files with a file name and other information that have been input the display switche
59. Safety Equipment Seats A WARNING gt Be careful when using the seat warmer The heat from the seat warmer may be too hot for some people as indicated below and could cause a low temperature burn gt Infants small babies elderly people and physically challenged people gt People with delicate skin gt People who are excessively fatigued gt People who are intoxicated gt People who have taken sleep inducing medicine such as sleeping pills or cold medicine Do not use the seat warmer with anything having high moisture retention ability such as a blanket or cushion on the seat The seat may be heated excessively and cause a low temperature burn Do not use the seat warmer even when taking a short nap in the vehicle The seat may be heated excessively and cause a low temperature burn Do not place heavy objects with sharp projections on the seat or insert needles or pins into it This could cause the seat to become excessively heated and result in injury from a minor burn CAUTION Do not use organic solvents to clean the seat It may damage the seat surface and the heater Some models 2 5 Essential Safety Equipment Seats NOTE Use the seat warmer when the engine is running and do not continue to use it for a long period of time Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Seat Belt Precautions Seat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during ac
60. Some models AUX Mode Auxiliary input You can connect portable audio units such as an MP3 player or similar products on the market to the auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio over the vehicle s speakers Auxiliary jack A WARNING Do not adjust the portable audio unit or a similar product while driving the vehicle Adjusting the portable audio unit or a similar product while driving the vehicle is dangerous as it could distract your attention from the vehicle operation which could lead to a serious accident Always adjust the portable audio unit or a similar product while the vehicle is stopped Do not allow the connection plug cord to get tangled with the parhing brake or the shift lever Allowing the plug cord to become tangled with the parking brake or the shift lever is dangerous as it could interfere with driving resulting in an accident A CAUTION Depending on the portable audio device noise may occur when using the device with it connected to the accessory socket equipped on the vehicle If noise occurs do not use the accessory socket NOTE Before using the auxiliary jack read the manufacturer s instructions for the product being connected e Use a commercially available non impedance 3 5 stereo mini plug for connecting the portable audio unit to the auxiliary jack Before using the auxiliary jack read the manufacturer s instructions for connecting a portable
61. adults might be with keys and locking their cars parents should be aware that children may be tempted to play around vehicles and use the trunk as a hiding place Adults are advised to familiarize themselves with the operation and location of the inside trunk release lever so that all children can be told about it in an appropriate way keeping in mind that most vehicles do not have such levers 3 35 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A WARNING Close the trunk lid and do not allow children to play inside the vehicle Leaving the trunk lid open or leaving children in the vehicle with the keys is dangerous Children could open the trunk lid and climb inside resulting in possible injury or death from heat exposure Always keep the car from being a tempting place to play by latching the doors and the trunk and keeping the keys where children can not play with them Leaving children or animals unattended in a parked vehicle is dangerous Babies left sleeping and children who lock themselves in cars or trunks can die very quickly from heat prostration Do not leave your children or pets alone in a car at any time Do not leave the car or the trunk unlocked 3 36 V Opening the Trunk Lid from the Inside Slide the inside trunk release lever in the direction of the arrow The lever is made of material that will glow for hours in the darkness of the trunk following a brief exposure to ambient light The inside tru
62. an Authorized Mazda Dealer The dynamic stability control may have a malfunction NOTE If the battery is disconnected or a fuse is replaced the DSC will be inoperable In this case the DSC OFF indicator light flashes and the TCS DSC indicator light illuminates To make the DSC operable do the following procedure with the battery connected 1 Switch the ignition ON 2 Turn the steering clockwise fully then turn it counterclockwise fully 3 Make sure the DSC OFF indicator turn off 4 Switch the ignition off then switch the ignition to ON again 5 Make sure the TCS DSC indicator light turns off If the TCS DSC indicator light and the DSC OFF indicator light remain illuminated even after switching the ignition from ON to OFF and back to ON attempt the procedure again If this still does not resolve the issue consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 28 V DSC OFF Switch Press the DSC OFF switch to turn off the TCS DSC The DSC OFF indicator light will illuminate Press the switch again to turn the TCS DSC back on The DSC OFF indicator light will go out NOTE When DSC is on and you attempt to free the vehicle when it is stuck or drive it out of freshly fallen snow the TCS part of the DSC system will activate Depressing the accelerator will not increase engine power and freeing the vehicle may be difficult When this happens turn off the TCS DSC If the TCS DSC is off when the engine is
63. and hold the scan button then press channel preset button 4 Hold both buttons together for 1 5 seconds 2 ENTER PIN appears for three seconds which indicates that it is in code input mode 3 SRI appears which indicates that it is ready for code input Master code input 4 Input the master code using the channel preset buttons 1 4 The master code is already set at the time of factory shipment Master code input determination 5 Determine the master code which has been input by pressing the scan button 6 PIN CLEARED appears which indicates that the master code input has been completed 7 The ID code is set to the default 0000 and the initialization process is completed 6 41 Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE Master code The Master Code is used to initialize or re initialize the ID code in the event that the code is not set to 0000 and or the personalized ID code is not known The initialization process resets the ID code to 0000 The master code can potentially defeat the intent of the security of the parental lock if it is located by persons not authorized by the owner to access certain channels SIRIUS Satellite Radio Master Code 0913 NOTE When a numeric value other than the master code is input and the scan button is pressed SRI Err is displayed and then it returns to the SRI display again Ifan ID code is not input for ten secon
64. approved equivalent available at an Authorized Mazda Dealer The wrong cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel and emission control systems It may also cause the check engine light in the instrument cluster to illuminate 3 40 V Fuel Filler Lid The remote fuel filler lid release is mounted in the seat side box To open the seat side box unlock it and pull the release catch To open the fuel filler lid pull on the remote fuel filler lid release AY E E V Fuel Filler Cap To remove the fuel filler cap turn it counterclockwise To close the fuel filler cap turn it clockwise until two or more clicks are heard ME A CAUTION Make sure the fuel filler cap is tightened securely The check engine light may illuminate when the cap is not tightened securely If the light remains on even after you have tightened the cap securely driven and restarted the engine several times it may indicate a different problem Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE The removed cap can be attached to the inner side of the lid during refueling to prevent fuel on the cap from dripping onto the vehicle 3 41 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A WARNING Always check that the hood is closed and securely locked A hood that is not closed and securely locked is dangerous as it could fly open while the vehicle is moving and
65. at an Authorized Mazda Dealer 2 12 WV Seat Belt Caution Label A caution label has been placed inside the sleeve of the lap portion of the driver s seat belt When an accident occurs while the seat belt is in use the resulting stress on the seat belt will cause an indicator with the words REPLACE BELT visible on it to be pulled out of the sleeve below the caution label This indicates that THE SEAT BELT MUST BE REPLACED Also note that if at any time the seat belt has undergone stress because of an accident or other reason damage to the seat belt s webbing metal fittings or anchor bolt may have occurred even though nothing appears to be wrong with the seat belt For this reason we recommend that the seat belt be replaced after it has undergone stress whether or not the indicator has been pulled out Caution Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems For optimum protection the driver and passenger seat belts are equipped with pretensioner and load limiting systems For both these systems to work properly you must wear the seat belt properly Pretensioners In moderate or severe frontal or near frontal accidents the air bag and pretensioner systems deploy simultaneously The seat belt retractors remove slack quickly as the air bags are expanding Any time the air bags and front seat belt pretensioners have fired they must be replaced In addition the pretensioner system for the
66. audio unit to the auxiliary jack To prevent discharging of the battery do not use the auxiliary input for long periods with the engine off or idling Noise may occur depending on the product connected to the auxiliary jack With regard to connecting a portable audio or similar device to a power source use the battery for the device not the accessory socket Insert the plug to the auxiliary jack securely Insert or remove the plug with the plug perpendicular to the auxiliary jack hole e Insert or remove the plug by holding its base To listen to a portable audio unit 1 Switch the ignition to ACC or ON 2 Insert the connection plug into the auxiliary jack 3 Press the power volume dial to turn the audio system on Interior Comfort Audio System 4 Press the AUX button AUX of the audio unit or the mode switch MODE of the audio control switches on the steering wheel to change to the AUX mode Audio Unit Audio Control Switches MPa NOTE Set the volume of the portable audio unit to the maximum within the range that the sound does not become distorted then adjust the volume using the power volume dial of the audio unit or the volume switch of the audio control switch Audio adjustments other than audio volume can only be done using the portable audio device Ifthe connection plug is pulled out from the auxiliary jack while in AUX mode noise may occur 6
67. automatically lock and the hazard warning light will flash if any of the following operations are not performed within about 30 seconds If your vehicle has a theft deterrent system the hazard warning lights will flash for confirmation A door is opened The auxiliary key is inserted into the ignition switch The start knob is pressed 3 16 Trunk button To open the trunk press the trunk button for more than 1 second NOTE With power retractable hardtop The trunk lid can only be opened when the power retractable hardtop is fully opened closed Open close the power retractable hardtop completely before opening the trunk lid Panic button If you witness from a distance someone attempting to break into or damage your vehicle pressing the panic button will activate the vehicle s alarm NOTE The panic button will work whether either door is open or closed Turning on the alarm Pressing the panic button for 1 second or more will trigger the alarm for about 2 minutes and 30 seconds and the following will occur The horn sounds intermittently The hazard warning lights flash NOTE However if the driver is too close to the vehicle the panic button may not function Turning off the alarm The alarm stops by pressing any button on the transmitter Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Declaration of Conformity Keyless entry system U S A FCC WARNING Chan
68. beams Pull the lever back to its original position for the low beams High beam m i Low beam 5 58 V Flashing the Headlights To flash the headlights pull the lever fully towards you the headlight switch does not need to be on The lever will return to the normal position when released Flashing V Daytime Running Lights Canada In Canada vehicles must be driven with the headlights on during daytime operation For that reason the daytime running lights automatically turn on when the ignition is switched ON NOTE The Daytime Running Lights turn off when the parking brake is applied Turn and Lane Change Signals Turn Signals Move the signal lever down for a left turn or up for a right turn to the stop position The signal will self cancel after the turn is completed If the indicator light continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to its original position Right turn t Right lane change Left turn Green indicators on the dashboard show which signal is working Lane change signals Move the lever slightly toward the direction of the change until the indicator flashes and hold it there It will return to the off position when released NOTE Ifan indicator light stays on without flashing or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Fog Lights Use this s
69. button gt is pressed for 1 5 seconds or longer the program is fast forwarded while the button is being pressed When pressing and holding the button until the end of the program the instant replay mode is cancelled When the instant replay button is pressed again playback is paused or playback starts if it has been paused Instant replay PAUSE If the instant replay button is pressed while the instant replay mode is off instant replay mode is turned on in a paused condition PAUSE Press the instant replay button again to resume playback from the point at which it was paused NOTE If the channel is changed the instant replay buffer data is deleted After turning on the power and switching to SIRIUS digital satellite radio mode the instant replay mode is not available for several seconds after changing channels Displaying the SIRIUS ID ESN When the ESN button is pressed for 1 5 seconds or longer a 12 digit Electronic Serial Number ESN for the SIRIUS tuner is displayed Interior Comfort Audio System If the SIRIUS ID ESN for the tuner does not display If ESN FAIL is displayed after pressing the ESN button for 1 5 seconds or longer contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Initialization of ID code If the registered ID code is forgotten return the ID code to the default 0000 by performing the following steps Setting condition SAT mode Master code input preparation 1 Press
70. button again within 5 seconds If they are closed and locked the horn will sound NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that both doors are locked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights only flash when the theft deterrent system is armed The hazard warning lights do not flash if both the doors are locked before the theft deterrent system is properly armed Refer to the theft deterrent system on page 3 71 3 15 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System NOTE Both doors cannot be locked when either door is open Confirm that both doors are locked visually or audibly by use of the double click Unlock button To unlock the driver s door press the unlock button A beep will be heard twice and the hazard warning lights will flash twice To unlock both doors press the unlock button again within 3 seconds and two more beep sounds will be heard NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that both doors are unlocked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights only flash when the theft deterrent system is turned off The hazard warning lights do not flash unless the theft deterrent system has been properly turned off Refer to the theft deterrent system on page 3 71 NOTE Auto re lock function After unlocking with the transmitter both doors will
71. can be deactivated doing so will defeat the purpose of the system to warn the driver and the front passenger in the event that their seat belts are not fastened For the safety of the driver and front passenger Mazda recommends not deactivating the belt minder Driver seated Passenger not seated The belt minder is a supplemental warning to the seat belt warning function If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition is switched ON the warning light beep operates to give you further reminders according to the chart below Vehicle speed Condition Between 0 20 20 km h km h 12 mph or 0 12 mph more Seat belt O x O X Indicator A x Beep 4 O Fastened X Unfastened K Illuminated amp Flashing Beep Once the beep sound is heard it continues sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers to 20 km h 12 mph or less until the seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound period has passed 5 47 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Driver seated Passenger seated The seat belt warning function reminds the passenger to fasten the seat belt according to the chart below Vehicle speed Condition Between 0 20 20 km h km h 12 mph or 0 12 mph more Seat belt Driver OIO X X OJO X X Seat belt Passenger OIXIOXIOXIO x Indicator AIAX X XX e DL DIS O Fastened X Unfastened A
72. comply with the Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards CMVSS NOTE The above is applicable for a permanent import export situation and not related to travelers on vacation You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the United States Recommended fuel may be unavailable Any kind of leaded fuel or low octane fuel will affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine Proper repair facilities tools testing equipment and replacement parts may not be available Please refer to your Manufacturer s Warranty Booklet for more information 9 16 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Outside Canada Government regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety regulations Therefore vehicles built for use in Canada may differ from those sold in other countries The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries We strongly recommend that you NOT take your Mazda outside Canada However in the event that you are moving to the United States permanently Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to the United States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards FMVSS NOTE The above is applicable for a permanent import export situation and not
73. core into the valve and turn it clockwise to install it 12 Attach the sticker that indicates completion of the tire repair on a flat outer surface of the repaired tire 7 10 NOTE Do not throw away the empty tire sealant bottle after use Return the empty tire sealant bottle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer when replacing the tire The empty tire sealant bottle will need to be used to extract and dispose of the used sealant from the tire 13 Attach the vehicle speed restriction sticker in a place where the driver can easily see it A WARNING Do not attach the vehicle speed restriction sticker to the instrument panel as it would obstruct vision of areas such as warning light indicators or the speedometer Attaching the vehicle speed restriction sticker to the steering wheel pad is dangerous The sticker could interfere with air bag inflation and cause serious injury 14 Install the compressor hose to the tire valve Valve Compressor hose ay 15 Insert the compressor plug into the interior accessory socket and turn the ignition switch to the ACC position page 6 83 aN Compressor plug T ESE Center console A CAUTION Before pulling out the compressor plug from the electrical socket make sure the compressor power switch is off gt The compressor turns on and off with the push button switch 16 Turn the compressor switch on and inflate the tire carefully to t
74. distance of the vehicle in the convex mirror is dangerous You could have a serious accident What you see in the convex mirror is closer than it appears Power mirror The ignition must be switched to ACC or ON To adjust 1 Press the left or right side of the selector switch to choose the left or right side mirror 3 73 Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors 2 Depress the mirror switch in the appropriate direction Selector switch Outside mirror After adjusting the mirror lock the control by placing the selector switch in the center position Folding the mirror Fold the outside mirror rearward until it is flush with the vehicle AX A WARNING Always return the outside mirrors to the driving position before you start driving Driving with the outside mirrors folded in is dangerous Your rear view will be restricted and you could have an accident 3 74 V Rearview Mirror A WARNING Do not stack cargo or objects higher than the seatbacks Cargo stacked higher than the seatbacks is dangerous It can block your view in the rearview mirror which might cause you to hit another car when changing lanes Rearview mirror adjustment Before driving adjust the rearview mirror to center on the scene through the rear window Manual day night mirror Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors NOTE For the manual day night mirror perform the adjustment with the da
75. enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissions requirements A WARNING Never park over or near anything flammable Parking over or near anything flammable such as dry grass is dangerous Even with the engine turned off the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use and could ignite anything flammable A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death A CAUTION Ignoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst inside the converter or cause the converter to get very hot Either condition will damage the converter and cause poor performance USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL gt Do not drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction gt Do not coast with the ignition switch turned off Do not descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switch turned off gt Do not operate the engine at high idle for more than 2 minutes Do not tamper with the emission control system All inspections and adjustments must be made by a qualified technician gt Do not push start or pull start your vehicle NOTE Under U S federal law any modification to the original equipment emission control system before the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties In some states such modification made on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties NOTE While the engine is off the sound of a valve opening and closing can be heard below the trunk however this d
76. from P To be sure the vehicle is in park the ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in P With Advanced Key The ignition cannot be switched from ACC to OFF when the shift lever is not in P V Manual Shift Mode This mode gives you the feel of driving a manual transmission vehicle by operating the shift lever and allows you to control engine rpm and torque to the rear wheels much like a manual transmission when more control is desired To change to manual shift mode shift the lever from D to M NOTE Changing to manual shift mode while driving will not damage the transmission To return to automatic shift mode shift the lever from M to D NOTE Ifyou change to manual shift mode when the vehicle is stopped the gear will shift to MI fyou change to manual shift mode without depressing the accelerator pedal when driving in D range 5th gear the gear will shift to M4 fyou change to manual shift mode without depressing the accelerator pedal when driving in D range 6th gear the gear will shift to M5 Indicators Shift position indicator In manual shift mode the M of the shift position indicator in the instrument panel illuminates Gear position indicator The numeral for the selected gear illuminates Shift position indicator zo SS v 4 x1000r min NOTE If the gears cannot be shified down when driving at higher speeds the gear position indica
77. garage door opener or gate operator it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible overheating S 65 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Continue to press and hold the HomeLink button while you press and release every two seconds cycle your hand held transmitter until the frequency signal has successfully been accepted by HomeLink The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly Proceed with Programming step 4 to complete V Operating the HomeLink System Press the programmed HomeLink button to operate a programmed device The code will continue being transmitted for a maximum of 20 seconds V Reprogramming the HomeLink system To program a device to HomeLink using a HomeLink button previously trained follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink button DO NOT release the button 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releasing the HomeLink button proceed with Programming step 2 V Erasing Programmed HomeLink Buttons To erase the existing programming from all three operating channels press and hold the two outside buttons 7 on the auto dimming mirror until the HomeLink indicator light begins to flash after approximately 20 seconds Verify that the programming has been erased when you resell the vehicle 5 66 Interior Comfort Use of various features for drive comfort
78. gear does not shift down to M1 MI M2 uch the accelerator pedal is automatically while in the second gear fixed depressed mode Between 22 and 32 km h M2 M3 13 and 19 mph depending on how M3 M4 much the accelerator pedal is depressed Between 40 and 48 km h M4 MS 25 and 29 mph depending on how much the accelerator pedal is depressed Between 50 and 68 km h M5 M6 31 and 42 mph depending on how much the accelerator pedal is depressed S 19 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving If the vehicle is kicked down at the following speeds or lower the gears shift down automatically Gear Vehicle speed M6 gt M5 190 km h 118 mph M6 5 M4 125 km h 77 mph M5 MA 125 km h 77 mph M5 M3 78 km h 48 mph M4 gt M3 78 km h 48 mph M4 M2 50 km h 31 mph M35 M2 50 km h 31 mph Recommendations for shifting Upshifting For normal acceleration and cruising we recommend these shift points Gear Vehicle speed MI to M2 24 km h 15 mph M2 to M3 40 km h 25 mph M3 to M4 53 km h 33 mph M4 to M5 59 km h 37 mph M5 to M6 78 km h 49 mph For cruising Gear Vehicle speed MI to M2 22 km h 14 mph M2 to M3 27 km h 17 mph M3 to M4 41 km h 26 mph M4 to M5 56 km h 35 mph M5 to M6 64 km h 40 mph Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traffic or on a steep upgrade downshift before
79. getting in the vehicle Press once then press again within 1 5 seconds and hold the unlock button on the transmitter After the doors are unlocked both windows open while the unlock button is pressed To stop the windows while opening release the button If the operation is performed from the beginning again the windows open NOTE The unlock button does not operate unless it is pressed twice sequentially Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Advanced key Lock button Unlock button Trunk button Panic button Retractable type key Lock button Unlock button Trunk button 3 39 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Fuel Filler Lid and Cap A WARNING When removing the fuel filler cap loosen the cap slightly and wait for any hissing to stop Then remove it Fuel spray is dangerous Fuel can burn skin and eyes and cause illness if ingested Fuel spray is released when there is pressure in the fuel tank and the fuel filler cap is removed too quickly Before refueling stop the engine and always keep sparks and flames away from the filler neck Fuel vapor is dangerous It could be ignited by sparks or flames causing serious burns and injuries Additionally use of the incorrect fuel filler cap or not using a fuel filler cap may result in fuel leak which could result in serious burns or death in an accident CAUTION Always use only a genuine Mazda fuel filler cap or an
80. heat generated could result in deformation of plastic parts or paint damage Maintenance and Care Appearance Care Interior Care V Dashboard Precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oils from contacting the dashboard They ll damage and discolor it If these solutions get on the dashboard wipe them off immediately A CAUTION Do not use glazing agents Glazing agents contain ingredients which may cause discoloration wrinkling cracks and peeling V Cleaning the Upholstery and Interior Trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl with a leather and vinyl cleaner Leather Remove dust and sand first using a vacuum cleaner or other means then wipe dirt off using a soft cloth with a leather cleaner or a soft cloth soaked in mild soap Wipe off the remaining cleaner or soap using a cloth soaked in clean water and wrung out well Remove moisture with a dry soft cloth and allow the leather to further dry in a well ventilated shaded area If the leather gets wet such as from rain also remove moisture and dry it as soon as possible Some models 8 57 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care NOTE Because genuine leather is a natural material its surface is not uniform and it may have natural scars scratches and wrinkles To maintain the quality for as long as possible periodical maintenance about twice a ye
81. improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel we recommend that you take the following steps VW STEP 1 Contact Your Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician go to STEP2 e VW STEP 2 Contact Mazda Motor de Mexico If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership management and it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician you can reach Mazda Motor de Mexico by one of the following ways Log on at www MazdaMexico com mx Answers to many questions including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in Mexico can be found here E mail click on Contactanos at the top of the page at www MazdaMexico com mx By phone at 1 866 315 0220 By letter at Attn Customer Assistance Mazda North American Operations 7755
82. in front of it all the way forward Refer to Seat Slide on page 2 2 2 Fold the seatback forward all the way down Refer to Seat Recline on page 2 3 3 If your vehicle has a lid pull the latch to open When finished return the seat to its original position and secure it After returning the seat to its original position make sure the seat is secured by attempting to lightly move it forward and backward A CAUTION Do not store excessive weight in the back trim storage box as it could be damaged WV Mesh Pocket Maps or pamphlets can be placed in the mesh pocket Mesh pocket CAUTION Do not place thick objects in the mesh pochet as they could damage the pocket Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Accessory Socket Switch the ignition to ACC or ON Only use genuine Mazda accessories or the equivalent requiring no greater than 120 W DC 12 V 10 A A CAUTION To prevent accessory socket damage or electrical failure pay attention to the following Do not use accessories that require more than 120 W DC 12 V 10 A Do not use accessories that are not genuine Mazda accessories or the equivalent gt Close the cover when the accessory socket is not in use to prevent foreign objects and liquids from getting into the accessory socket Correctly insert the plug into the accessory socket NOTE To prevent discharging of the battery do not use the socket for long peri
83. is switched ON or does not illuminate as indicated in the chart or when you manually deactivate the passenger air bag with the key For more details about passenger air bag deactivation refer to Passenger seat weight sensors page 2 47 Passenger air bag deactivation switch page 2 43 Some models 2 51 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags A WARNING Do not operate a vehicle with damaged air bag seat belt pretensioner system components Expended or damaged air bag seat belt pretensioner system components must be replaced after any collision which caused them to deploy or damage them Only a trained Authorized Mazda Dealer can fully evaluate these systems to see that they will work in any subsequent accident Driving with an expended or damaged air bag or pretensioner unit will not afford you the necessary protection in the event of any subsequent accident which could result in serious injury or death Do not remove interior air bag parts Removing any components such as the seats dashboard the steering wheel or parts on the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge containing air bag parts or sensors is dangerous These parts contain essential air bag components The air bag could accidentally activate and cause serious injuries Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer remove these parts Dispose of the air bag properly Improper disposal of an air bag or a vehicle with live air bags in it can be extremely d
84. is not correctly replaced L gt Replace only with the same type cC A 1 Pull out the auxiliary key battery CR2025 or equivalent SP gt Dispose of used batteries according to the following instructions 2 Insert a flathead screwdriver into the gt Insulate the plus and minus groove shown in the figure and rotate terminals of the battery using the screwdriver to open the cover cellophane or equivalent tape slightly Never disassemble Never throw the battery into fire or water Never deform or crush The following conditions indicate that the battery power is low The KEY indicator light green flashes in the instrument cluster for about 30 seconds after the engine is turned off The system does not operate and the operation indicator light on the transmitter does not flash when the buttons are pressed The system s operational range is reduced Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System 3 Insert the flathead screwdriver into the gap between the cover and the transmitter and then rotate the screwdriver to detach the cover 4 Remove the battery cap then remove the battery 3 6 5 Insert a new battery with the positive pole facing up and then cover the battery with the battery cap 6 Close the cover 7 Reinsert the auxiliary key Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System A CAUTION gt Be careful not to allow the r
85. key consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer CAUTION Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment To avoid damage to the key do not Drop the key Getthe key wet Expose the key to any hind of magnetic field Expose the key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight 3 67 Knowing Your Mazda Security System A CAUTION When starting the engine do not allow the following as the engine may not start due to the electronic signal from the ignition key not being transmitted correctly gt A key ring rests on the key grip gt Metal parts of other keys or metal objects touch the key grip gt Spare keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system touch or come near the key grip gt Devices for electronic purchases or security passage which touch or come near the key 3 68 NOTE The keys carry a unique electronic code For this reason and to assure your safety obtaining a replacement key requires some waiting time They are only available through an Authorized Mazda Dealer Always keep a spare key in case one is lost If a key is lost contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Ifyou lose a key an Authorized Mazda Deal
86. key or start knob in any position but the OFF LOCK position also disables some of the security features and may run the battery down ACC Accessory In this position some electrical accessories will operate ON This 1s the normal running position after the engine is started Some indicator lights warning lights should be inspected before the engine is started page 5 42 NOTE When the ignition is switched ON the sound of the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel tank can be heard This does not indicate an abnormality START The engine is started in this position It will crank until you release the key It then returns to the ON position V Ignition Key Reminder If the ignition 1s switched off or the ignition is switched to ACC with the key inserted a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened 5 4 Starting the Engine NOTE Engine starting is controlled by the spark ignition system This system meets all Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise 1 Occupants should fasten their seat belts 2 Make sure the parking brake is on 3 Depress the brake pedal 4 Manual transmission Depress the clutch pedal all the way and shift into neutral Keep the clutch pedal depressed while cranking the engine Automatic transmission Put the vehicle in park P If you must restart the engi
87. l Secure the chains on the rear tires as tightly as possible Always follow the chain manufacturer s instructions Retighten the chains after driving 1 2 1 km 1 4 1 2 mile 4 10 Driving In Flooded Area A WARNING Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly and applying the brakes lightly until brake performance returns to normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected A CAUTION Do not drive the vehicle on flooded roads as it could cause short circuiting of electrical electronic parts or engine damage or stalling from water absorption If the vehicle has been immersed in water consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Overloading A WARNING Be careful not to overload your vehicle The gross axle weight rating GAWR and the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR of your vehicle are on the Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label on the driver s door frame Exceeding these ratings can cause an accident or vehicle damage You can estimate the weight of your load by weighing the items or people before putting them in the vehicle Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Driving on Uneven Road Your vehicle s suspension and underbody can be damaged if driven on rough uneven roads or over speed
88. language or passcode or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Do you want to pair a phone delete a phone or list paired phones NOTE A registered mobile phone can be deleted using the registration list 6 Say Beep Delete phone 7 Prompt Please say 1 priority 1 for XXXXX Ex phone A 2 priority 2 for XXXXX Ex phone B The voice guidance reads out each phone in the order of priority and the phone tag Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 8 Say Beep 2 Say the order of 8 Say Beep XXXX Say a desired 4 priority of the mobile phone to be deleted NOTE Say All to delete all mobile phones 9 Prompt Removing XXXXX Ex phone B Registered phone tag Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt Deleted V Security setting If a passcode is set the system cannot be activated unless the passcode is input NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective Passcode setting 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Passcode
89. level I Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace C Clean L Lubricate T Tighten Remarks Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 3 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance Replace the tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date 8 14 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Owner Maintenance Schedule The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at the indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified service technician as soon as possible V When Refueling Brake and clutch fluid level page 8 22 Engine coolant level page 8 20 Engine oil level page 8 19 Washer fluid level page 8 23 V At Least Monthly Tire inflation pressures page 8 30 V At Least Twice a Year For Example Every Spring and
90. maximum comfort while the roof is open When the mode selector dial is turned to the AUTO position OPEN MODE 4 and x vents will not be selected automatically Select them manually V Windshield Defrosting and Defogging Set the mode selector dial to the 4 position and turn the fan control dial to the desired speed The outside air position 1s automatically selected The air conditioner will automatically turn on and direct dehumidified air to the front windshield and side windows A WARNING Set the temperature control to hot or warm position when using the s position Using the W position with the temperature control set to the cold position is dangerous as it will cause the outside of the windshield to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident NOTE Use the temperature control dial to increase the air flow temperature and defog the windshield more quickly V Sunlight Temperature Sensor The automatic air conditioner function measures inside and outside temperatures and sunlight It then sets temperatures inside the passenger compartment accordingly A CAUTION Do not obstruct either sensor otherwise the automatic air conditioner will not operate properly Sunlight sensor Interior Comfort Climate Control System Interior temperature Sensor 6 13 Interior Comfort Audio System WV AM FM Radio Antenna To remove the antenna turn it cou
91. miles ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Function of all lights 8 6 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 x1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 x1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 Maintenance Interval CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I Disc brakes I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 8 000 km 5 000 miles Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I Flat tire repair kit if installed Inspect annually Steering operation and linkages I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel I bearing axial play Manual transmission oil R Rear differential oil R Driveshaft dust boots I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72 000 km 45 000 miles or 5 years All locks and hinges L L EVEA E ie Be E p EE E Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace C Clean L Lubricate T Tighten Remarks 1 Use FL22 type cool
92. mode because the belt has been pulled too far out To return the belt to the more comfortable emergency locking mode wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe level area retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend it around you again If the belt is locked and cannot be pulled out retract the belt once and then try pulling it out slowly If this fails pull the belt strongly one time and loosen then pull it out again slowly Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems V Automatic Locking Mode To enable seat belt automatic locking mode pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child restraint system It will retract down to the child restraint system and stay locked on it If the LATCH lower anchors are not used alone for LATCH style junior seats and infant carriers without tethers always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child restraint system from shifting to an unsafe position in the event of an accident See the section on child restraint page 2 18 2 10 A WARNING Always wear the seat belt with it correctly routed in its guide Wearing a seat belt without the seat belt routed in its guide is dangerous because the seat belt would not be able to provide adequate protection in an accident which could result in serious injury Seat belt guide V Fastening the Seat Belt 1 Grasp the seat belt tongue 2 Slowly pull out the lap shoulder belt
93. of the same rating Otherwise you may damage the electric system Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Replacing the fuses under the hood If the headlights or other electrical components do not work and the fuses in the cabin are normal inspect the fuse block under the hood If a fuse is blown it must be replaced Follow these steps 1 Turn off the ignition switch and all other switches 2 Remove the fuse block cover 3 If any fuse but the MAIN fuse is blown replace it with a new one of the same amperage rating Normal Blown 8 45 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A WARNING Do not replace the main fuse by yourself Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform the replacement Replacing the fuse by yourself is dangerous because the MAIN fuse is a high current fuse Incorrect replacement could cause an electrical shock or a short circuit resulting in a fire 8 46 V Fuse Panel Description Fuse block Engine compartment Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance DESCRIPTION eee G PROTECTED COMPONENT 1 FAN 30A Cooling fan 2 FAN 7 5 A Cooling fan 3 DEFOG 20 A Rear window defroster 4 H CLEAN
94. of vehicle control and an accident Do not rely on ABS as a substitute for safe driving The ABS cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely driving on ice and snow and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident When driving on ice or in water snow mud sand or similar hazard Be cautious and allow extra distance for braking Avoid sudden braking and quick steering If your vehicle is not equipped with ABS brake with the pedal by using a light up down motion Do not hold the pedal down constantly If your vehicle is equipped with ABS do not pump the brakes Continue to press down on the brake pedal If you get stuck select a lower gear and accelerate slowly Do not spin the rear wheels For more traction in starting on slippery surfaces such as ice or packed snow use sand rock salt chains carpeting or other nonslip material under the rear wheels Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips NOTE Use snow chains only on the rear wheels 4 7 Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips A WARNING Make sure the floor mats are hooked on the retention pins to prevent them from bunching up under the foot pedals Using a floor mat that is not secured is dangerous as it will interfere with the accelerator and brake pedal operation which could resul
95. oil filter replacement 4 05 L 4 28 US qt 3 56 Imp qt 5 speed manual transmission 7 3 L 7 7 US qt 6 4 Imp qt Mti 6 speed manual transmission 7 6 L 8 0 US qt 6 7 Imp qt Coolant Automatic transmission 7 2 L 7 6 US qt 6 3 Imp qt Except U S A 6 speed manual transmission 7 6 L 8 0 US qt 6 7 Imp qt and Canada Automatic transmission 7 5 L 7 9 US qt 6 6 Imp qt E 5 speed transmission 2 0 L 2 1 US qt 1 8 Imp qt Manual transmission oil 6 speed transmission 2 1 L 2 2 US qt 1 8 Imp qt Automatic transmission fluid 7 4 L 7 8 US qt 6 5 Imp qt Rear differential oil 0 7 L 0 7 US qt 0 6 Imp qt Fuel tank 48 0 L 12 7 US gal 10 6 Imp gal Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges V Dimensions Item With license plate holder Vehicle specification 4 032 mm 158 7 in Overall length Without license plate holder 4 013 mm 158 0 in Overall width 1 720 mm 67 7 in Soft top 1 245 mm 49 0 in Overall height Hardtop 1 255 mm 49 4 in Front tread 1 490 mm 58 7 in Rear tread Wheelbase 1 495 mm 58 9 in 2 330 mm 91 7 in V Weights Manual transmission Item Weight Without power retractable hardtop With power retractable hardtop GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 1 396 kg 3 078 Ibs 1 416 kg 3 122 Ibs GAWR Gross Axle Weig
96. only for securing the vehicle to a transport vessel during shipping Using the eyelets for any other purpose could result in the vehicle being damaged V Tiedown Hooks 1 Remove the tiedown eyelet lug wrench and jack lever from the trunk page 7 5 2 Wrap the jack lever with a soft cloth to prevent damage to a painted bumper and open the cap located on the front or rear bumper Front Type A 7 26 A CAUTION Do not use excessive force as it may damage the cap or scratch the painted bumper surface The rear bumper cover cannot be removed completely Attempting to forcefully remove the rear bumper cover could result in it being damaged NOTE Remove the front bumper cover completely and store it so as not to lose it 3 Securely install the tiedown eyelet using the lug wrench Front Lug wrench 4 Hook the tying rope to the tiedown eyelet Front In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing Rear A CAUTION If the tiedown eyelet is not securely tightened it may loosen or disengage from the bumper when tying down the vehicle Make sure that the tiedown eyelet is securely tightened to the bumper 7 27 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing Recreational Towing An example of recreational towing is towing your vehicle behind a motorhome The transmission is not designed for towing this vehicle on all 4 wheels When doing recreational towin
97. or even kill someone Use only the front and rear jacking positions recommended in this manual Use only the jack provided with your Mazda Using a jack that is not designed for your Mazda is dangerous The vehicle could slip off the jack and seriously injure someone Never place objects under the jack Jacking the vehicle with an object under the jack is dangerous The jack could slip and someone could be seriously injured by the jack or the falling vehicle 3 Insert the jack handle into the jack 4 Turn the jack handle clockwise and raise the vehicle high enough so that the tire can be installed Before removing the lug nuts make sure your Mazda is firmly in position and that it cannot slip or move 5 Remove the lug nuts by turning them counterclockwise then remove the wheel In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire Y Locking Lug Nuts If your vehicle has optional antitheft wheel lug nuts one on each wheel will lock the tires and you must use a special key to unlock them This key is attached to the lug wrench Register them with the lock manufacturer by filling out the card provided in the glove box and mailing it in the accompanying envelope If you lose this key consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer or use the lock manufacturer s order form which is with the registration card Antitheft lug nut Oe To remove an antitheft lug nut Special key 1 Obtain the key for the antitheft lug nut 2
98. phone or CB radio is used in or near the vehicle it could cause noise to occur from the audio system however this does not indicate that the system has been damaged Interior Comfort Audio System V Radio Reception AM characteristics AM signals bend around such things as buildings or mountains and bounce off the ionosphere Therefore they can reach longer distances than FM signals Because of this two stations may sometimes be picked up on the same frequency at the same time Nw Ionosphere Station 1 Station 2 FM characteristics An FM broadcast range is usually about 40 50 km 25 30 miles from the source Because of extra coding needed to break the sound into two channels stereo FM has even less range than monaural non stereo FM amp FM Station 40 50km 25 30 miles x 6 15 Interior Comfort Audio System Signals from an FM transmitter are similar to beams of light because they do not bend around corners but they do reflect Unlike AM signals FM signals cannot travel beyond the horizon Therefore FM stations cannot be received at the great distances possible with AM reception mmlonospherey m FM wave AM wave gr Pali A a 100 200 km 60 120 miles Atmospheric conditions can also affect FM reception High humidity will cause poor reception However cloudy days may provide better reception than clear days Multipath noise Since FM signals can b
99. prevent the seat from sliding back fully and then slide the seat as far back as possible to insert the LATCH lower anchors between the seat bottom and the seatback 2 Expand the area between the seat bottom and the seatback slightly to verify the locations of the LATCH lower anchors NOTE The markings above the LATCH lower anchors indicate the locations of the LATCH lower anchors for the attachment of a child restraint system 2 28 3 Secure the child restraint system using BOTH LATCH lower anchors following the child restraint system manufacturer s instruction however if it uses an upper tether it may not be mounted properly in this vehicle as there is no safe way to anchor the tether Confirm whether the child restraint system can be used with seat belts by reading the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions 4 Make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates by using the key to turn the passenger air bag off after installing a child restraint system on the passenger seat A WARNING Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminated when using a rear facing child restraint system Seating a child in a rear facing child restraint system that is installed on the passenger seat with the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light not illuminated is extremely dangerous In an accident an air bag could inflate and cause seri
100. right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation Event Data Recorder This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder In the event of a crash this device records data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur and lead to the designing of safer vehicles Air Conditioning and the Environment Your Mazda s genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a R134a a refrigerant that has been found not to damage the earth s ozone layer If the air conditioner does not operate properly consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Perchlorate Certain components of this vehicle such as air bag modules seat belt pretensioners lithium batteries may contain Perchlorate Material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Please be aware that this manual applies to all models equipment and options As a result you may find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle 2010 Mazda Motor Corporation Printed in Japan Sep 2010 Print2 How to Use This Manual We want to help you get the most driving pleasure from your vehicle Your owner s manual when read from cover to cover can do that in many ways Illustrations complement the words of the man
101. seat A child seat restrains a child s body using the harness Booster seat A booster seat is a child restraint accessory designed to improve the fit of the seat belt system around the child s body 2 23 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Installing a Child Restraint System The passenger lap shoulder belt can easily be converted into the automatic locking mode which must be done to hold the child restraint system Some child restraint systems also employ specially designed LATCH attachments refer to LATCH Child Restraint Systems page 2 27 Follow these manufacturer s instructions when installing a child restraint system on the passenger s seat unless you are attaching a LATCH equipped child restraint system to the LATCH lower anchors Refer to LATCH Child Restraint Systems page 2 27 NOTE Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions carefully If you are not sure whether you have a LATCH system check in the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions and follow them accordingly Depending on the type of child restraint system it may not employ seat belts which are in automatic locking mode however if it uses an upper tether it may not be mounted properly in this vehicle as there is no safe way to anchor the tether Confirm whether the child restraint system can be used with seat belts by reading the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions
102. securely locked Both doors cannot be locked when any door is open A beep sound is heard for confirmation when the doors are locked unlocked using the request switch If you prefer the beep sound can be turned off page 3 21 The setting can be changed so that the doors are locked automatically without pressing the request switch page 3 21 Auto lock function A beep sound is heard when both doors are closed while the advanced key is being carried Both doors are locked automatically after about 3 seconds when the advanced key is out of the operational range Also the hazard warning lights flash once Even if the driver is in the operational range both doors are locked automatically after about 30 seconds If you are out of the operational range before the doors are completely closed or another advanced key is left in the vehicle the auto lock function will not work Always make sure that both doors are closed and locked before leaving the vehicle Auto re lock function After unlocking doors by pressing the request switch both doors will automatically lock if any of the following operations are not performed within about 30 seconds If your vehicle has a thefi deterrent system the hazard warning lights will flash for confirmation A door is opened The auxiliary key is inserted into the ignition switch The start knob is pushed 3 10 V Opening the Trunk Lid with Request Switch T
103. system manufacturer s instructions 2 26 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint LATCH Child Restraint System Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH child restraint systems behind the passenger seat that slide through the passenger seat when it is in the fully rearward position Only LATCH junior seats and infant carriers without upper tethers can be used in this position as there is no good place to anchor the tether due to this vehicle s design Both anchors must be used when installing these lower anchor only child restraint systems otherwise the seat will bounce around and put the child in danger A WARNING Follow the manufacturer s instructions for the use of the child restraint system An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Make sure any child restraint system does not rely on an upper tether and then properly secure those non tethered seats according to the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions Make sure the child restraint system is properly secured An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions on belt routing to secure the seat just as you would with a chi
104. the alarm Locking unlocking the doors opening the trunk lid or starting the engine using the auxiliary key A WARNING Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Children may find these new kinds of keys to be an interesting toy to play with and could cause the power windows or other controls to operate or even make the vehicle move Radio waves from the advanced key may affect medical equipment such as pacemakers Before using the advanced key near people who use medical equipment ask the medical equipment manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from the advanced key will affect the equipment NOTE The driver must carry the advanced key to ensure the system functions properly Refer to Immobilizer System page 3 63 for information regarding keys and engine starting With theft deterrent system Refer to Theft Deterrent System page 3 71 for information regarding keys and the prevention of vehicle and vehicle contents theft 3 2 Some models Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Lock button Unlock button Trunk button Panic button Operation indicator light Auxiliary key DB Key code number plate A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set de
105. the clock will need to be reset MEMO Interior Comfort Audio System V Operating the Radio Channel preset buttons Band selector button Auto memory button L lmam Jp smus J co f x J Las Channel preset buttons Display Ga SEEK TRACK lt R PLAY Scan button Radio ON Press a band selector button FM AM to turn the radio on Band selection Successively pressing the band selector button FM AM switches the bands as follows FMI FM2 AM The selected mode will be indicated If FM stereo is being received ST will be displayed NOTE If the FM broadcast signal becomes weak reception automatically changes from STEREO to MONO for reduced noise and the ST indicator will go out 6 32 Seek tuning buttons Manual tuning dial Tuning The radio has the following tuning methods Manual Seek Scan Preset channel and Auto memory tuning The easiest way to tune stations is to set them on preset channels NOTE If the power supply is interrupted fuse blows or the battery is disconnected the preset channels will be erased Manual tuning Turning the manual tuning dial will change the frequency higher or lower Seek tuning Pressing the seek tuning button gt lt will cause the tuner to seek a higher or lower frequency automatically NOTE If you continue to press and hold
106. the direct mode is possible Refer to Direct Mode on page 5 20 M Manual M is the manual shift mode position Gears can be shifted up or down by operating the shift lever or steering shift switches Refer to Manual Shift Mode page 5 16 5 15 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V Active Adaptive Shift AAS Active Adaptive Shift AAS automatically controls the transmission shift points to best suit the road conditions and driver input This optimizes engine performance and improves driving comfort When cornering the vehicle AAS mode will hold the transmission in the gear the vehicle was in before entering the curve allowing the vehicle to be accelerated from the same gear after exiting the curve If the driver accelerates rapidly or accelerates and decelerates rapidly by operating the accelerator and brake pedal for a certain period of time while the selector lever is in the D position AAS mode could activate When this occurs AAS mode will maintain the transmission in the optimum gear and the driver may sense that the transmission is not shifting however this does not indicate an abnormality WV Shift Lock System The shift lock system prevents shifting out of P unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift from P 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine 3 Move the shift lever S 16 NOTE When the ignition is switched off LOCK the shift lever cannot be shifted
107. the full width of the belt is not available to absorb the impact This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt which could cause serious injury or death So if your seat belt is twisted you must straighten the seat belt to remove any twists and to allow the full width of the belt to be used Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous A seat belt used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed Never use one belt for more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly restrained Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous An accident could damage the belt webbing of the seat belt in use A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate protection in a collision Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt systems in use during an accident before they are used again Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has been expended Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately inspect the seat belt pretensioners and air bags after any collision Like the air bags the seat belt pretensioners and load limiters will only function once and must be replaced after any collision that caused them to deploy A seat belt with an expended pretension
108. the pen or pencil against the inner and outer perimeter of the CD When driving over uneven surfaces the sound may jump f N The CD player In dash CD changer has been designed to play CDs bearing the identification logo as shown below No other discs can be played COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT DIGITALAUDIO DIGITAL AUDIO DIGITALAUDIO PAWN Go Writable COMPACT aise i COMPACT DIGITAL AUDIO ISG ISG TEXT aee ReWritable Use discs that have been legitimately produced If illegally copied discs such as pirated discs are used the system may not operate properly Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling the CDs Pick up a CD by grasping the outer edge or the edge of the hole and the outer edge Do not stick paper or tape on the CD Avoid scratching the reverse side the side without a label The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction Dust finger smudges and dirt can decrease the amount of light reflected from the signal surface thus affecting sound quality If the CD should become soiled gently wipe it with a soft cloth from the center of the CD to the edge Interior Comfort Audio System Do not use record sprays antistatic agents or household spray cleaners Volatile chemicals such as benzine and thinner can also damage the surface of the CD and must not be used Anything that can damage warp or fog plastic should never be used to clean CDs Insert discs one by one If
109. to make sure the anchor engages with the striker then rotate the top latch to the lock position until a click sound is heard Striker Anchor A CAUTION Driving with the hardtop not fully locked could damage the hardtop If the red indicator is visible on the lock release button the hardtop is not locked After locking the hardtop verify that the red indicator is not visible Locked position Unlocked position Red indicator 2 3 54 NOTE The operation indicator light turns off when the top latch hook is locked If the hardtop is not closed properly even with the top latch locked contact Mazda to have it inspected V The Power Retractable Hardtop Does not Close If the hardtop cannot be closed electrically by pressing the close switch verify the power retractable hardtop operation conditions first Refer to Operation Conditions on page 3 50 If the power retractable hardtop cannot be closed even after the operation conditions are all met have it checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer If you are unable to have the hardtop checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer the hardtop can be closed manually as an emergency measure The procedure for manually closing the hardtop is as follows 1 Release the locks of the deck and open it Refer to Opening the deck 2 Lift up the hardtop and close it Refer to Closing the hardtop 3 Tie the ropes to the deck links and close the deck Ref
110. to start check the security indicator light If the indicator light is flashing switch the ignition to ACC or switch the ignition off and wait for a while then restart the engine If it does not start after 3 or more tries contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the security indicator light flashes continuously while you are driving do not shut off the engine Go to an Authorized Mazda Dealer and have it checked If the engine is shut off while the indicator light is flashing you will not be able to restart it Since the electronic codes are reset when repairing the immobilizer system the advanced key including auxiliary key are needed Bring all the advanced keys including auxiliary keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer WV Modification and Add On Equipment Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer system s operation if the system has been modified or if any add on equipment has been installed A CAUTION To avoid damage to your vehicle do not modify the system or install any add on equipment to the immobilizer system or the vehicle Knowing Your Mazda Security System Immobilizer System without Advanced Key The immobilizer system allows the engine to start only with a key the system recognizes If someone attempts to start the engine with an unrecognized key the engine will not start thereby helping to prevent the theft of your vehicle If you have a problem with the immobilizer system or the
111. two discs are inserted at the same time the system may not operate properly The CD player In dash CD changer ejects the CD if the CD is inserted upside down Also dirty and or defective CDs may be ejected Do not insert cleaning discs in the CD player In dash CD changer Do not insert any disc with a peel off seal affixed to it This unit may not be able to play certain CD R CD RWs made using a computer or music CD recorder due to disc characteristics scratches smudges dirt etc or due to dust or condensation on the lens inside the unit Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed to direct sunlight or high temperature may damage the CD R CD RWs and make them unplayable CD R CD RW exceeding 700 MB cannot be played This unit may not be able to play certain discs made using a computer due to the application writing software setting used For details consult the store where the application was purchased It is possible that certain text data such as titles recorded on a CD R CD RW may not be displayed when musical data CD DA is playing The period from when a CD RW is inserted to when it begins playing is longer than a normal CD or CD R 6 19 Interior Comfort Audio System Completely read the instruction manual and cautions for CD R CD RWs Do not use discs with cellophane tape adhering partially peeled off labels or adhesive material exuding from the edges of the CD label Also do not use discs wit
112. ueteri qe d ga Manual Transmission Operation cscceseeseeeeeeteeseeeeeeeees Automatic Transmission Controls sesssss Power Steering sss eem oe ERE Cruise Control ees d E ML LE UM Traction Control System TCS sss Dynamic Stability Control DSC sss Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Warning Indicator Lights esses Beep Sounds eS ERES Nnm eure e dt Hazard Warning Flasher eee HomeLink Wireless Control System sss Some models Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Ignition Switch Auxiliary key with advanced key NOTE When starting the engine using the advanced key refer to Starting the Engine page 3 11 When starting the engine with the auxiliary key perform the following procedure 1 Remove the auxiliary key from the advanced key page 3 18 2 Make sure the start knob is in OFF LOCK position 3 Remove the start knob by pulling it outward while pressing the buttons on both the left and right sides 4 Insert the auxiliary key in the ignition switch V Ignition Switch Positions With advanced The engraved mark LOCK indicated in the illustration may differ from that indicated on the actual vehicle it may read OFF OFF LOCK The power supply to electrical devices is turned off Only in this position can the key b
113. unit 7 Firmly press and release the learn or smart button The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer NOTE There are 30 seconds in which to initiate step 8 8 Return to the vehicle and firmly press hold for two seconds and release the programmed HomeLink button Repeat the press hold release sequence a second time and depending on the brand of the garage door opener or other rolling code equipped device repeat this sequence a third time to complete the programming process Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls HomeLink should now activate your rolling code equipped device NOTE To program the remaining two HomeLink buttons begin with Programming step 2 Do not repeat step 1 For questions or comments please contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 V Gate operator Canadian Programming Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during programming Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are designed to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties programming a gate operator by using the Programming procedures regardless of where you live replace Programming HomeLink step 3 with the following NOTE If programming a
114. warning light remains on or if the brakes do not operate properly do not drive the vehicle Have it towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 44 Even if the light turns off have your brake system inspected as soon as possible by an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an indicator of leakage Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the brake light is no longer illuminated A WARNING Do not drive with the brake system warning light illuminated Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving with the brake system warning light illuminated is dangerous It indicates that your brakes may not work at all or that they could completely fail at any time If this light remains illuminated after checking that the parking brake is fully released have the brakes inspected immediately V ABS Warning Light The warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds If the ABS warning light stays on while you re driving the ABS control unit has detected a system malfunction If this occurs your brakes will function normally as if the vehicle had no ABS Should this happen consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible NOTE When the engine is jump started to charge the battery uneven rpm occurs and the ABS warning light ma
115. way in 7 Verify that the KEY indicator light green illuminates in the instrument cluster The KEY warning light red means you cannot continue to start the engine using the Advanced Keyless System You may have to use the auxiliary key instead page 3 22 NOTE In the following cases the KEY warning light red illuminates and the engine will not start The advanced key battery is dead The advanced key is out of operational range The advanced key is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal page 3 7 A key from another manufacturer similar to the advanced key is in the operational range 8 Switch the ignition to ACC while pushing the start knob in 3 13 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System 9 Switch the ignition from ACC to START and hold up to 10 seconds at a time until the engine starts ACAUTION Do not try the starter for more than 10 seconds at a time If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 10 seconds before trying again Otherwise you may damage the starter and drain the battery 10 After starting the engine let it idle for about 10 seconds NOTE In extremely cold weather or after the vehicle has not been driven in several days let the engine warm up without operating the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without use of the accelerator Turning off the engine
116. 0 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the X XX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle 9 41 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects U S A If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately infor
117. 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Roll over 2 42 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch A WARNING Do not deactivate the passenger air bag unnecessarily Unnecessary deactivation of the passenger air bag is dangerous If turned off unnecessarily the passenger will not receive the added protection of the air bag Serious injuries or even death could occur With the exception of passengers fitting the categories described below do not turn the air bag deactivation switch to the OFF position Your vehicle is equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch The switch is located in the position shown in the figure below The switch must be used to deactivate the passenger front and side air bags and also the passenger seat belt pretensioner system when the occupant of the passenger seat fits into one of the following categories as described in the request form for the passenger air bag deactivation switch the appendix B to part 595 of National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA Infants less than one year old for all types of restraint but particularly the rear facing child restraint Children aged 1 to 12 People with certain medical conditions which according to his her physician could be adversely affected by air bag activation For more government release information on air bag deactivation contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer for the oc
118. 20 Inspect the battery and its cables Cold reduces battery capacity Inspect the ignition system for damage and loose connections Use washer fluid made with antifreeze but do not use engine coolant antifreeze for washer fluid page 8 23 Do not use the parking brake in freezing weather as it may freeze Instead shift to P with an automatic transmission and to 1 or R with a manual transmission Block the rear wheels Do not apply excessive force to a window scraper when removing ice or frozen snow on the mirror glass and windshield Never use warm or hot water for removing snow or ice from windows and mirrors as it could result in the glass cracking Braking performance can be adversely affected 1f snow or ice adheres to the brake equipment If this situation occurs drive the vehicle slowly releasing the accelerator pedal and lightly applying the brakes several times until the brake performance returns to normal Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips V Snow Tires Use snow tires on all four wheels Do not go faster than 120 km h 75 mph while driving with snow tires Inflate snow tires 30 kPa 0 3 kgf cm 4 3 psi more than recommended on the tire pressure label driver s door frame but never more than the maximum cold tire pressure shown on the tires Your vehicle is originally equipped with summer tires designed for optimum traction on wet and dry roads If your vehicle is to be used
119. 28 kbps or more If a disc has both music data CD DA and MP3 files playback of the two file types differs depending on how the disc was recorded Packet written discs cannot be played on this unit This unit does not play CDs recorded using MP31 MP3 interactive MP3 PRO and RIFF MP3 formats About folders and files The order of hierarchy for MP3 files and folders during playback or other functions is from shallow to deep The arrangement and playing order ofa recorded disc containing MP3 files is as follows File number A numerical file number is assigned to each file in a folder in the order of hierarchy from shallow to deep Folder number A numerical folder number is assigned to each folder in the order of hierarchy from shallow to deep NOTE Folders and tracks files within the same hierarchy play in the order they were written to the disc depending on the write software e e LJ e Folder 41 Folder J Track File No E e 6 SE Zu i r L nD Q ae no D 38 hi 6 s m i n w punc ew nOD T Levell Level2 Level3 Level4 Playback may not occur in the above hierarchy depending on the audio unit The folder order is automatically assigned and this order cannot be optionally set Any folder without an MP3 file will be ignored It will be skipped and the folder number will not be displayed MP3 files not conforming to the MP3 format
120. 5 62 I Ignition K6YS e 3 23 Switch Lo oeste nidos 5 2 Immobilizer System with Advanced Key 3 63 Immobilizer System without Advanced Key 3 67 Indicator Lights ss 5 42 CHUIS ioe he OR eA 5 54 DSC OFF 32 niet nahn tete 5 54 Headlight high beam 5 53 KEY uino vau eee teste 5 51 Security i RA SINN eee 5 53 Shift position c cece 5 53 TCS DSC ni tere 5 54 Turn signal hazard warning 5 55 Inside Trunk Release Lever 3 35 Instrument Cluster 5 37 Interior Caress uns aa eem 8 57 Interior Lights ssssss 6 80 J Jump Starting sss 7 21 K Keyless Entry System 3 24 IX Em 3 23 L Label Information 10 2 Lane Change Signals 5 59 Light Bulbs Replacement sssss 8 36 Specifications ssssss 10 6 Lighting Control 5 57 L Lubricant Quality 0 eee 10 4 M Maintenance Introduction ssssss 8 2 Owner maintenance precautions sssseeeeeee 8 16 Owner maintenance schedule 8 15 Scheduled 5 Ee 8 3 Manual Transmission Operation 5 11 Recommendations for shifting 5 12 Mesh Pocket sss 6 83 Mirrors Outside mirrors 0 0 cette 3 73 Rearview mirr
121. AR Radio and more Exclusive Entertainment and Talk The biggest names compelling talk hilarious comedy Hear Howard Stern Martha Stewart Jamie Foxx Blue Collar Comedy Playboy Radio political talk and more World class News Stay informed with FOX CNN CNBC NPR BBC and more Plus local traffic and weather Family amp Kids Entertain the entire family with Radio Disney Kids Place Live Laugh USA and more Sign up for SIRIUS Radio today For more information visit www sirius com Satellite radio can be subscribed to and received in the United States Except Alaska and Hawaii and Canada How to Activate Satellite Radio You must call SIRIUS to activate your service Activation is free and takes only a few minutes 6 35 Interior Comfort Audio System SIRIUS service uses an ID code to identify your radio This code is needed to activate SIRIUS service and report any problems To activate you SIRIUS radio tuner call a SIRIUS customer service specialist at 1 888 539 7474 or you can visit SIRIUS online at www sirius com Please have the following information ready SIRIUS ID 12 digit electronic serial no or ESN Valid credit card information may not be required at initial sign up Be sure you are parked outside with a clear view of open sky you will be instructed to turn on your radio in SAT mode and tuned to channel 184 Activation typically takes only 2 5 minutes ESN
122. AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies under the Federal Magnuson Moss Warranty Act 15 U S C 2301 et seq To the extent permitted by the applicable state Lemon Law you are also required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising any rights or seeking remedies under the Lemon Law If you choose to seek remedies that are not created by the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or the applicable state Lemon Law you are not required to first use BBB AUTO LINE The whole process normally takes 40 days or less The arbitration decision is not binding on you or Mazda unless you accept the decision For more information about BBB AUTO LINE including current eligibility standards please call 1 800 955 5100 or visit the BBB website at www lemonlaw bbb org Being truly committed to customer satisfaction is more than a phrase with Mazda We hope to satisfy every customer directly but if there is ever a question about our decision Mazda believes in providing a fast fair and free method such as the BBB AUTO LINE to ensure Mazda delivers on our commitment to do the right thing for our customers Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance V California Customers l Mazda North American Operations participates in BBB AUTO LINE a mediation arbitration program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus 4200 Wilson Boulevard Arlington Virginia 22203 through local Better Business Bureaus
123. Be extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehicle when using this manual for inspection and maintenance If you are unsure about any procedure it describes we strongly urge you to have a reliable and qualified service shop perform the work preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer Factory trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for your Mazda inadequate incomplete and insufficient servicing may result in problems This could lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries For expert advice and quality service consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed as prescribed Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance as opposed to defective materials or authorized Mazda workmanship will not be honored Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda s original equipment may perform maintenance But we recommend that it always be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Scheduled Maintenance USA Canada and Puerto Rico Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions apply Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty conditions Driving with extended use of brakes Dri
124. Controls A WARNING Do not use the HomeLink system with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse feature Using the HomeLink system with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse feature as required by federal safety standards is dangerous This includes garage doors manufactured before April 1 1982 Using these garage door openers can increase the risk of serious injury or death For further information contact HomeLink at 1 800 355 3515 or www homelink com or your Authorized Mazda Dealer Always check the areas surrounding garage doors and gates for people or obstructions before programming or during operation of the HomeLink system Programming or operating the HomeLink system without verifying the safety of areas surrounding garage doors and gates is dangerous and could result in an unexpected accident and serious injury if someone were to be hit A CAUTION HomeLink has been tested and complies with FCC and Industry Canada rules Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the device Some models 5 63 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls NOTE FCC ID NZLOBIHL3 CANADA 4112A OBIHL3 This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Operation is subject to the following conditions 1 This device may not cause any harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any int
125. Dealer The hardtop can be closed manually as an emergency measure Refer to The Power Retractable Hardtop Does not Close on page 3 54 V Opening the Power Retractable Hardtop 1 Park on a level surface off the right of way and firmly set the parking brake 2 Put a vehicle with an automatic transmission in Park P a manual transmission in Neutral 3 Apply the parking brake with the brake pedal depressed 4 Start the Engine NOTE Do not open close the hardtop with the engine stopped Otherwise the vehicle s battery power could be depleted 5 With the lock release button depressed pull the top latch outward to unlock Lock release button 6 Verify that the operation indicator light is illuminated and the lock is detached Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 7 Press and hold the open button until the hardtop opens completely NOTE When the open switch is pressed a beep sound is heard The hardtop keeps opening and the operation indicator light flashes while the open switch is pressed If the switch is released while the hardtop is opening the hardtop stops opening If the switch is pressed again the hardtop resumes opening 8 The deck opens yl be n ND NOTE If the windows are closed the windows automatically open partially when the deck opens 3 51 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 9 The hardtop opens 10 The hardtop retracts unde
126. E To allow the passenger seat weight sensor to function properly do not place and sit on an additional seat cushion on the passenger seat The sensor may not function properly because the additional seat cushion could cause sensor interference When a small child sits on the passenger seat it is possible that neither the warning light nor the warning beep operate 2 17 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Child Restraint Precautions Mazda strongly urges the use of child restraint systems for children small enough to use them You are required by law to use a child restraint system for children in the U S and Canada Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety of children riding in your vehicle Whatever child restraint system you consider please pick the appropriate one for the age and size of the child obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual child restraint system A child who has outgrown child restraint systems should use seat belts both lap and shoulder If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face move the child closer to the center of the vehicle A rear facing child restraint system should NEVER be used on the passenger seat with the air bag system activated If a small child or infant in the passenger seat particularly a child secured in a rear facing child restraint system it is critically important that you consc
127. Free preparation page 6 64 Registered mobile phone read out Bluetooth Hands Free can read out the mobile phones registered to its system NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Do you want to pair a phone delete a phone or list paired phones 6 Say Beep List phones 7 Prompt XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX Ex Phone A phone B phone C The voice guidance reads out the phone tags registered to the hands free system 6 73 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Press the voice recognition hands free switch during the read out at the desired phone and then say one of the following voice commands to execute it Select Programmed the mobile phone when the voice recognition hands free switch was pressed Continue Continues the voice guidance Delete Deletes the registered mobile phone Previous Returns to the previous mobile phone e 8 Prompt End of list would you like to start from the beginning 9 Say Beep No 10 Promp
128. Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 2922 P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 9 10 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance In order to serve you efficiently and effectively please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on the upper driver s side corner of the dash Purchase date and current mileage Your dealer s name and location Your question s ON tA A Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Mazda Importer Distributors Importer Distributor WU S A Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 2922 U S A P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 U S A TEL 1 800 222 5500 in U S A 949 727 1990 outside U S A 9 12 Distributor in Each Area V CANADA Mazda Canada Inc 55 Vogell Road Richmond Hill Ontario LAB 3K5 Canada TEL 1 800 263 4680 in Canada 905 787 7000 outside Canada Y PUERTO RICO USS Virgin Island Plaza Motors Corp Mazda de Puerto Rico P O Box 362722 San Juan Puerto Rico 00936 2722 TEL 787 641 9300 V MEXICO Mazda Motor de Mexico Mario Pani 150 PB Col Lomas de Santa Fe Mexico D F C P 05300 Del Cuajimalpa TEL Center of Attention to Clients 01 800 016 2932 in Mexico Y GUAM Trip
129. Light 5 48 Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light 5 49 FLAT Flat Tire Warning Light 5 51 TIRE 40 KEY Warning Light Red KEY Indicator Light Green 5 51 e af Security Indicator Light 5 53 zc Headlight High Beam Indicator Light 5 53 PRNDM Shift Position Indicator Light 5 53 e TCS DSC Indicator Light 5 54 DSC DSC OFF Indicator Light 5 54 OFF CRUISE Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber Cruise Set Indicator Light Green 5 54 q m Turn Signal Hazard Warning Indicator Lights 5 55 5 43 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Brake System Warning Light BRAKE This warning has the following functions Brake system warning Illuminates when there is a malfunction in the brake switch Parking brake warning The light illuminates when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switched to START or ON It turns off when the parking brake is fully released Low brake fluid level warning If the light stays on after the parking brake is fully released you may have a brake problem Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way You may notice that the pedal is harder to depress or that it may go closer to the floor In either case it will take longer to stop the vehicle 1 With the engine stopped open the hood and check the brake fluid level immediately and then add fluid if required page 8 22 2 After adding fluid check the light again If the
130. Mazda Explanation of instruments and controls Interior Comfort Use of various features for drive comfort including air conditioning and audio system In Case of an Emergency Helpful information on what to do in an emergency Maintenance and Care How to keep your Mazda in top condition Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Important consumer information including warranties and add on equipment Specifications Technical information about your Mazda p Index pd Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior exterior views and part identification of your Mazda Interior Overview eere eee eene euren essesi ee ean ee aeneae rine o 1 2 Interior Equipment View A sse 1 2 Interior Equipment View B sse 1 3 Interior Equipment View C sse 1 4 Exterior Overview 2 2 6 e rere orto e s ieta rosser os riea rre ESE 1 5 ETODE Lc eere edant edite e eei 1 5 Rear tative ee eed eda ee ae i s 1 6 1 1 Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior Overview Interior Equipment View A D OG DOG D Door lock knob DSC OFF Switch zx ete taetita ian aae Rind dala eats page 5 27 3 Passenger air bag deactivation switch sese page 2 43 4 Lighting Control etm D e ERR Ez page 5 57 Turn and lane change signal sese page 5 59 Dashboard illumination knob
131. Media Specification Audio Version 7 0 8 0 9 0 32kHz 32 40 48 kbps Samplin 44 1kHz 32 48 Ping Bitrate 64 80 96 128 160 requency 192 kbps 48kHz 64 96 128 160 192 kbp VBR Variable Bit Rate Supported Channel mode Stereo Monaural WMA tag Title artist name album name A CAUTION This unit plays files with the wma file extension as a WMA file Do not use the WMA file extension for files other than WMA files It may cause noise or a malfunction In a WMA file the track name artist name and album name are recorded with data called WMA Tag and the information can be displayed WMA files which do not comply with the specific standard may not be played correctly or its file and folder name may not be displayed correctly The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system version software or settings In this case add the file extension wma to the end of the file name and then write the disc Interior Comfort Audio System 6 23 MEMO Interior Comfort Audio System Audio Set CD player Al mam sus J co J x J lew POE DISC SEEK TRACK lt FOLDER CAT REPLAY Power Volume Sound Controls ccccccecccsceeseeseeseeeececeeseceeeeseceeecseeeseeseeneeeeeneeens page 6 26 CLO Ch cina steedutstas E
132. N To avoid damage to the power steering pump don t operate the vehicle for long periods when the power steering fluid level is low NOTE Use specified power steering fluid page 10 4 Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir at each engine oil change with the engine off and cold Add fluid if necessary it does not require periodic changing The level must be kept between MIN and MAX Visually examine the lines and hoses for leaks and damage If new fluid is required frequently consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Washer Fluid V Inspecting Washer Fluid Level A WARNING Use only windshield washer fluid or plain water in the reservoir Using radiator antifreeze as washer fluid is dangerous If sprayed on the windshield it will dirty the windshield affect your visibility and could result in an accident Using Washer Fluid Without Anti freeze Protection in Cold Weather Operating your vehicle in temperatures below 4 degrees C 40 degrees F using washer fluid without anti freeze protection is dangerous as it could cause impaired windshield vision and result in an accident In cold weather always use washer fluid with anti freeze protection NOTE State or local regulations may restrict the use of volatile organic compounds VOCs which are commonly used as anti freeze agents in washer fluid A washer fluid with limited VOC content should be used only if i
133. NE Drive belts I Engine valve clearance Audibly inspect every 120 000 km if noisy adjust Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system I m FL22 type Replace at first eom m 2 Mic after that every Others R Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I FUEL SYSTEM Air filter C R C R C R Fuel lines and hoses 4 Hoses and tubes for emission i Fuel filter R IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 60 000 km ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I 8 11 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 x1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I I Brake fluid level I I I I I Brake fluid R Disc brakes I I I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I Flat tire repair kit if installed Inspect annually Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel 1 1 1 bearing axial play Manual transmission oil R Rear differential oil R Driveshaft dust boots I I I Exhaust system and heat shields I I I Bolts and nu
134. OTE Make sure the jack is well lubricated before using it With Tire Pressure Monitoring System Be sure to register the tire pressure sensor ID signal code whenever tires or wheels are changed page 5 35 1 Park on a level surface off the right of way and firmly set the parking brake 2 Put a vehicle with an automatic transmission in Park P a manual transmission in Reverse R or 1 and turn off the engine In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 3 Turn on the hazard warning flasher 4 Have everyone get out of the vehicle and away from the vehicle and traffic 5 Remove the jack and tool page 7 5 6 Block the wheel diagonally opposite the tire to be changed When blocking a wheel place a tire block both in front and behind the tire NOTE When blocking a tire use rocks or wood blocks of sufficient size if possible to hold the tire in place 7 13 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire V Removing a Tire Loosen the lug nuts by turning them counterclockwise one turn each but do not remove any until the tire has been raised off the ground 2 Place the jack under the jacking position closest to the tire being changed 7 14 A WARNING Use only the front and rear jacking positions recommended in this manual Attempting to jack the vehicle in positions other than those recommended in this manual is dangerous The vehicle could slip off the jack and seriously injure
135. PTION ace G PROTECTED COMPONENT 1 ACC 7 5A Audio system Power control mirror 2 AUX PWR 15A Accessory Socket 3 METER 15A Instrument cluster 4 SEAT WARM 20A Seat warmer 5 ILLUMI 7 5A Illumination 6 A C 75A Air conditioner ENGINE 7 5A Engine control system For protection of various circuits 8 9 M DEF 10 AUDIO 20A Audio system 11 D LOCK 20A Power door lock 12 SILEN 13 14 15 16 Some models 8 49 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage The paintwork on your Mazda represents the latest technical developments in composition and methods of application Environmental hazards however can harm the paint s protective properties if proper care is not taken Here are some examples of possible damage with tips on how to prevent them V Etching Caused by Acid Rain or Industrial Fallout Occurrence Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissions drift into the air and mix with rain or dew to form acids These acids can settle on a vehicle s finish As the water evaporates the acid becomes concentrated and can damage the finish And the longer the acid remains on the surface the greater the chance is for damage Prevention It is necessary to wash and wax your vehicle to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section These steps should be taken immediately after
136. R 5 4 8 deactivation indicator light air bags pretensioner system classification system Empty Not occupied Off Deactivated Deactivated Child or child restraint On Deactivated Deactivated system Adult Off Ready Ready If the passenger air bag has been deactivated using the key the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light will remain illuminated as long you leave the passenger air bag turned off and the chart above no longer applies Refer to Passenger air bag deactivation switch on page 2 43 If the passenger seat belt is buckled the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates however this does not indicate a malfunction 2 Ifa larger child sits on the passenger seat the sensors might detect the child as being an adult depending on the child s physique 3 Ifa smaller adult sits on the passenger seat the sensors might detect the person as being a child depending on the person s physique If the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition is switched ON and does not illuminate as indicated in the above chart do not allow a child to sit in the passenger seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not work properly in an accident You must deactivate the passenger air bag using the key page 2 43 and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 2 48 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags A WARNING Do not decrea
137. Remember to take your key and transmitter V Operation System triggering conditions The horn sounds intermittently and the hazard warning lights flash for about 25 seconds when the system is triggered by any one of the following Forcing open a door the hood or the trunk lid Unlocking a door with the door lock switch Opening a door by operating an inside door lock knob Opening the hood by operating the hood release handle Knowing Your Mazda Security System Opening the trunk lid by operating the trunk lid release button If the system is triggered again the lights and horn will activate until a door is unlocked or the trunk lid is opened with the key or with the transmitter With advanced key The lights and horn can also be deactivated by pressing the request switch NOTE If the battery goes dead while the thefi deterrent system is armed the horn will activate and the hazard warning lights will flash when the battery is charged or replaced V How to Arm the System 1 Close the windows securely 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch With advanced key Switch the ignition off with the start knob 3 Make sure all windows the hood and the trunk lid are closed Close and lock both doors from the outside using the key If you have the keyless entry system press the lock button on the transmitter The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the system 1s
138. S Tie the ropes securely so that the deck does not open while the vehicle is being driven NOTE Open the trunk using the key The remote release button advanced keyless entry function and the keyless entry system do not operate when this emergency procedure is done 8 Tie off the other side rope the same way 9 Close the trunk lid After finishing the procedure After finishing the procedure have the hardtop checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible A WARNING Drive the vehicle at a speed of 40 km h 25 mph or lower before having the hardtop checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer The hardtop may open while the vehicle is being driven and cause an accident NOTE The trunk cannot be opened with the remote release button advanced keyless entry function and the keyless entry system as they are disabled when this emergency procedure is done V Power Retractable Hardtop Appearance Care Refer to Hardtop Maintenance page 8 56 for information on retractable hardtop appearance care Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 3 61 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks V When Warning Indicator Beep is Activated If an improper operation is performed or a system malfunction has occurred the indicator light or a warning beep is activated to notify the user of improper operation or a system malfunction Warning A warning beep sound is heard when the open or close switch is pressed
139. Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close to the door or leaning against a window in the seats Furthermore sleeping up against the door or hanging out the driver side window while driving could block the side air bag and eliminate the advantages of supplemental protection Give the side air bags room to work by sitting in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn properly Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and passenger air bags deploy Attaching an object to the driver and passenger air bag modules or placing something in front of them is dangerous In an accident an object could interfere with air bag inflation and injure the occupants 2 32 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys Attaching objects to the seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the seat in any way is dangerous In an accident the object could interfere with the side air bag which inflates from the outboard side of the seats impeding the added protection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is dangerous Furthermore the bag could be cut open releasing the gas Never use seat covers on the seats Always keep the side air bag modules in your seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision Do not place luggage or other objects under the seats Placing luggage or other objects un
140. System does not alleviate the need to check the tire condition every day including whether the tires all look inflated properly Inspect all tire pressure monthly when the tires are cold Maintain recommended pressures for the best ride handling and minimum tire wear When checking the tire pressures use of a digital tire pressure gauge is recommended pi 77 Refer to the specification charts page 10 7 NOTE Always check tire pressure when tires are cold Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures Don t release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure Underinflation can cause reduced fuel economy uneven and accelerated tire wear and poor sealing of the tire bead which will deform the wheel and cause separation of tire from rim Overinflation can produce a harsh ride uneven and accelerated tire wear and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards Keep your tire pressure at the correct levels If one frequently needs inflating have it inspected Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance V Tire Rotation A WARNING Rotate tires periodically Irregular tire wear is dangerous To equalize tread wear for maintaining good performance in handling and braking rotate the tires according to the scheduled maintenance charts Refer to Scheduled Maintenance on page 8 3 During rotation inspect them for correct balance NOTE Because your vehicle is not equipped with a spar
141. TION To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components don t try to sweep the wiper arm by hand Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 1 Raise the wiper arm and turn the blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip Compress the clip and slide the assembly downward then lift it off the AS 3 O Plastic eS A CAUTION To prevent damage to the windshield let the wiper arm down easily don t let it slap down on the windshield 2 Hold the end of the rubber and pull until the tabs are free of the metal support Metal support Tab a 8 25 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 3 Remove the metal stiffeners from each blade rubber and install them in the new blade 4 CAUTION gt Don t bend or discard the stiffeners You need to use them again gt Ifthe metal stiffeners are switched the blade s wiping efficiency could be reduced So don t use the driver s side metal stiffeners on the passenger s side or vice versa gt Be sure to reinstall the metal stiffeners in the new blade rubber so that the curve is the same as it was in the old blade rubber 4 Carefully insert the new blade rubber Then install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal NOTE Install the blade so that the tabs are toward the bottom of the wiper arm Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A WARNING Wash hands after handling the battery and related acces
142. The lower edges of doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be clogged Water trapped there will cause rusting 8 54 A WARNING Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly and applying the brakes lightly until brake performance is normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected V Aluminum Wheel Maintenance A protective coating is provided over the aluminum wheels Special care is needed to protect this coating A CAUTION Do not use any detergent other than mild detergent Before using any detergent verify the ingredients Otherwise the product could discolor or stain the aluminum wheels NOTE Do not use a wire brush or any abrasive cleaner polishing compound or solvent on aluminum wheels They may damage the coating Always use a sponge or soft cloth to clean the wheels Rinse the wheels thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on dusty or salted roads to help prevent corrosion Avoid washing your vehicle in an automatic car wash that uses high speed or hard brushes fyour aluminum wheels lose luster wax the wheels With Tire Pressure Monitoring System Check special requirements for Tire Pressure Monitoring System Refer to Tires and Wheels o
143. When the autolock function is enabled windows will not automatically close You must close them before leaving vehicle 3 21 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System When Warning Indicator Beep is Activated Under the following conditions warning beeps are heard and a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminates to notify the driver of improper operation of the advanced key to prevent theft of the vehicle page 3 19 Warning What to check When a door is open a continuous beep sound will be heard Check whether the start knob has been returned to the LOCK position When a door is open 3 beep sounds are heard and the KEY warning light red in the instrument cluster flashes Check whether the advanced key has been removed from the vehicle When a door is closed a beep sound is heard 6 times and the KEY warning light red in the instrument cluster flashes Check whether the advanced key has been removed from the vehicle When locking the doors or closing the trunk the chime sounds for about 10 seconds Check whether the advanced key has not been left in the vehicle or the trunk When attempting to lock the doors a beep sound is heard Check whether the advanced key has been left in the vehicle Check whether a door is open When the KEY indicator light green flashes in the instrument cluster The advanced key battery power is low R
144. Zoom Zoom All children instinctively know it A few adults still remember it One unique car company refuses to outgrow it In grown up language it means the exhilaration and liberation that come from experiencing sheer motion But as usual children put it much better and simply call it Go Zoom Zoom We practice it every day It s why we build the kind of cars we do Zoom Zoom Can we re awaken it in you today A Word to Mazda Owners Thank you for choosing a Mazda We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete customer satisfaction in mind To help ensure enjoyable and trouble free operation of your Mazda read this manual carefully and follow its recommendations An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best So when maintenance or service is necessary that s the place to go Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the best possible service We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product Mazda Motor Corporation HIROSHIMA JAPAN Important Notes About This Manual Keep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda Should you resell the vehicle leave this manual with it for the next owner All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing Because improvement is a constant goal at Mazda we reserve the
145. a car at any time Do not leave the car or the trunk unlocked Opening the trunk lid with the key Insert the key into the slot and turn it clockwise Yu m cue Ca Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A CAUTION Do not open the trunk while the power retractable hardtop is opening closing The power retractable hardtop and trunk lid mechanisms could be damaged Opening the trunk lid with the request switch with advanced key The trunk lid can be opened by operating the request switch on the trunk lid while carrying the advanced key outside the vehicle refer to Operations Using Advanced Keyless Functions page 3 7 Opening the trunk lid with the transmitter with advanced key The trunk lid can be opened by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 15 Opening the trunk lid with the transmitter with retractable e ke The trunk lid can be opened by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 24 Opening the trunk lid with the remote release button Push the release button 3 34 NOTE With power retractable hardtop The trunk lid can only be opened when the power retractable hardtop is fully opened closed Open close the power retractable hardtop completely before opening the trunk lid Closing the trunk lid Use both hands to push the trunk lid down until the lock snaps shut Do not slam it
146. activation of the passenger air bag is dangerous In an accident the passenger will not be properly protected Serious injuries or even death could occur To avoid unintentional deactivation always use the same key to operate the passenger air bag deactivation switch and the ignition switch that way you will not leave the key in the passenger air bag deactivation switch 1 Insert the key into the passenger air bag deactivation switch and turn the key clockwise until the key points to OFF 2 Remove the key 3 Make sure the air bag deactivation indicator light remains illuminated when the ignition is switched ON NOTE With advanced key After operating the passenger air bag deactivation switch put the auxiliary key back into the advanced key 2 45 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags The passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt pretensioner system will remain deactivated until the passenger air bag deactivation switch is turned to the ON position WV To Ready the Passenger Air Bag Before driving always confirm that the passenger air bag deactivation switch 1s in the appropriate position according to your requirements 1 Insert the key into the passenger air bag deactivation switch and turn the key counterclockwise until the key points to ON 2 Remove the key 3 Make sure the air bag deactivation indicator light turns off after the ignition is switched ON NOTE With advanced key Aft
147. after turning on the heater when the vehicle is cold the CD or optical components prism and lens in the CD player In dash CD changer may become clouded with condensation At this time the CD will eject immediately when placed in the unit A clouded CD can be corrected simply by wiping it with a soft cloth Clouded optical components will clear naturally in about an hour Wait for normal operation to return before attempting to use the unit Handling the CD player In dash CD changer The following precautions should be observed Do not spill any liquid on the audio system Do not insert any objects other than CDs into the slot 6 17 Interior Comfort Audio System The CD revolves at high speed within the unit Defective cracked or badly bent CDs should never be used Do not use non conventional discs such as heart shaped octagonal discs etc The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction Ifthe memory portion of the CD is transparent or translucent do not use the disc Transparent 6 18 A new CD may have rough edges on its inner and outer perimeters If a disc with rough edges is used proper setting will not be possible and the CD player In dash CD changer will not play the CD In addition the disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction Remove the rough edges in advance by using a ball point pen or pencil as shown below To remove the rough edges rub the side of
148. ailure and a dangerous accident Warning light illuminates Warning beep sounds When the warning light illuminates and the warning beep sound is heard about 3 seconds tire pressure is too low in one or more tires Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire pressure Refer to the specification charts page 10 7 A CAUTION When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving NOTE Perform tire pressure adjustment when the tires are cold Tire pressure will vary according to the tire temperature therefore let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive it 1 6 km 1 mile or less before adjusting the tire pressures When pressure is adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation pressure the TPMS warning light beep may turn on after the tires cool and pressure drops below specification Also an illuminated TPMS warning light resulting from the tire air pressure dropping due to cold ambient temperature may turn off if the ambient temperature rises In this case it will also be necessary to adjust the tire air pressures If the TPMS warning light illuminates due to a drop in tire air pressure make sure to check and adjust the tire air pressures After adjusting the tire air pressures it may require some time for the TPMS warning light to turn off If the TPMS warning light
149. aler for service Interior Comfort Audio System 6 49 Interior Comfort Audio System V Operating the In Dash CD Changer Channel preset buttons CD slot CD play button Repeat button JL sirws co jJ A Load button Disc up Folder up button Display CD eject button E CH A eoe SCAN C AUTO M ESN TEXT seek TRACK lt REPLAY DISC FOLDER CAT Scan button Track down Reverse button Track up Fast forward button Text button Channel Play Pause button preset buttons Disc down Folder down button Random button Type Playable data NOTE Music MP3 WMA CD Music data CD DA The CD will begin playback automatically player e MP3 WMA file after insertion NOTE A CD cannot be inserted while the display Ifa disc has both music data CD DA and MP3 WMA files playback of the two or three file types differs depending on how the disc was recorded Inserting the CD The CD must be label side up when inserting The auto loading mechanism will set the CD and begin play 6 50 reads WAIT A beeping sound can be heard during this waiting time There will be a short lapse before play begins while the player reads the digital signals on the CD Normal insertion 1 Press the load button LOAD 2 When IN is displ
150. am Always wear eye protection when working near the battery Working without eye protection is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes Also hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid Spilled battery fluid is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in eyes skin or clothing If this happens immediately flush your eyes with water for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention e Always keep batteries out of the reach of children Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous Battery fluid could cause serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the shin Y Do not allow the positive terminal to contact any other metal object that could cause sparks Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries When working near a battery do not allow metal tools to contact the positive or negative terminal of the battery 7 21 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells Flames and sparks near open batter
151. an accident there are two methods to deactivate the passenger air bag as follows however the surest way to prevent the passenger air bag from deploying is to use the ignition key to turn it off rather than rely on the passenger seat weight sensors which will also detect other loads or objects on and around the passenger seat Small children must be protected by a child restraint system as stipulated by law in every state and province In certain states and provinces larger children must use a child restraint system page 2 18 Carefully consider which child restraint system is necessary for your child and follow the installation directions in this Owner s Manual as well as the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions Do not use a child restraint system which employs an upper tether because there is no appropriate means to anchor the tether A WARNING Seat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous Alone air bags may not prevent serious injuries The appropriate air bags can be expected to inflate only in the first accident such as frontal near frontal side collisions that are at least moderate Vehicle occupants should always wear seat belts 2 31 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminated when using a rear facing child restraint system Seating a child
152. an button then press channel preset button 6 Hold both buttons together for 1 5 seconds 3 ENTER PIN appears for three seconds which indicates that it is in code input mode 4 SRI appears which indicates that it is ready for code input Registered ID code input 5 Input the registered ID code using channel preset buttons 1 4 Example When the registered ID code is 2323 input 2323 At this time SR1 2323 is displayed NOTE If Err is displayed go to the INITIALIZATION OF ID CODE section to reset the ID code to 0000 Registered ID code input determination 6 Determine the input code by pressing the scan button 7 If it does not match the registered code SRI Err is displayed and then it returns to SR1 8 If it matches the registered code SRI UNLOCK appears for three seconds which indicates that the code input has been completed 9 SRI 100 appears which indicates that the parental lock is off At this time sound is heard 6 44 NOTE fan ID code is not input for ten seconds Err is displayed and it returns to the former display Channel preset buttons 1 2 3 4 and the scan button are used for input of the ID code Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used MEMO Interior Comfort Audio System V Operating the Compact Disc CD Player CD slot CD play bu
153. and for the particular vehicle and seat Even if it plugs into other seat belts it may not hold in the critical moment of a crash When ordering an extender only order one that provides the necessary additional length to fasten the seat belt properly Please contact your Authorized Mazda Dealer for more information A WARNING Do not use a seat belt extender unless it is necessary Using a seat belt extender when not necessary is dangerous The seat belt will be too long and not fit properly In an accident the seat belt will not provide adequate protection and you could be seriously injured Only use the extender when it is required to fasten the seat belt properly Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Do not use an improper extender Using a seat belt extender that is for another person or a different vehicle or seat is dangerous The seat belt will not provide adequate protection and the user could be seriously injured in an accident Only use the extender provided for you and for the particular vehicle and seat NEVER use the extender in a different vehicle or seat If you sell your Mazda do not leave your seat belt extender in the vehicle It could be used accidentally by the new owner of the vehicle After removing the seat belt extender discard it Never use the seat belt extender in any other vehicle you may own in the future Do not use an extender that is too long Using an extender that is too
154. angerous Unless all safety procedures are followed injury can result Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer how to safely dispose of an air bag or how to scrap an air bag equipped vehicle NOTE If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer refer to Customer Assistance U S A page 9 2 2 52 Knowing Your Mazda Explanation of basic operations and controls opening closing and adjustment of various parts Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System ss 3 2 Advanced Keys 54teci tear urea c Hg Decal ce 3 2 Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions 3 7 Operation Using Advanced Key Functions 3 15 Advanced Key Suspend Function sss 3 18 Warning and Beep Sounds sssssssseee 3 19 Setting Change Function Customization sssss 3 21 When Warning Indicator Beep is Activated 3 22 Doors and LockKS oeeeee rere neon eoe tueur poseer eene oS eene tree nc 3 23 Keys without Advanced Key eee 3 23 Keyless Entry System with Retractable Type Key 3 24 Door Docks in epe REB pe 3 30 Trunk Eid 25 nhe e conte calles nS 3 33 Inside Trunk Release Le
155. ant V Inspecting Coolant Level A WARNING Do not use a match or live flame in the engine compartment DO NOT ADD COOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT A hot engine is dangerous If the engine has been running parts of the engine compartment can become very hot You could be burned Carefully inspect the engine coolant in the coolant reservoir but do not open it e 3 Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the cooling fan Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured T d amp a Do not remove the cooling system cap when the engine and radiator are hot When the engine and radiator are hot scalding coolant and steam may shoot out under pressure and cause serious injury NOTE Changing the coolant should be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer 8 20 Inspect the antifreeze protection and coolant level in the coolant reservoir at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling where temperatures may drop below freezing Inspect the condition and connections of all cooling system and heater hoses Replace any that are swollen or deteriorated The coolant should be at full in the radiator and between the F and L marks on the coolant re
156. ant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or mileage kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 3 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance Replace the tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date 8 7 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Scheduled Maintenance Mexico Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions apply Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty conditions Driving with extended use of brakes Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used Driving on rough or muddy roads Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates Driving in extremely hot conditions Driving in mountainous conditions continually If any do apply follow Schedule 2 NOTE After the prescribed period continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended intervals eeeeeee ee Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance V Schedule 1
157. ar is recommended e Sand and dust on the seat surface may damage the overcoat of the genuine leather surfaces and accelerate wear Greasy soiling on genuine leather may cause molding and stains Rubbing hard with a stiff brush or cloth may cause damage Do not wipe the leather using alcohol chlorine bleach or organic solvents such as thinner benzene or gasoline Otherwise it may cause discoloration or stains If the seats get wet promptly remove moisture with a dry cloth Remaining moisture on the surface may cause deterioration such as hardening and shrinkage Exposure to direct sunlight for long periods may cause deterioration and shrinkage When parking the car under direct sunlight for long periods shade the interior using sunshades Do not leave vinyl products on the seats for long periods as they may affect the leather quality and coloring If the cabin temperature becomes hot the vinyl may deteriorate and adhere to the genuine leather Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean it with a mild soap solution good for upholstery and carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner 8 58 To keep the fabric looking clean and fresh take care of it Otherwise its color will be affected it can be stained easily and its fire resistance may be reduced A CAUTION Use only recommended cleaners and procedures Others may affect a
158. arranty that substantially impairs the use value or safety of the vehicle results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven AND the nonconformity has been subject to repair two or more times by Mazda or its agents AND the buyer or lessee has directly notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the nonconformity OR The same nonconformity has been subject to repair 4 or more times by Mazda or its agents AND the buyer has notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the nonconformity OR The vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of nonconformities by Mazda or its agents for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days after delivery of the vehicle to the buyer e NOTICE TO Mazda AS REQUIRED ABOVE SHALL BE SENT TO THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 ATTN Customer Mediation The following remedies may be sought in BBB AUTO LINE repairs reimbursement for money paid to repair a vehicle or other expenses incurred as result of a vehicle nonconformity repurchase or replacement of your vehicle and compensation for damages and remedies available under Mazda s written warranty or applicable law The following remedies may not be sought in BBB AUTO LINE punitive or multiple damages attorneys fees or consequential damages other than as provided in California Civil Code Section 1794 a and b 10 You m
159. ation Arbitration Program Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda s Customer Satisfaction Program If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is still not resolved you have another option Mazda Canada Inc participates in an arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP CAMVAP will advise you about how your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party through binding arbitration Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc and our dealers Mazda s participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving that goal There is no charge for using CAMVAP CAMVAP results are fast fair and final as the award is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc V Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP If a specific item of concern arises where a solution cannot be reached between an owner Mazda and or one of its dealers that all parties cannot agree upon the owner may wish to use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in scheduling and preparing for their arbitration hearings However before you can proceed with CAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance CAMVAP is fully im
160. auge moves to L low while you are driving drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way Set the parking brake Then follow steps 1 through 3 1 Turn off the engine and inspect the engine oil level page 8 19 If it s low add oil 2 Start the engine 3 If the needle still doesn t move have your vehicle checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer A CAUTION Don t run the engine if the oil pressure is low It could result in extensive engine damage WV Dashboard Illumination When the exterior lights are on rotate the knob to adjust the brightness of the dashboard lights NOTE This symbol amp indicates the knob to adjust the brightness of the dashboard illumination 5 41 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Warning Indicator Lights Warning Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas Signal Warning Indicator Lights Page O Brake System Warning Light 5 44 BRAKE Charging System Warning Light 5 45 Cu Check Engine Light 5 46 ss ABS Warning Light 5 44 e Air Bag Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light 5 46 O Low Fuel Warning Light 5 47 A Seat Belt Warning Light Beep 5 47 5 42 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Signal Warning Indicator Lights Page A Door Ajar Warning Light 5 48 i AT Automatic Transmission Warning
161. aving the vehicle Leaving the key in other positions will disable some of the vehicle security systems and run the battery down Leaving the driver s seat without switching the ignition to OFF LOCK setting the parking brake and shifting the shift lever to P with an automatic transmission or to 1 or R with a manual transmission is dangerous Unexpected vehicle movement could occur This could cause an accident NOTE fturning the ignition switch is difficult Jiggle the steering wheel from side to side Automatic transmission The ignition cannot be switched from ACC to OFF LOCK when the shift lever is not in P ACC Accessory In this position some electrical accessories will operate NOTE The Advanced Keyless Entry System does not function in the ACC position and the doors will not lock unlock using the transmitter or request switches even if the advanced key is carried away from the vehicle Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System ON This is the normal running position after the engine is started The warning lights except brakes should be inspected before the engine is started page 5 42 NOTE When the ignition is switched ON the sound of the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel tank can be heard This does not indicate an abnormality START The engine is started in this position It will crank until you release the start knob then it returns to the ON position The
162. ay reject the decision issued by a BBB AUTO LINE arbitrator If you reject the 11 decision you will be free to pursue further legal action The arbitrator s decision and any findings will be admissible in a court action If you accept the arbitrator s decision Mazda will be bound by the decision and will comply with the decision within a reasonable time not to exceed 30 days after we receive notice of your acceptance of the decision 12 Please call BBB AUTO LINE at 1 800 955 5100 for further details about the program 9 5 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Canada WV Satisfaction Review Process Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda All Authorized Mazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition In our experience any questions problems or complaints regarding the operation of your Mazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by your dealer If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normal dealership procedures we recommend that you take the following steps VW STEP 1 Contact the Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management If the Service Manager has already reviewed your concerns contact the owner of the dealership or its General Manager V STEP 2 Contact the Mazda Regional Office If you feel that you
163. ayed insert the CD Inserting CDs into desired tray number 1 Press and hold the load button LOAD for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard 2 Press the channel preset button for the desired tray number while WAIT is displayed 3 When IN is displayed insert the CD NOTE The CD cannot be inserted to the desired tray number if the number is already occupied Multiple insertion 1 Press and hold the load button LOAD for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard 2 When IN is displayed insert the CD 3 When IN is displayed again insert the next CD NOTE The first inserted CD will be played automatically when No other CD is inserted within 15 seconds after IN is displayed The CD trays are full Ejecting the CD Normal ejection 1 Press the CD eject button amp The disc number and DISC OUT will be displayed 2 Pull out the CD NOTE When the CD is ejected during play the next CD will be played automatically Ejecting CDs from desired tray number 1 Press and hold the CD eject button 4 for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard The DISC OUT display flashes Interior Comfort Audio System 2 Press the channel preset button for the desired CD number for less than 5 seconds after the beep sound is heard 3 Pull out the CD Multiple ejection 1 Press and hold the CD eject button 4 for about 2 seconds until a
164. beep sound is heard The DISC OUT display flashes 2 Pull out the CD then the next CD will be ejected NOTE CDs will be ejected starting with the one with the lowest number All CDs in the tray will be ejected continuously CDs can be ejected when the ignition is switched off Press and hold the CD eject button amp for about 2 seconds and all CDs will eject Playback Press the CD play button CD to start play when a CD is in the unit If a CD is not in the unit when the CD play button CD is pressed NO DISC will flash on and off Pause To stop playback press the Play Pause button PI Press the button again to resume playback Fast forward Reverse Press and hold the fast forward button gt to advance through a track at high speed Press and hold the reverse button to reverse through a track at high speed 6 51 Interior Comfort Audio System Track search Press the track up button gt once to skip forward to the beginning of the next track Press the track down button lt once to skip back to the beginning of the current track Disc search During music CD playback To change the disc press the DISC button A or v during playback During MP3 WMA CD playback To change the disc press the DISC button X or w for 1 5 seconds or more during playback Folder search during MP3 WMA CD playback To change to the previous folder press
165. bination weight of occupants and cargo Bead Area of the Tire Area of the tire next to the rim Sidewall Area of the Tire Area between the bead area and the tread Tread Area of the Tire Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it s mounted on the vehicle Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants Seating capacity is described on the tire label Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular production options weighing over 2 3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight including heavy duty brakes ride levelers roof rack heavy duty battery and special trim Rim is the metal support wheel for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated 9 31 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Tire Maintenance Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally Here are some important maintenance points V Tire Inflation Pressure Inspect all tire pressure monthly including the spare when the tires are cold Maintain recommended pressures for the best ride top handling and minimum tire wear Use the pressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service V Tire Rotation To equalize tread wear rotate the tires every 12 000 km 7 500 mil
166. bjects or cargo around the deck rear glass or the hardtop storage area Even small objects may interfere and cause damage Remove leaves that accumulate on and around the hardtop If the leaves are not removed they may block the water drainage outlets gt Before opening the hardtop make sure the rear window defogger switch Defroster is turned off Otherwise the heat generated from the defogger could damage the hardtop and the internal material gt When opening closing the hardtop verify that there is no obstruction above the hardtop about 1 5 m from the ground so as not to damage the hardtop or the obstruction When opening closing the hardtop do not apply any load to the hardtop or the dech The opening closing mechanism of the hardtop may be damaged Open close the hardtop with the vehicle parked on level ground in a safe place where the vehicle does not obstruct traffic If the hardtop 1s opened closed on a slope or bump the opening closing mechanism of the hardtop may be damaged 3 49 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Before opening or closing the hardtop stop in a safe place off the right of way and park on a level surface When opening the hardtop make sure objects inside the vehicle are not blown away by the wind Secure all loose objects inside before driving with the hardtop down To help prevent burglary or vandalism and to ensure that the passenger compartment stays dry close the har
167. block the driver s vision which could result in a serious accident Y Opening the Hood 1 With the vehicle parked pull the release handle to unlock the hood Release handle 2 Insert your hand into the hood opening and slide the hood latch lever to the right and lift the hood 3 Grasp the support rod in the padded area and secure it in the stay hole indicated by the arrow to hold the hood open Clip Support rod V Closing the Hood A WARNING Do not leave items in the engine compartment After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment do not forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or a fire leading to an unexpected accident Check under the hood area to make certain all filler caps are in place and all loose items e g tools oil containers etc have been removed 2 Insert the support rod in its clip while holding up the hood Verify that the support rod is secured in the clip before closing the hood 3 Close the hood so that it locks securely Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Convertible Top Soft Top Windshield header V Convertible Top Precautions AWARNING Sit in the seat with the seat belt correctly fastened when the vehicle is moving Standing in the vehicle or sitting on the convertible top st
168. bove points V Function restrictions while using Bluetooth Hands Free Some functions are limited while Bluetooth Hands Free is being used They include Beep sound and voice guidance related to the audio unit are not heard Beep sound related to the A C operation is not heard WV How to use this section Descriptions in the text are as follows Say Voice commands to be spoken by you Prompt Voice guidance output from the speaker NOTE Say voice commands afier the beep sound Beep is heard Example Say Beep Dial Prompt Number please Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXxX Ex 555 1234 Telephone number 6 63 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Bluetooth Hands Free Activation Method 1 Program the mobile telephone Pairing Refer to Bluetooth Hands Free preparation on page 6 64 2 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press The hands free system is activated Functions of the hands free telephone such as making and receiving calls can be used after the activation For details on the telephone functions refer to Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation or Convenient Use of the Hands Free System 6 64 Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation V Bluetooth Hands Free preparation Language setting The available languages are English Spanish and Canadian French If the language setting 1s changed all of the voice guidance and voice in
169. brake warning light can be checked after the engine is started page 5 42 3 12 Starting the engine NOTE Engine starting is controlled by the spark ignition system This system meets all Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise The advanced key must be carried because the advanced key carries an immobilizer chip that must communicate with the engine controls at short range When starting the engine be sure the start knob is securely attached before trying to operate it If the knob becomes detached from the ignition switch re attach it by pushing it on to the ignition switch 1 Make sure the advanced key is being carried 2 Occupants should fasten their seat belts 3 Make sure the parking brake is on 4 Depress the brake pedal Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System 5 Manual transmission Depress the clutch pedal all the way and shift into neutral Keep the clutch pedal depressed while cranking the engine Automatic transmission Put the vehicle in park P If you must restart the engine while the vehicle is moving shift into neutral N NOTE Manual transmission The starter will not operate if the clutch pedal is not depressed all the way Automatic transmission The starter will not operate if the shift lever is not in P or N 6 Push the start knob slowly all the
170. bumps at excessive speeds Use care and reduce speed when traveling on rough uneven roads or over speed bumps Use care not to damage the vehicle s underbody bumpers or muffler s when driving under the following conditions Ascending or descending a slope with a sharp transition angle Ascending or descending a driveway or trailer ramp with a sharp transition angle Your vehicle is equipped with low profile tires allowing class leading performance and handling As a result the sidewall of the tires are very thin and the tires and wheels can be damaged if driven through potholes or on rough uneven roads at excessive speeds Use care and reduce speed when traveling on rough uneven roads or through potholes 4 12 Before Driving Your Mazda Towing Trailer Towing The Mazda MX 5 is not designed for towing Never tow a trailer with your Mazda MX 5 4 13 4 14 Instrument Cluster and Indicators Meters and Gauges i eene tee idet deis Switches and Controls Lighting Control ee E E heaps Turn and Lane Change Signals ses Fog Lights sura eet ivi te least ele bnt ofi Windshield Wipers and Washer sss Rear Window Defroster sssssssseeeeeeernn Driving Your Mazda Explanation of instruments and controls Starting and Driving Ignition Switchi uei duce nee eese gris Starting the Engine sse Turning the Engine Off sse Brake Systema
171. cannot be changed to the recirculated air mode V Dehumidifying With Air Conditioner Operate the air conditioner in cool or cold weather to help defog the windshield and side windows 1 Set the mode selector dial to the desired position 2 Set the air intake selector to the outside air mode 3 Set the temperature control dial to the desired position 4 Set the fan control dial to the desired speed 5 Turn on the air conditioner by pressing the A C switch NOTE One of the functions of the air conditioner is dehumidifying the air and to use this function the temperature does not have to be set to cold Therefore set the temperature control dial to the desired position hot or cold and turn on the air conditioner when you want to dehumidify the cabin air Some models 6 9 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Automatic Type Type A Mode selector dial Temperature control dial Fan control dial Rear window defroster switch Air intake selector A C switch Type B Mode selector dial Temperature control dial Fan control dial Rear window defroster switch Air intake selector AIC switch 6 10 Some models V Control Switches Temperature control dial This dial controls temperature Turn it clockwise for hot and counterclockwise for cold NOTE Turn the dial completely left to set the temperature to maximum cooling and completely right for maximum heating e When the mode is
172. ce U S A Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business We are here to serve you All Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel we recommend that you take the following steps NOTE If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer WSTEP 1 Contact Your Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER WSTEP 2 Contact Mazda North American Operations If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership management you can reach Mazda North American Operations by one of the following ways Log on at www mazdaUSA com Answers to many questions including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in the U S can be found here E mail click on Contact Us located on the Inside Mazda tab or at the bottom of the page at www mazdaUSA com
173. cessories Non genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores These may fit your vehicle but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazda vehicles When you install non genuine parts or accessories they could affect your vehicle s performance or safety systems the Mazda warranty doesn t cover this Before you install any non genuine parts or accessories consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A WARNING Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non genuine parts or accessories Installation of non genuine parts or accessories is dangerous Improperly designed parts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle s performance or safety systems This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances of injuries in an accident Be very careful in choosing and installing add on electrical equipment such as mobile telephones two way radios stereo systems and car alarm systems Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add on equipment or choosing an improper installer is dangerous Essential systems could be damaged causing engine stalling air bag SRS activation ABS TCS DSC inactivation or a fire in the vehicle Mazda assumes no responsibility for death injury or expenses that may result from the installation of add on non genuine parts or accessories 9 19 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Cell Phones Cell Phones Warning A WARNING Please c
174. cidents and sudden stops Mazda recommends that the driver and passenger always wear seat belts All of the seat belt retractors are designed to keep the lap shoulder belts out of the way when not in use The driver s seat belt has no provisions for child restraint systems and has only an emergency locking mode The driver may wear it comfortably and it will lock during a collision However the passenger s seat lap shoulder belt retractors operate in two modes emergency locking mode and for child restraint systems automatic locking mode Your vehicle is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for securing the LATCH child restraint system in the passenger seat but there is no child restraint tether available As there is no rear seat on this vehicle the preferred location for children following the manufacturer s instructions on the LATCH child restraint system and this owner s manual is important page 2 27 2 7 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A WARNING Always wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous During a collision occupants not wearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown out of the vehicle They could be seriously injured or even killed In the same collision occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer Do not wear twisted seat belts Twisted seat belts are dangerous In a collision
175. cked If you shut off the engine while the light is flashing you will not be able to restart it Since the electronic codes are reset when repairing the immobilizer system the keys are needed Bring all the existing keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer YV Modification and Add On Equipment Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer system s operation if the system has been modified or if any add on equipment has been installed A CAUTION To avoid damage to your vehicle do not modify the system or install any add on equipment to the immobilizer system or the vehicle Theft Deterrent System If the theft deterrent system detects an inappropriate entry into the vehicle which could result in the vehicle or its contents being stolen the alarm alerts the surrounding area of an abnormality by sounding the horn and flashing the hazard warning lights Refer to Operation on page 3 71 NOTE The theft deterrent system operates with the key or the keyless entry system transmitter With advanced key The thefi deterrent system can also be operated using the advanced keyless function The system operates only when the driver is in the vehicle or within operational range while the advanced key is being carried The system will not function unless it is properly armed To properly secure the vehicle always make sure both windows are completely closed and both doors and the trunk lid are locked before leaving the vehicle
176. cle Press the c amp switch to alternate between the outside air and recirculated air modes It is recommended that under normal conditions the switch be kept in the outside air mode Outside air mode indicator light turned off Outside air is taken into the vehicle Use this mode for normal ventilation and heating Recirculated air mode indicator light illuminated Outside air is shut off Air within the vehicle is recirculated This mode can be used when driving on a dusty road or in similar conditions It also helps to provide quicker cooling of the interior Some models 6 7 Interior Comfort Climate Control System A WARNING Do not use the recirculated air mode in cold or rainy weather Using the recirculated air mode in cold or rainy weather is dangerous as it will cause the windows to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident V Heating 1 Set the mode selector dial to the or vi position 2 Set the temperature control dial to the hot position 3 Set the fan control dial to the desired speed NOTE If the windshield fogs up easily set the mode selector dial to the position f cooler air is desired at face level set the mode selector dial at the 4 position and adjust the temperature control dial to maintain maximum comfort The air to the floor is warmer than air to the face except when the temperature control dial is set at the ext
177. containing both header frames and data frames will be skipped and not played This unit will play MP3 files that have up to eight levels However the more levels a disc has the longer it will take to initially start playing It is recommended to record discs with two levels or less A single disc with up to 512 files can be played and a single folder with up to 255 files can be played When naming an MP3 file be sure to add an MP3 file extension mp3 after the file name Interior Comfort Audio System The maximum number of characters that can be used for file names is as follows However this unit will only display up to 32 characters including the file extension mp3 Maximum number of characters in a file name including a separator and the three letters of the file extension F ISO9660 level 1 12 ISO9660 level 2 31 Joliet extended 64 format Romeo extended format 128 English one byte characters capitalized only and underbar _ are available CAUTION This unit can only play MP3 files that have an MP3 file extension mp3 attached Do not attach an MP3 file extension to any other type file as it could cause noise to be emitted or a malfunction in the unit About ID3 Tag display This unit can only display ID3 Tag album track and artist names that have been input using Ver 1 0 1 1 2 2 2 3 formats Any other data that may have been inpu
178. could affect handling and result in an accident In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire NOTE To prevent the jack and tool from rattling store them properly With Tire Pressure Monitoring System A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the temporary spare tire The warning light will flash continuously while the temporary spare tire is being used page 5 32 7 17 In Case of an Emergency Overheating If the temperature gauge indicates overheating the vehicle loses power or you hear a loud knocking or pinging noise the engine is probably too hot A WARNING ex s Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the cooling an f Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured x am Do not remove the cooling system cap when the engine and radiator are hot When the engine and radiator are hot scalding coolant and steam may shoot out under pressure and cause serious injury Open the hood ONLY after steam is no longer escaping from the engine Steam from an overheated engine is dangerous The escaping steam could seriously burn you NOTE Once the engine coolant exceeds a preset temperature an electrical cooling fan turns on It will continue running for about 10
179. could lock more quickly in an emergency stop than under normal circumstances V Brake Assist with DSC vehicles During emergency braking situations when it is necessary to depress the brake pedal with greater force the brake assist system provides braking assistance thus enhancing braking performance When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly the brakes apply more firmly NOTE When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly the pedal will feel softer but the brakes will apply more firmly This is a normal effect of the brake assist operation and does not indicate an abnormality When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly a motor pump operation noise may be heard This is a normal effect of the brake assist and does not indicate an abnormality The brake assist equipment does not supersede the functionality of the vehicle s main braking system V Brake Pad Wear Indicator When the disc brake pads become worn the built in wear indicators contact the disc plates This causes a loud screeching noise to warn that the pads should be replaced When you hear this noise consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible A WARNING Do not drive with worn disc pads Driving with worn disc pads is dangerous The brakes could fail and cause a serious accident As soon as you hear a screeching noise consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Drivin
180. cross the tread Replace the tire when this happens f A New tread Worn tread Tread wear indicator MYA You should replace the tire before the band crosses the entire tread NOTE Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used on the road It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process The period in which the tire was manufactured both week and year is indicated by a 4 digit number Refer to The tire labeling on page 9 23 9 33 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A WV Safety Practices The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety So cultivate good driving habits for your own benefit Observe posted speed limits Avoid fast starts stops and turns Avoid potholes and objects on the road Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking A CAUTION If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tire for damage If the tire is under inflated or damaged deflate it remove the tire and rim and replace it with your spare tire If you cannot detect a cause have the vehicle towed to the nearest vehic
181. ction Mazda recommends Mazda Genuine Parts and Castrol Mexico For optimal engine performance there are certain types of engine oils and filters suitable for your vehicle Please consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Except U S A and CANADA ILSAC Mexico Use SAE 5W 20 engine oil If SAE 5W 20 engine oil is not available in your market use SAE 5W 30 engine oil The quality designation SM or ILSAC must be on the label C 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 F 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 5W 20 V Inspecting Engine Oil Level 1 Be sure the vehicle is on a level surface 2 Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature 3 Tum it off and wait at least 5 minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 4 Pull out the dipstick wipe it clean and reinsert it fully 44 LO Full Full xQ ox Low 5 Pull it out again and examine the level The level is normal if it is between Low and Full If it is near or below Low add enough oil to bring the level to Full A CAUTION Do not add engine oil over Full This may cause engine damage 6 Make sure the O ring on the dipstick is positioned properly before reinserting the dipstick The distance between Low and Full on the dipstick represents the following Oil capacity L US qt Imp qt 0 75 0 79 0 66 8 19 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Engine Cool
182. cturer s instructions Warning light flashes When the warning light flashes there may be a system malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Y Flat Tire Warning Light FLAT TIRE This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON Warning light illuminates Warning beep sounds If the tire pressures decrease extremely after the TPMS warning light has illuminated or if a tire is punctured the flat tire warning light also illuminates and a beep sound will be heard for approximately 30 seconds Refer to Vehicle with run flat tires on page 7 3 V KEY Warning Light Red KEY Indicator Light Green with Advanced Key This indicator has two colors KEY Warning Light Red When illuminated When the ignition is switched ON it illuminates momentarily and then goes out e f any malfunction occurs in the advanced keyless system it illuminates continuously Some models 5 5 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds A WARNING Do not drive the vehicle with the KEY warning light illuminated If the KEY warning light remains illuminated do not continue to drive using the advanced key system Park the vehicle in a safe place and use the auxiliary key to continue driving the vehicle Have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible When flashing Under the following conditions the KEY warning light red fla
183. cupant categories as described in the request form for the air bag deactivation switch in the NHTSA rules The air bag deactivation switch turns off the passenger front and side air bags and the also seat belt pretensioner system Make sure the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the ON position except when a passenger fitting the previous categories occupies the front passenger seat TON Aet CRS use 2 43 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Passenger Air Bag Passenger Air Bag Passenger Front and Side Passenger Seat Belt Deactivation Switch Deactivation Indicator Light Air Bag Operation Pretensioner System OFF position ON OFF A On Deactivate Deactivate ON position ON OFF S Off Ready Ready When the ignition is switched ON the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light comes on for a specified period of time If the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the OFF position the indicator light remains on to warn that the passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt pretensioner system have been deactivated In addition to using the key to deactivate the passenger front and side air bags and the also seat belt pretensioner system the passenger front and side air bags and the also seat belt pretensioner system is also deactivated and the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminated automatically NOTE Have th
184. cy Flat Tire Repair Kit The IMS emergency flat tire repair kit included with your Mazda is for a temporary repair of a slightly damaged flat tire resulting from running over nails or similar sharp objects on the road surface NOTE Your vehicle is not equipped with a spare tire In the event of a flat tire use the emergency flat tire repair kit to repair the tire temporarily When doing the repair refer to the instructions included in the emergency flat tire repair kit After temporarily repairing a tire with the emergency flat tire repair kit take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the tire replaced In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire V About the IMS Emergency Flat Tire Repair Kit The IMS emergency flat tire repair kit includes the following items a Tire sealant Compressor Injection hose s o goo Spare valve Valve core Repaired tire core sticker tool Instructions Speed restriction Case sticker A WARNING Do not allow children to touch the tire sealant Ingestion of tire sealant is dangerous In the event tire sealant is accidentally swallowed drink large amounts of water immediately and seek medical assistance Do not allow children to touch the tire sealant Tire sealant that comes into contact with the eyes and skin is dangerous If tire sealant enters the eyes or contacts the skin flush immediately with large amounts of water and seek medical assista
185. d 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate YW Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C These grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance A WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking straight ahead traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering turning hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics V Temperature A B C The temperature grades A the highest B and C represent the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 9 21 Customer
186. dequate traction and you could still have an accident NOTE To turn off the TCS press the DSC OFF switch page 5 28 5 26 Some models V TCS DSC Indicator Light This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the TCS or DSC is operating the indicator light flashes If the light stays on the TCS or DSC may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE In addition to the indicator light flashing a slight lugging sound will come from the engine This indicates that the TCS is operating properly On slippery surfaces such as fresh snow it will be impossible to achieve high rpm when the TCS is on Dynamic Stability Control DSC The Dynamic Stability Control DSC automatically controls braking and engine torque in conjunction with systems such as ABS and TCS to help control side slip when driving on slippery surfaces or during sudden or evasive maneuvering enhancing vehicle safety Refer to ABS page 5 9 and TCS page 5 26 A WARNING Do not rely on the dynamic stability control as a substitute for safe driving The dynamic stability control DSC cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an acciden
187. der the seats is dangerous The components essential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged and in the event of a side collision the appropriate air bags may not deploy which could result in death or serious injury To prevent damage to the components essential to the supplemental restraint system do not place luggage or other objects under the seats Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags have inflated Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags have inflated is dangerous Immediately after inflation they are very hot You could get burned Never install any front end equipment to your vehicle Installation of front end equipment such as frontal protection bar kangaroo bar bull bar push bar or other similar devices snowplow or winches is dangerous The air bag crash sensor system could be affected This could cause air bags to inflate unexpectedly or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident Occupants could be seriously injured Do not modify the suspension Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous If the vehicle s height or the suspension is modified the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries 2 33 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Do not modify the supplemental restraint system
188. ding inflation pressure Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle s weight ratings from the vehicle s Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels 9 35 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment PAYLOAD Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed to carry The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load Information label on the driver s door frame or door pillar Look for THE COMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg or XXX lbs for your maximum payload The payload listed on the tire label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant If any aftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle the weight of the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to be accurate 9 36 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A SAMPLE TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT ZF SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL 5 FRONT REAR 3 NOMBRE DE PLACES
189. displayed F RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback Random playback Tracks are randomly selected and played During music CD playback 1 Press the random button RDM during playback to play the tracks in the CD randomly RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback During MP3 WMA CD playback Folder random 1 Press the random button RDM during playback to play the tracks in the folder randomly After FOLDER RDM is displayed RDM is displayed 2 To cancel the random playback press the button again after 3 seconds CD random 1 Press the random button RDM during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks on the CD randomly After DISC RDM is displayed D RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback Switching the display For files with a file name and other information that have been input the display switches between display of the file name and other information each time the text button TEXT is pressed during playback Music CD Disc number Track number Elapsed time Track name Album name LJ Artist name Interior Comfort Audio System MP3 WMA CD Disc number File number Elapsed time Disc number Folder number File number File name we jJ Folder name Album name ID3 Tag Song name ID3 Tag Artis
190. displayed INFO such as composer s name display When the text button is pressed while in song title display mode it changes to the INFO display mode To display the rest of the characters of the composer s name press and hold the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next ten characters Press and hold the text button TEXT again after the last ten characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title Three seconds after scrolling the text the display automatically returns to display the first part of the text If there is no composer name NO INFO is displayed Instant replay This function allows you to rewind and replay the program that you were previously or are currently listening to Press the instant replay button PII When the seek tuning button is pressed about 1 5 seconds playback starts from the beginning of the current program When the seek tuning button is pressed twice playback starts from the beginning of the previous program When the seek tuning button is pressed for about 1 5 seconds or longer the program is reversed while the button is being pressed When the seek tuning button gt is pressed about 1 5 seconds playback starts from the beginning of the next program When the seek tuning button gt is pressed about 1 5 seconds while the last program is being played the instant replay mode is cancelled When the seek tuning
191. ditioner less efficient Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for refrigerant inspection The air conditioner is filled with HFC134a R134a a refrigerant that will not damage the ozone layer If the air conditioner is low on refrigerant or has a malfunction consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Interior Comfort Climate Control System Vent Operation V Adjusting the Vents Directing airflow You can direct air flow by rotating the vent Opening closing vents The two outside vents can be opened and closed with center button NOTE When using the air conditioner mist may come out from the vents This is not a sign of trouble but a result of humid air being suddenly cooled Interior Comfort Climate Control System V Selecting the Airflow Mode Dashboard Vents OPEN MODE Dashboard Vents Floor Vents You will feel more comfortable by using the OPEN MODE when opening the roof Interior Comfort Climate Control System Types of the Climate Control System Manual type and automatic type climate control systems are explained separately Check your vehicle s climate control type and read the appropriate pages Manual Type 5 5 tolto III tue d ge m N i eebaeta ae Ue e e P RR page 6 6 page 6 10 Type A Type B Interior Comfort Climate Control System Manual Type Mode selector dial Temperature control d
192. ds Err is displayed and it returns to the former display Channel preset buttons 1 2 3 4 and the scan button are used for inputting the ID code Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used Change of ID code Setting condition SAT mode When changing the ID code the new ID code is input after the previous one is input first Registered ID code input Press and hold the scan button then press channel preset button 5 Hold both buttons together for 1 5 seconds 2 ENTER PIN appears for three seconds which indicates that it is in code input mode 3 SRI appears which indicates that it is ready for code input 6 42 4 Input the registered ID code using channel preset buttons 1 4 Example When the registered ID code is 2323 input 2323 At this time SRI 2323 is displayed Press 1 for the first digit 2 for the second 3 for the third and 4 for the last digit For example if your number is 2323 press 1 three times includes 0 2 four times 3 three times and 4 four times If the display goes off while inputting begin from Step 1 NOTE The registered ID code is the default 0000 at the time of factory shipment If 0000 results in Err on the display go to the INITIALIZATION OF ID CODE section to reset to 0000 Verification with the registered ID code 5 Determine the input code by pressing the scan button 6 If it does not match with the previously reg
193. dtop securely and lock both doors when leaving the vehicle Do not drive through an automatic car wash as it may damage the hardtop Do not open or close the hardtop forcefully when the ambient temperature is low and the hardtop or the surrounding area is frozen as it could damage the hardtop Opening the hardtop while it is wet can also cause water to drip into the passenger compartment Do not open or close the hardtop in a strong wind as it could damage the hardtop V Operation Indicator Light P SESS n When illuminated This notifies the driver that the hardtop is only partially open When flashing This indicates that the hardtop is being open closed During button operation When not illuminated This indicates that the hardtop is open closed fully NOTE If the operation indicator light flashes quickly there may be a system malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 3 50 V Operation Conditions If the following conditions have been satisfied the hardtop can be opened closed The vehicle is parked on a level surface off the right of way and the parking brake is firmly set The ignition is switched ON Puta vehicle with an automatic transmission in Park P or Neutral N a manual transmission in Neutral The trunk lid is closed NOTE If the power retractable hardtop cannot be closed even after the operation conditions are all met have it checked at an Authorized Mazda
194. dvanced key is left in the vehicle cabin and both doors are locked using a separate advanced key a beep sound is heard for about 10 seconds to remind the driver that the advanced key has been left in the vehicle cabin If this happens the doors lock but the functions of the advanced key left in the vehicle cabin may be temporarily suspended Perform the following procedure to restore the functions of the advanced key page 3 18 Setting Change Function Customization Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System The following function settings are possible These settings can only be changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Setting Function At Initial Setting Arar Sering Change Advanced key battery KEY indicator light green flashes to indicate 2 dead indicator that the advanced key battery power is low pad Deactivated Lock unlock operation A beep sound is heard to confirm that both doors confirmation beep or the trunk lid have been locked unlocked Activated Deactivated sound When both doors are closed and the advanced key is being carried and out of operational range both Autolock function the doors automaticall y lock after 3 seconds Deactivated Activated Even if the driver is in the operational range both doors are locked automatically after about 30 seconds When the autolock function is operating the warning sound will be heard regardless of the setting 2
195. e V Driver and Passenger Buckle Switches The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts are securely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags 2 50 Monitoring and Maintenance Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags V Constant Monitoring The following components of the air bag systems are monitored by a diagnostic system Crash sensors and diagnostic module SAS unit Front air bag sensor Air bag modules Side crash sensors Air bag Seat belt pretensioner system warning light Seat belt pretensioners Related wiring Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light Front passenger air bag deactivation switch Driver seat slide position sensor Front passenger seat weight sensors Front passenger seat weight sensor control module The diagnostic module continuously monitors the system s readiness This begins when the ignition is switched ON and continues while the vehicle is being driven Y Maintenance The air bag systems do not require regular maintenance But if any of the following occurs take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The air bag system warning light flashes The air bag system warning light remains illuminated The air bag system warning light does not illuminate when the ignition is switched ON The air bags have deployed Passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition
196. e especially around the wheels When the tire pressure sensor batteries are exhausted When using a wheel with no tire pressure sensor installed When using tires with steel wire reinforcement in the side walls When using tire chains WV Tires and Wheels A CAUTION When inspecting or adjusting the tire air pressures do not apply excessive force to the stem part of the wheel unit The stem part could be damaged Changing tires and wheels The following procedure allows the TPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor s unique ID signal code whenever tires or wheels are changed such as changing to and from winter tires NOTE Each tire pressure sensor has a unique ID signal code The signal code must be registered with the TPMS before it can work The easiest way to do it is to have an Authorized Mazda Dealer change your tire and complete ID signal code registration When having tires changed at an Authorized Mazda Dealer When an Authorized Mazda Dealer changes your vehicle s tires they will complete the tire pressure sensor ID signal code registration When changing tires yourself If you or someone else changes tires you or someone else can also undertake the steps for the TPMS to complete the ID signal code registration 1 After tires have been changed switch the ignition ON then back to ACC or OFF 2 Wait for about 15 minutes Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving 3 After about 15 m
197. e audio unit is turned on operation of the audio unit from the steering wheel is possible NOTE Because the audio unit will be turned off under the following conditions the switches will be inoperable When the ignition is switched off When the power button on the audio unit is pressed and the audio unit is turned off When the CD being played is ejected and the audio unit is turned off Without Bluetooth Hands Free With Bluetooth Hands Free VOL K z Voice recognition hands free switch 6 56 Some models NOTE The voice recognition hands free switch is operable with the audio unit turned off Mazda has installed this system to prevent distraction while driving the vehicle and using audio controls on the dashboard Always make safe driving your first priority V Adjusting the Volume To increase the volume press up the volume switch To decrease the volume press down the volume switch V Changing the Source Press the mode switch MODE to change the audio source FM1 radio FM2 radio AM radio CD player or CD changer SIRIUS1 SIRIUS2 SIRIUS3 AUX cyclical With the SIRIUS digital satellite radio the mode which was selected last is displayed NOTE CD CD changer and SIRIUS digital satellite radio modes cannot be selected in the following cases SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit is not equipped on t
198. e passenger air bag deactivation switch inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer if any of these conditions occur The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate for a specified period of time when the ignition is switched ON The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not remain on when the ignition is switched ON and the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the OFF position The passenger air bag deactivation indicator remains on when the ignition is switched ON and the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the ON position 2 44 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags V To Deactivate the Passenger Air Bag Before driving always confirm that the passenger air bag deactivation switch 1s in the appropriate position according to your requirements A WARNING Do not leave the key in the front passenger air bag deactivation switch With advanced key Unintentional deactivation of the passenger air bag is dangerous In an accident the passenger will not be properly protected Serious injuries or even death could occur To avoid unintentional deactivation always use the auxiliary key stored in the advanced key currently being used to operate the passenger air bag deactivation switch After deactivating the air bag put the auxiliary key back into the advanced key That way you will not leave the key in the passenger air bag deactivation switch Without advanced key Unintentional de
199. e possibility of injuries in frontal near frontal side collisions that are not severe enough to activate the air bags Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because the air bags provide no protection to these parts of the body Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle e e e For some models a passenger air bag deactivation switch is provided This switch should be used to deactivate the passenger front and side air bags and also the passenger seat belt pretensioner system if a child restraint system is installed on the passenger seat Make sure the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the ON position except when a child restraint system is installed on the passenger seat Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2 43 2 30 Some models Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags If your vehicle is also equipped with a driver and passenger occupant classification system refer to the Driver and Passenger Occupant Classification System page 2 47 for details If your vehicle is equipped with a driver and passenger occupant classification system the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates for a specified time after the ignition is switched ON To reduce the chance of injuries caused by the deployment of the passenger air bag in the unlikely event of
200. e reflected by obstructions it is possible to receive both the direct signal and the reflected signal at the same time This causes a slight delay in reception and may be heard as a broken sound or a distortion This problem may also be encountered when in close proximity to the transmitter Reflected wave Direct 6 16 Flutter Skip noise Signals from an FM transmitter move in straight lines and become weak in valleys between tall buildings mountains and other obstacles When a vehicle passes through such an area the reception conditions may change suddenly resulting in annoying noise Weak signal noise In suburban areas broadcast signals become weak because of distance from the transmitter Reception in such fringe areas is characterized by sound breakup ot ee Tasks i IET D s Strong signal noise This occurs very close to a transmitter tower The broadcast signals are extremely strong so the result is noise and sound breakup at the radio receiver Station drift noise When a vehicle reaches the area of two strong stations broadcasting at similar frequencies the original station may be temporarily lost and the second station picked up At this time there will be some noise from this disturbance tation 2 88 3 MHz V GAB ASS Station 1 88 1 ws Interior Comfort Audio System V Operating Tips for CD Player In Dash CD Changer Condensation phenomenon Immediately
201. e removed Manual Transmission Vehicle LOCK Pushthe key Automatic Transmission Vehicle Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING Remove the key only when the vehicle is parked with steering lock mechanism Removing the key from the ignition switch while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Removing the key allows the steering wheel to lock You will lose steering control and a serious accident could occur For vehicles equipped with the advanced key the steering wheel locks when the starter knob is turned to the OFF LOCK position Before leaving the driver s seat always switch the ignition to OFF LOCK set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is in P with an automatic transmission or in 1 or R with a manual transmission It is important to switch the ignition to OFF LOCK even if you are not removing the key from the ignition or leaving the vehicle Leaving the key in other positions will disable some of the vehicle security systems and run the battery down Leaving the driver s seat without switching the ignition to OFF LOCK setting the parking brake and shifting the shift lever to P with an automatic transmission or to 1 or R with a manual transmission is dangerous Unexpected vehicle movement could occur This could cause an accident Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving NOTE If turning the key is difficult jiggle the steering wheel from side to side Leaving the
202. e switch Information display Microphone Audio unit Voice Recognition Hands Free switch Basic functions of Bluetooth Hands Free can be used for such things as making calls or hanging up using the voice recognition hands free switch on the steering wheel Voice recognition hands free switch 6 62 Voice Recognition Hands Free switch operations A short press or a long press of the voice recognition hands free switch is used to operate the system as follows Short press Press the button less than 0 7 sec Long press Press the button 0 7 sec or more Information display When available the information display shows telephone numbers Bluetooth Hands Free messages and operation status DISC IN DISC CAT INFO TR FLD ALBM ARTCHST TR AUTO M FREER mn EET ERR FREES FEET REG FE mn preh ERI Rpr Top H ELE DOM FRET aT LER ELE DEED HHH HEH HEH HEH HHH AH TEL Bluetooth phone connected Microphone The microphone is used for speaking voice commands or exchanging conversation Microphone Audio unit The audio unit is used for adjusting the volume V Voice To prevent the deterioration in voice recognition rate and voice quality the following points must be observed e It is not necessary to face the micropho
203. e the toll free hotline 1 800 333 0510 or contact Transport Canada by mail at Transport Canada ASFAD Place de Ville Tower C 330 Sparks Street Ottawa ON K1A ONS For additional road safety information please visit the Road Safety website at http www tc gc ca roadsafety menu htm 9 43 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Service Publications Service Publications Factory authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to do some of their own maintenance and repair When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer refer to the chart below If they do not have what you need in stock they can order it for you PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION 9999 95 042B 11 2011 WORKSHOP MANUAL English 9999 MX 042B 11 2011 WORKSHOP MANUAL Spanish 9999 95 026G 11 2011 WIRING DIAGRAM English 9999 MX 026G 11 2011 WIRING DIAGRAM Spanish 9999 95 031C 11 U S A only 2011 OWNER S MANUAL 9999 EC 031C 11 Canada only 2011 OWNER S MANUAL 9999 PR 031C 11 Puerto Rico Mexico only 2011 OWNER S MANUAL 9999 95 MODL 11 2011 SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS Y WORKSHOP MANUAL Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train body and chassis V WIRING DIAGRAM Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electrical System VOWNER S MANUAL This booklet contains information re
204. e tire you cannot do a tire rotation safely with the jack that comes with your vehicle Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform tire rotation OI Le Forward Do not include TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire in rotation Also inspect them for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a combination of the following ncorrect tire pressure Improper wheel alignment Out of balance wheel Severe braking Some models 8 31 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance After rotation inflate all tire pressures to specification page 10 7 and inspect the lug nuts for tightness A CAUTION Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern or studs only from front to rear not from side to side Tire performance will be reduced if rotated from side to side A CAUTION Limited Slip Differential system don t use the following gt Tires not of the designated size Tires of different sizes or types at the same time gt Tires not sufficiently inflated If these instructions aren t followed the rotation of the left and right wheels will be different and will thus apply a constant load on the limited slip differential This will cause a malfunction V Replacing a Tire A WARNING Always use tires that are in good condition Driving with worn tires is dangerous Reduced braking steering and traction could result in an accident Re
205. e with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation 6 60 Bluetooth Hands Free V What is Bluetooth Hands Free Bluetooth Hands Free Outline By connecting a Bluetooth equipped mobile telephone to the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle making and receiving calls are possible using the voice recognition hands free switch located on the steering wheel and saying the voice commands A WARNING Perform phonebook registration related operations while the vehicle is parked Performing phonebook registration while driving the vehicle could be a distraction to your driving and result in an unexpected accident In addition a mistake in performing the phonebook operation could result in the loss of important data Bluetooth equipped mobile telephone A Bluetooth equipped mobile telephone communicates with the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle using radio transmission Bluetooth For example if the mobile telephone is placed in a coat pocket the phone calls can be made through your mobile service without taking out and handling the mobile telephone Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free A CAUTION The types of mobile phones which can be connected to the hands free unit are limited Therefore before purchasing or changing your mobile phone model consult Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Cu
206. eat belt extender might get damaged as it will not retract with the rest of the seat belt and can easily fall out of the door when not in use and be damaged In addition the seat belt warning light will not illuminate and function properly 2 16 Seat Belt Warning Light Beep The seat belt warning light illuminates and a beep sound will be heard if the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition is switched ON Conditions of operation Condition Result The warning light flashes and a beep sound will be heard for about 6 seconds The driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition is switched ON The driver s seat belt is fastened while the warning light and the beep sound are activated The warning light turns off and the beep sound stops The warning light will not illuminate and the beep sound will not be heard The driver s seat belt is fastened before the ignition is switched ON WV Belt Minder NOTE Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate or restore the belt minder Though the belt minder can be deactivated doing so will defeat the purpose of the system to warn the driver and the front passenger in the event that their seat belts are not fastened For the safety of the driver and front passenger Mazda recommends not deactivating the belt minder Driver seated Passenger not seated The belt minder is a supplemental warning to the seat belt warning
207. eat belt precautions 2 7 Warning light beep 2 16 Seats inae etnies 2 2 Seat warmer s y heian 2 5 Security System Immobilizer system with advanced key 3 63 Immobilizer system without advanced key 3 67 Theft deterrent system 3 71 Service Publications 9 44 Soft Top i i 3 43 Specifications ssssssssssss 10 4 Speedometer sssssssssss 5 38 11 5 Index S Starting the Engine sss 5 4 Steering Wheel sss 3 73 Hotte Een 5 62 Storage Compartments 6 82 Back trim storage box 6 82 Glovebox xus 6 82 Mesh pocket ssssssse 6 83 Seat side box sssss 6 82 SUDVISOLS ertet e Ring 6 80 T Tachomieter d de 5 39 Theft Deterrent System 3 71 Tiedown Ho0k 25h ettet 7 26 Tire Information ssss 9 23 Tire Pressure Monitoring System 5 30 System error activation 5 34 Tire pressure monitoring system warning light sssse 5 32 Tires and wheels 5 35 Tires Flat Tite 7 3 Inflation pressure 8 30 Replacement ssss 8 32 Rotation essen 8 31 SNOW HITES ennenen 4 9 Specifications 0 10 7 Tire chastar 4 10 Uniform tire quali
208. econds when the ignition is switched ON Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving If the ABS warning light stays on while you re driving the ABS control unit has detected a system malfunction If this occurs your brakes will function normally as if the vehicle had no ABS Should this happen consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible NOTE When the engine is jump started to charge the battery uneven rpm occurs and the ABS warning light may illuminate If this occurs it is the result of the weak battery and does not indicate an ABS malfunction Recharge the battery With DSC vehicles The brake assist system does not operate while the ABS warning light is illuminated V Electronic Brake Force Distribution System Warning O amp BRAKE If the electronic brake force distribution control unit determines that some components are operating incorrectly the control unit may illuminate the brake system warning light and the ABS warning light on simultaneously The problem is likely to be the electronic brake force distribution system 5 10 A WARNING Do not drive with both the ABS warning light and brake warning light illuminated Have the vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving when the brake system warning light and ABS warning light are illuminated simultaneously is dangerous When both lights are illuminated the rear wheels
209. ed after checking that the parking brake is fully released have the brakes inspected immediately V Anti Lock Brake System ABS The ABS control unit continuously monitors the speed of each wheel If one is about to lock up the ABS responds by automatically releasing and reapplying that wheel s brake The driver will feel a slight vibration in the brake pedal and may hear a chattering noise from the brake system This is normal when the ABS operates Continue to depress the brake pedal without pumping the brakes Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING Do not rely on ABS as a substitute for safe driving The ABS cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely driving on ice and snow and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident NOTE Braking distances may be longer on loose surfaces snow or gravel for example which usually have a hard foundation A vehicle with a normal braking system may require less distance to stop under these conditions because the tires will build up a wedge of surface layer when the wheels skid The sound of the ABS operating may be heard when starting the engine or immediately after starting the vehicle However it does not indicate a malfunction V ABS Warning Light es The warning light stays on for a few s
210. ed by the mobile phone 16 Input the 4 digit pairing code set in Step 9 to the mobile telephone 17 Prompt Please say the name of the phone after the beep 18 Say Beep XXXX Speak a phone tag an arbitrary name for the phone Example Stan s phone 6 66 NOTE Speak a programmed phone tag within 10 seconds If more than two mobile telephones are to be programmed they cannot be programmed with the same or similar phone tag 19 Prompt Adding XXXXXX Ex Stan s phone Phone tag Is this correct 20 Say Beep Yes 2 Prompt Assign a priority for this phone between 1 and 7 where 1 is the phone used most often 22 Say Beep 1 Speak a number of the desired priority from 1 to 7 NOTE Normally 1 is to be input Highest priority f more than two mobile telephones are registered input the priority order from 1 to 7 23 Prompt XXXXXxX Ex Stan s phone Phone tag set to priority X Priority number Is this correct 24 Say Beep Yes 25 Prompt Pairing complete After a mobile telephone is registered the system automatically identifies the phone By pressing the voice recognition hands free switch again or by pressing the voice recognition hands free switch first after switching the ignition from OFF to ACC the system reads out a voice guidance XXXXXX Ex Stan s phone
211. ed child restraint systems other than the LATCH junior seats and non tethered infant carriers Turn off the passenger air bag deactivation switch To expose and use the lower LATCH anchor points which are affixed to the body and not the seat slide the seat all the way rearward which is the optimal vehicle seat position for all children in this two seat car A WARNING Use the correct size child restraint system For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops a child must be properly restrained using a seat belt or child restraint system depending on age and size If not the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident 2 19 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Follow the manufacturer s instructions and always keep the child restraint system buckled down An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Make sure any child restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions When not in use remove it from the vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child restraint systems Always secure a child in a proper child restraint system Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous No matter how strong the person may be he or she cannot hold on
212. ed key Put the advanced key in an ultrasonic cleaner Put any magnetized objects close to the advanced key VVVV VV Vv NOTE Battery life is about one year Be sure to replace the battery as soon as you see the green KEY indicator light in the instrument cluster begin flashing for 30 seconds after turning off the engine otherwise you will not be able to start the engine using the advanced keyless start system once the battery is completely dead Refer to KEY warning light red on page 5 51 If this occurs you will have to either force start the engine or use the auxiliary key Refer to Advanced Key Battery Dead Warning on page 3 20 Additional advanced keys can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Up to 6 advanced keys can be used with the advanced keyless functions per vehicle 3 4 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System V Advanced Key Maintenance Replacing the battery at an Authorized Mazda Dealer is recommended to prevent A CAUTION damage to the advanced key If replacing Make sure the battery is installed NAR es owhe with the correct pole facing l upward Battery leakage could Replacing the advanced key battery occur if it is not installed correctly gt When replacing the battery be careful not to bend the electrical terminals or get oil on them Also be careful not to get dirt in the a Se transmitter as it could be damaged gt There is the danger of explosion if the battery
213. elease 3 42 GE csset titt etus 8 18 Overheating esses 7 18 Starting dence eed 5 4 Engine Compartment Overview 8 17 Engine Coolant Overheating sess 7 18 Engine Coolant Temperature aU giri tet E 5 40 Exhaust Gas see 4 4 Exterior Care mept atena heti 8 52 F Flasher Hazard warning 5 62 Headlights sssse 5 57 11 3 Index F Plat Tite se secedere 7 3 Changing oreet 7 13 Instant Mobility System IMS Emergency Flat Tire Repair Kit uideo eR 7 7 Tool storage sssssss 7 5 Fluids Classification sssss 10 4 Owner maintenance 8 15 Fog Lights sssssseese 5 59 Foot Brake uae aces 5 6 Fuel Filler lid and cap 3 40 CIaUBe aine OPEP HER 5 40 Requirements ssssss 4 2 Tank capacity sssssss 10 5 BUSCS 26e eur ee 8 44 Panel description 8 47 Replacement sssss 8 44 G Glove BoX x dee c ERES 6 82 H Hazard Warning Flasher 5 62 Hazardous Driving ssssse 4 7 Headlights Control i ecce e iste a 5 57 lashing 3 2 ees 5 58 High low beam 5 58 On reminder sss 5 58 HomeLink Wireless Control SYSTE e ee eed conn ER 5 63 Hood Release sssss 3 42 HOR ther eed
214. eplace the battery with a new one Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance on page 3 5 When the KEY warning light red remains illuminated in the instrument cluster The advanced key is malfunctioning Park the vehicle in a safe place and use the auxiliary key to continue driving the vehicle Have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible 3 22 Keys without Advanced Key A WARNING Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Children may find these new kinds of keys to be an interesting toy to play with and could cause the power windows or other controls to operate or even make the vehicle move NOTE Refer to Immobilizer System page 3 67 for information regarding keys and engine starting With theft deterrent system Refer to Theft Deterrent System page 3 71 for information regarding keys and the prevention of vehicle and vehicle contents theft The keys operate all locks With keyless entry system Retractable type key B J Key code number plate Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Without keyless entry system j C B J Key code number plate A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set detach this plate and
215. er or load limiter is still better than wearing no seat belt at all however if the seat belt pretensioners and load limiters are not replaced the risk of injury in a collision will increase Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A CAUTION Belt retraction may become difficult if the belts and seat belt guides are soiled so try to keep them clean For more details about cleaning the seat belts refer to Cleaning the Lap Shoulder Belt Webbing page 8 58 Seat belt guide V Pregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions Pregnant women should always wear seat belts Ask your doctor for specific recommendations The lap belt should be worn SNUGLY AND AS LOW AS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly but never across the stomach area Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts Check with your doctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions V Emergency Locking Mode In the emergency locking mode the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and the retractor will lock in position during a collision When the seat belt is fastened it will always be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode by pulling it all the way out to its full length If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortable movement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion it may be in the automatic locking
216. er to page 6 70 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Call 3 Prompt Name please 4 Say Beep XXXXX Ex John s phone Say a voice tag registered in the phone book 5 Prompt Calling XXXXX Ex John s phone XXXX Ex at home Is this correct Voice tag and phone number location registered in phone book Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Dialing NOTE The Call command and the voice tag can be combined Ex In Step 2 say Call John s phone then Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped V Redialing function Redialing the number of the person previously dialed using the phone is possible 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Redial 3 Prompt Dialing V Emergency calls A call can be made to the emergency phone number 911 using the voice input command 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Emergency 3 Prompt Calling 911 is this correct 4 Say Beep Yes 5 Prompt Dialing V Refusing an incoming call For incoming call refusal refer to Receiving an incoming call page 6 67 6 69 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free WV Mute The microphone can be muted during a call 1 Press the voice recognition hand
217. er Getting In ease ede m ER etes Driving Tips 4 6 Break n Period i erede ederent 4 6 Money Saving Suggestions sssssseeeeeeeee 4 6 Hazardous Driving sssessssesseeeeeneeenreneennnnns 4 7 Floor Mati ccs ered eere eee p e ini 4 8 Rocking the Vehicle essere 4 8 Winter Driving i5 den rhe e E e YR 4 9 Driving In Flooded Area eee 4 10 Overloading ceo ie eh eee EUR Ree teenie 4 11 Driving on Uneven Road cccccceseseseceseeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeteensees 4 12 dba 4 13 Trailer TOWNE 15g doe erp er ere e er HP a 4 13 4 1 Before Driving Your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions Fuel Requirements Vehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table Fuel Octane Rating Anti knock index Premium unleaded fuel 9 R M 2 method or above 96 RON or above U S federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps You may use a regular unleaded fuel with an Octane Rating from 87 to 90 91 to 95 RON but this will slightly reduce performance such as reduced engine output and engine knocking Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane 91 RON could cause the emission control system to lose effectiveness It could also cause engine knocking and seri
218. er and Indicators Automatic Transmission Red zone TRY A CAUTION Do not run the engine with the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE This may cause severe engine damage V Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge The engine coolant temperature gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant E H a 7 ind L If the needle is near H it indicates overheating 5 40 A CAUTION Driving with an overheated engine can cause serious engine damage page 7 18 V Fuel Gauge The fuel gauge shows approximately how much fuel is remaining in the tank when the ignition is switched ON We recommend keeping the tank over 1 4 full When the low fuel warning light illuminates or when the needle is near E refuel as soon as possible Low fuel warning light N Cin NOTE e After refueling it may require some time for the needle to stabilize In addition the needle may deviate while driving on a slope or curve since the fuel moves in the tank The direction of the arrow mV indicates that the fuel filler lid is on the left side of the vehicle Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators V Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Normal range M4 7 S i L u Engine oil pressure is normal when the engine oil pressure gauge needle points within the normal range If the needle on the gauge doesn t move after starting the engine follow steps 1 through 3 If the engine oil pressure g
219. er as soon as possible The system may not work in an accident A WARNING Never tamper with the air bag pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs Self servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous An air bag pretensioner could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Low Fuel Warning Light i I F Low fuel warning light E cA 4 4 in This warning light signals that the fuel tank will soon be empty Refuel as soon as possible V Seat Belt Warning Light Beep The seat belt warning light illuminates and a beep sound will be heard if the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition is switched ON Conditions of operation Condition Result The warning light flashes and a beep sound will be heard for about 6 seconds The driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition is switched ON The driver s seat belt is fastened while the warning light and the beep sound are activated The warning light turns off and the beep sound stops The warning light will not illuminate and the beep sound will not be heard The driver s seat belt is fastened before the ignition is switched ON Belt minder NOTE Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate or restore the belt minder Though the belt minder
220. er operating the passenger air bag deactivation switch put the auxiliary key back into the advanced key 2 46 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Driver and Passenger Occupant Classification System First please read Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions page 2 30 carefully V Driver Seat Slide Position Sensor Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of the supplemental restraint system The sensor is located under the driver seat The sensor determines whether the driver seat 1s fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seat position to the diagnostic module SAS unit The SAS unit is designed to control the deployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steering wheel The air bag seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has a possible malfunction page 2 38 V Passenger Seat Weight Sensors Your vehicle is equipped with a passenger seat weight sensors as a part of the supplemental restraint system These sensors are located under both of the passenger seat rails These sensors determine the total seated weight on the passenger seat and monitor the seat belt buckle for the passenger seat The SAS unit is designed to prevent the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system from deploying if the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates To reduce the chance of inju
221. er to Closing the deck A CAUTION gt Do not drive the vehicle with the hardtop open halfway gt Do not perform the procedure ina strong wind as it could cause an unexpected accident gt Two adults are required to perform the procedure especially when lifting up the hardtop Do not do it alone so as not to cause injury or vehicle damage gt Some steps in the procedure require using multiple tools at the same time and a certain level of technical expertise In addition holding your body extended over the car can result in muscle strains so Mazda recommends having the hardtop checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE Use a suitable means of illumination such as a flashlight to improve visibility under the deck lid when performing this task Before closing manually 1 Park on a level surface off the right of way and firmly set the parking brake 2 Put a vehicle with an automatic transmission in Park P a manual transmission in Reverse R or 1 and turn off the engine 3 Switch the ignition off while depressing the brake pedal 4 Turn on the hazard warning flasher if it is needed Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A WARNING Verify that the ignition is switched off before manually operating the hardtop Manually retracting the hardtop with the ignition not switched off is dangerous as the retractor motors could turn on suddenly and cause injury resulting from hands or fingers being
222. er will reset the electronic codes of your remaining keys and immobilizer system Bring all the remaining keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset Starting the vehicle with a key that has not been reset is not possible Knowing Your Mazda Security System Declaration of Conformity U S A FCC WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Note This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device MEXICO Este equipo opera a titulo secundario consecuentemente debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario Sistema inmovilizador Modelo IMB111 02 Sistema inmovilizador con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 614 Sistema inmovilizador Modelo IMB111 03 Sistema inmovilizador con marcado de co
223. erference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE The programming will not be erased even if the battery is disconnected V Pre programming the HomeLink System NOTE It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal Verify that there is a remote control transmitter available for the device you would like to program Disconnect the power to the device V Programming the HomeLink System CAUTION When programming a garage door opener or a gate disconnect the power to these devices before performing programming as continuous operation of the devices could damage the motor 5 64 The HomeLink system provides 3 buttons which can be individually selected and programmed using the transmitters for current on market devices as follows 1 Press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons buttons one and three releasing only when the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds Do not hold the buttons for longer than 30 seconds and do not repeat step 1 to program a second and or third hand held transmitter to the remaining two HomeLink buttons 2 Position the end of your hand held transmitter 2 5 7 5 cm 1 3 inches away from the HomeLink button you wish to program while keeping the indicator light
224. ery power is low Replace with a new battery before the advanced key becomes unusable Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance page 3 5 NOTE The advanced key can be set so that the KEY indicator light green does not flash even if the battery power is low Refer to Setting Change page 3 21 V Engine Start Not Permitted Warning Under the following conditions the KEY warning light red flashes to inform the driver that the start knob will not rotate to the ACC position even if it is pushed in from the LOCK position The advanced key battery is dead The advanced key is not within operational range 3 20 The advanced key is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal page 3 7 A key from another manufacturer similar to the advanced key is in the operational range V Advanced Key Left in trunk Warning Beep If the advanced key is left in the trunk compartment with both doors locked and the trunk lid closed a beep sound is heard for about 10 seconds to remind the driver the advanced key has been left in the trunk compartment If this happens open the trunk lid by pressing the request switch and remove the advanced key An advanced key removed from the trunk may not function because its functions may have been temporarily suspended To restore the advanced key function perform the applicable procedure page 3 18 V Advanced Key Left in vehicle Warning Beep If an a
225. es or say cancel to return to main menu 6 71 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex John s phone Say the registered voice tag to be deleted from the phone book 7 Prompt Deleting XXXXX Ex John s phone Registered voice tag Home Registered location Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt XXXXxX Ex John s phone Registered voice tag Home Registered location deleted returning to main menu Complete deletion of the phone book data All data registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phone book can be erased NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Phone book 3 Prompt Select one of the following new entry edit list names delete or erase all or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Erase all 5 Prompt Are you sure you want to erase everything from your Hands Free system phone book 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt You are about to delete everything from your Hands Free system phone book Do you want to continue 6 72 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt Please wait erasing the Hands Free system phone book 10 Prompt Hands Free system phone book erased retu
226. es or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation inspect them for correct balance O o Forward Do not include TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire in rotation Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a combination of the following ncorrect tire pressure Improper wheel alignment Out of balance wheel Severe braking After rotation inflate all tire pressures to specification page 10 7 and inspect the lug nuts for tightness 9 32 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A A CAUTION Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern or studs only from front to rear not from side to side Tire performance will be weakened if rotated from side to side With limited slip differential Don t use the following gt Tires not of the designated size Tires of different sizes or types at the same time Tires not sufficiently inflated Ifthese instructions aren t followed the rotation of the left and right wheels will be different and will thus apply a constant load on the limited slip differential This will cause a malfunction V Replacing a Tire A WARNING Always use tires that are in good condition Driving with worn tires is dangerous Reduced braking steering and traction could result in an accident If a tire wears evenly a wear indicator will appear as a solid band a
227. ess the audio control dial for 2 seconds The unit will beep and CLEAR will be displayed Automatic Level Control ALC Standard audio equipped model The automatic level control ALC is a feature that automatically adjusts audio volume and sound quality according to the vehicle speed The volume increases in accordance with the increase in vehicle speed and decreases as vehicle speed decreases Select the desired ALC mode ALC OFF wee ALC LEUEL 1 Minimum ALC LEUELZ ALC LEVELS ALC LEUEL4A Medium ALC LEUELS ALC LEUELG 5 ALC LEUEL 7 Maximum 6 28 Turn the audio control dial to select ALC OFF or ALC LEVEL1 7 modes The selected mode will be indicated ALC OFF A ALC LEVEL i Y ALC LEVEL 2 wy ALC LEWEL 3 wy 5 ALC LEVEL4 0 ALC LEVELS A ALC LEUEL amp wy A ALC LEVEL AudioPilot 2 Bose Sound System equipped model AudioPilot 2 automatically adjusts audio volume and sound quality in accordance with the level of noise entering the vehicle interior while driving When AudioPilot 2 is turned on the system automatically calculates the conditions for optimum hearing of sound which may be difficult to hear depending on exterior noise The system is also equipped to optimally adjust the acoustic characteristics automatically while the roof is open or closed The ac
228. ess the voice recognition hands free switch with a long press VOL zx i z Voice recognition hands free switch Y Hanging up a call Press the voice recognition hands free switch during the call with a long press A beep sound will confirm that call 1s ended 6 67 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free V Volume adjustment The power volume dial of the audio unit is used to adjust the volume Turn the dial to the right to increase volume to the left to decrease it NOTE The volume can also be adjusted using the volume button on the steering wheel The music volume of the audio unit cannot be adjusted while Bluetooth Hands Free is being used V Help function use The help function informs the user of all the available voice commands under the current conditions 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Help 3 Follow the prompts to receive the appropriate voice guidance instructions 6 68 Convenient Use of the Hands Free System V Phone book usage Phone book registration Phone numbers can be registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phone book NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Phone book 3 Prompt Select one of the fo
229. expressed in bps bits per second Generally the larger the number of the transfer bit rate when compressing an MP3 file the more information regarding musical reproduction it carries and therefore the better the sound quality Packet writing A general term for the method similar to that used for floppy discs or hard drives of recording the required file in a single increment on a CD R and similar ID3 Tag ID3 tag is a method for storing information related to the music in an MP3 file Information such as track artist and album name can be stored This content can be freely edited using ID3 editing function software VBR Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate While CBR Constant Bit Rate is generally used VBR varies the bit rate for audio compression according to compression conditions and this allows for compression with preference given to sound quality V Operating Tips for WMA WMA is short for Windows Media Audio and is the audio compression format used by Microsoft Audio data can be created and stored at a higher compression ratio than MP3 Microsoft and Windows Media are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation U S in the United States and other countries Playable WMA file specification CD R and CD RW including WMA files can be played with this unit Discs which conform to the following formats can be played Playable WMA files are as follows Item Content Windows
230. f a conventional tire is punctured refer to Tool Storage page 7 5 and Instant Mobility System IMS Emergency Flat Tire Repair Kit page 7 7 7 4 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire Tool Storage Tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram Trunk room Instant Mobility System IMS Emergency Flat Tire Repair Kit Lug wrench Oo AQ Jack Lever Towing Tiedown eyelet Tool bag Glove box Power retractable hardtop emergency tool bag Q Sus eyebolt hexagonal wrench gt rope Some models In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire V Jack To remove the jack 1 Turn the knob and remove the cover A eS oS 2 Turn the wing bolt and jack screw counterclockwise cS Wing bolt To secure the jack 1 Insert the wing bolt into the jack with the jack screw pointing back and turn the wing bolt clockwise to temporarily tighten it 2 Turn the jack screw in the direction shown in the figure Jack screw SSS 3 Turn the wing bolt completely to secure the jack NOTE If the jack is not completely secured it could rattle while driving Make sure the jack screw is sufficiently tightened Maintenance Always keep the jack clean Make sure the moving parts are kept free from dirt or rust Make sure the screw thread is adequately lubricated Instant Mobility System IMS Emergen
231. facing child restraint system Seating a child in a rear facing child restraint system that is installed on the passenger seat with the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light not illuminated is extremely dangerous In an accident an air bag could inflate and cause serious injuries or even death to the child seated in the rear facing child restraint system Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminated using the key to turn the passenger air bag off Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors on page 2 47 Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2 43 2 25 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint NOTE Inspect this function before each use of the child restraint system You should not be able to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor while the system is in the automatic locking mode When you remove the child restraint system be sure the belt fully retracts to return the system to emergency locking mode before occupants use the seat belts Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions carefully Depending on the type of child restraint system it may not employ seat belts which are in automatic locking mode however if it uses an upper tether it may not be mounted properly in this vehicle as there is no safe way to anchor the tether Confirm whether the child restraint system can be used with seat belts by reading the child restraint
232. ft lever is tapped back while the vehicle is stopped the transmission is set in the second gear fixed mode The gear is fixed in second while in this mode for easier starting and driving on slippery roads If the shift lever is tapped back 4 or forward while in the second gear fixed mode the mode will be canceled Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Shifting down If the vehicle speed is higher than the speed specified for each gear the gear cannot be shifted to a lower gear so as to protect the transmission Gear Vehicle speed M5 MA 164 km h 102 mph M4 gt M3 117 km h 72 mph M3 gt M2 80 km h 49 mph M2 MI 35 km h 21 mph NOTE Regarding the vehicle speed at the highest gear indicated above achieving this speed may not actually be possible depending on various driving conditions such as the wind upslope and road surface During deceleration the gears shift down automatically when speed is reduced to the following Shifting specification Gear Vehicle speed rM M6 M5 47 km h 29 mph Shifting up 29 mph M5 M4 38 km h 23 mph If the vehicle speed is lower than the M4 gt M3 20 km h 12 mph speed specified for each gear the gear M3 gt M2 15 km h 9 mph cannot be shifted up to a higher gear M2 LMI 12 km h 7 mph Gear Vehicle speed Between 0 and T m NOTE etween 0 an 0 and 11 mph depending on how The
233. function If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition is switched ON the warning light beep operates to give you further reminders according to the chart below Vehicle speed Condition Between 0 20 20 km h km h 12 mph or 0 12 mph more Seat belt O X O x Indicator amp Beep Pie O Fastened X Unfastened A Illuminated 3K Flashing Beep Once the beep sound is heard it continues sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers to 20 km h 12 mph or less until the seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound period has passed Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Driver seated Passenger seated The seat belt warning function reminds the passenger to fasten the seat belt according to the chart below Vehicle speed Condition Between 0 20 20 km h km h 12 mph or 0 12 mph more Seat belt Driven o olxixlo o x x Seat belt Passenger O X O X X O x Indicator AX x Due kx Beep PIAA O Fastened X Unfastened K Illuminated 3K Flashing 4 Beep Placing heavy items on the passenger seat may cause the passenger seat belt warning function to operate depending on the weight of the item Once the beep sound is heard it continues sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers to 20 km h 12 mph or less until the seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound period has passed NOT
234. g Your Mazda Starting and Driving Manual Transmission Operation WV Manual Transmission Shift Pattern 5 speed transmission 135 2 4 R Neutral position 6 speed transmission R135 24 6 Neutral position The vehicle is equipped with either a 5 speed or 6 speed manual transmission The shift pattern for each is shown above Depress the clutch pedal all the way down while shifting then release it slowly 5 speed transmission A safety feature prevents accidental shifting from 5 to R reverse The shift lever must be put in neutral before being shifted to R Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving 6 speed transmission Vehicles with 6 speed transmission are equipped with a device to prevent shifting to R reverse by mistake Push the shift lever downward and shift to R A WARNING Do not use sudden engine braking on slippery road surfaces or at high speeds Shifting down while driving on wet snowy or frozen roads or while driving at high speeds causes sudden engine braking which is dangerous The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident Be sure to leave the shift lever in1 or R position and set the parking brake when leaving the vehicle unattended Otherwise the vehicle could move and cause an accident A CAUTION gt Keep your foot off the clutch pedal except when shifting gears Also do not u
235. g name Three seconds after scrolling the long name the display automatically returns to display the first part of the long name Three more seconds and the short name appears Ifthere is no category name NO CATEGORY is displayed Artist name display When the text button is pressed while in category name display mode it changes to the artist name display mode To display the rest of the characters of the artist s name press and hold the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next ten characters Press and hold the text button TEXT again after the last ten characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title Three seconds after scrolling the artist name the display automatically return to display the first part of the artist s name e fthere is no artist s name NO ARTIST is displayed Song title display When the text button is pressed while in artist name display mode it changes to the song title display mode To display the rest of the characters of the song title press and hold the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next ten characters Press and hold the text button TEXT again after the last ten characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title 6 40 Three more seconds after scrolling the song title the display automatically returns to display the first part of the song title e If there is no song title NO SONG is
236. g on page 9 23 V Replacing a Wheel A WARNING Always use wheels of the correct size on your vehicle Using a wrong sized wheel is dangerous Braking and handling could be affected leading to loss of control and an accident Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A CAUTION gt A wrong sized wheel may adversely affect Tire fit Wheel and bearing life Ground clearance Snow chain clearance Speedometer calibration Headlight aim Bumper height Tire Pressure Monitoring System Limited Slip Differential System With Tire Pressure Monitoring System When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged The wheels equipped on your Mazda are specially designed for installation of the tire pressure sensors Do not use non genuine wheels otherwise it may not be possible to install the tire pressure sensors VVVVVV VV NOTE Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors whenever tires or wheels are replaced Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5 35 When replacing a wheel make sure the new one is the same as the original factory wheel in diameter rim width and offset inset outset 8 33 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Proper tire balancing provides the best riding comfort and helps reduce tread wear Out of balance tires can cause vibration and uneven wear such as cupping and flat spots
237. g refer to Towing Description page 7 25 and Tiedown Hooks page 7 26 and carefully follow the instructions 7 28 Maintenance and Care How to keep your Mazda in top condition Introd ction E 8 2 Tatrod ctiOonisz uen ence dente Ped te ee 8 2 Scheduled Maintenance eere ecce ee eee eene eee ee eene esee eene eee 8 3 Scheduled Maintenance USA Canada and Puerto Rico 8 3 Scheduled Maintenance Mexico cccccccccsssseseeesseeseeeseeeseeees 8 8 Owner Maintenance e eeeeeeee eene entes enne enn ntn ttn setas sens senno Owner Maintenance Schedule sss Owner Maintenance Precautions sss Engine Compartment Overview esee Engine Oll 5 gen ERE emt Engine Coolant 3 i ep Here hp e eto Brake Clutch Fluid n A Power Steering Fluid essere Washer Fluid esee eee SOR Body Lubrication sese Wiper Blades 5 rh eee pe era rdg e Battery oae eT etate iod Tire S t cete te e tete biete Light Bulbs 5 eerte e ERREUR ed BUSES ss rte o ERES GERE e E gebe ce in D DR Appearance Care eeeeeeeeeeee eee eene entente seins enses senses seasons enu 8 50 How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage 8 50 Exterior Care eo edt e e em eR aca 8 52 Interior Care e eee e eere Re 8 57 Maintenance and Care Introduction Introduction
238. g these minerals settles on the vehicle and evaporates the minerals will concentrate and harden to form white rings The rings can damage your vehicle s finish Prevention It is necessary to wash and wax your vehicle to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section These steps should be taken immediately after you find water marks on your vehicle s finish V Paint Chipping Occurrence Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrown in the air by another vehicle s tires hits your vehicle How to avoid paint chipping Keeping a safe distance between you and the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of having your paint chipped by flying gravel Maintenance and Care Appearance Care NOTE The paint chipping zone varies with the speed of the vehicle For example when traveling at 90 km h 56 mph the paint chipping zone is 50 m 164 fi In low temperatures a vehicle s finish hardens This increases the chance of paint chipping Chipped paint can lead to rust forming on your Mazda Before this happens repair the damage by using Mazda touch up paint according to the instructions in this section Failure to repair the affected area could lead to serious rusting and expensive repairs 8 51 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care Exterior Care Follow all label and container directions when using a chemical cleaner or polish Read all warnings and cautions Y Maintaining the Finish Washi
239. garding the proper care and operation of your vehicle This is not a technician s manual V SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS Provides description and operation of the many systems of your Mazda 9 44 Specifications Technical information about your Mazda Identification Numbers ssssssssssssssccsscccccscesscscssssssesseseceseeee 10 2 Vehicle Information Labels sesseeeeee 10 2 Specifications P 10 4 Specifications u s gr sre Re ie ES 10 4 Personalization Features sscccsssssssssccccscccssesesssesssssssscsscscsees 10 8 Personalization Features 0 cccccccsssccessceceessecesssecesseeeesseeees 10 8 10 1 Identification Numbers Vehicle Information Labels V Vehicle Identification Number The vehicle identification number legally identifies your vehicle The number is on a plate attached to the cowl panel located on the left corner of the dashboard This plate can easily be seen through the windshield P d V Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label 10 2 WV Chassis Number Y Vehicle Emission Control Information Label P YW Tire Pressure Label LT Identification Numbers V Engine Number Forward DETA J 10 3 Specifications Specifications V Engine Item Specification Type DOHC 16V in line 4 cylinder BorexStroke 87 5 x 83 1 mm 3 44 x 3 27 in Displacement 1 999 ml 1 999 cc 122 0 cu
240. ge When checking tire pressures use of a digital tire pressure gauge is recommended TPMS does not alleviate your need to check the pressure and condition of all four tires regularly 5 30 Some models Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A CAUTION gt Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation ha
241. ge area under the deck Close switch Open switch Indicator light Top latch assembly 3 48 Some models Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks V Power Retractable Hardtop Precautions A WARNING Always confirm that there are no people around the vehicle before operating the hardtop If the hardtop were to operate unexpectedly it could result in an accident and serious injury from someone getting caught in the mechanism Always drive safely and observe the speed limit Rollover accidents on a hardtop vehicle are dangerous The hardtop is not as strong as a regular steel roof Rollover accidents could dislodge or crush the hardtop and cause serious injuries or even death just as with no top Sit in the seat with the seat belt correctly fastened when the vehicle is moving Standing in the vehicle or sitting on the deck or center console when the vehicle is moving is a dangerous way to ride During a sudden maneuver or collision you could be seriously injured or even killed Always keep your hands and fingers away from the fastening mechanisms when moving the hardtop It is dangerous to place your hands or fingers near the fastening mechanisms Your hands or fingers could be caught and injured by the mechanism A CAUTION Do not drive with the hardtop partially opened this could damage the hardtop or cause an unexpected accident gt Children should not be allowed to play with the open close switch Do not place o
242. ges or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Note This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device MEXICO Este equipo opera a titulo secundario consecuentemente debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario Sistema de acceso normal sin llave Modelo SKE125 01 Sistema de acceso normal sin llave con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 614 Sistema de arranque y de acceso avanzado sin llave Modelo SKE11A 04 Sistema de arranque y de acceso avanzado sin llave con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RLVMASKO08 1121 UAE Approved by TRA 3 17 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System V Auxiliary Key Function Use the auxiliary key stored in the advanced key in the even
243. ght side 3 Make sure the booster battery is 12 V and that its negative terminal is grounded If the booster battery is in another vehicle don t allow both vehicles to touch Turn off the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and all unnecessary electrical loads in both vehicles In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting 5 Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence as in the illustration Connect one end of a cable to the positive terminal on the discharged battery 1 Attach the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery 2 Connect one end of the other cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery 3 Connect the other end to the ground point indicated in the illustration away from the discharged battery 4 e Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run it a few minutes Then start the engine of the other vehicle When finished carefully disconnect the cables in the reverse order described in the illustration If the battery cover has been removed install it in the reverse order of removal 7 23 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting NOTE Before installing the battery cover make sure both of the cables connecting the negative battery terminal right side of battery are connected with the cables routed toward the right and back of the battery as shown in the figure Verify
244. ght sensors These sensors deactivate the passenger front and side air bags and also the passenger seat belt pretensioner system when the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates When an infant or small child is seated on the passenger seat the system shuts off the passenger air bag so make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors on page 2 47 LATCH Child Restraint System We have installed lower LATCH anchor points for LATCH style junior seats and infant carriers that work without tethers only Any other child restraint system that has an upper tether cannot be used in this vehicle because there is no tether anchor A child restraint system with a tether cannot be properly mounted in this vehicle unless the child restraint manufacturer provides instructions on mounting the child restraint system with only seat belts in automatic locking mode Even then without a tether the child restraint system may move forward more easily in seat belts further degrading the safety provided if you were to put the child restraint in a tether anchor equipped rear seat of another vehicle The seat and head restraint is designed for maximum adult space utilization in this vehicle Do not try to secure the tether to something else in the vehicle as too much slack will result and the serious risk of injury or death to the child Use the seat belts to properly secure the non tether
245. gt to advance through a track at high speed Press and hold the reverse button lt to reverse through a track at high speed Track search Press the track up button gt once to skip forward to the beginning of the next track Press the track down button lt once to skip back to the beginning of the current track Folder search during MP3 WMA CD playback To change to the previous folder press the folder down button W or press the folder up button A to advance to the next folder Music scan During music CD playback This function scans the titles on a CD and plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to During MP3 WMA CD playback This function scans the titles in a folder currently being played and plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to Press the scan button SCAN during playback to start the scan play operation the track number will flash Press the scan button SCAN again to cancel scan playback NOTE If the unit is left in scan normal playback will resume where scan was selected Interior Comfort Audio System Repeat playback During music CD playback 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback to play the current track repeatedly RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback During MP3 WMA CD playback Track repeat 1 Press the repeat button
246. gularly It should be kept at MAX The level normally drops with accumulated distance a condition associated with wear of brake and clutch linings If it is excessively low have the brake clutch system inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer 8 22 V Adding Brake Clutch Fluid A WARNING Be careful not to spill brake fluid on yourself or on the engine Spilled brake fluid is dangerous If it gets in your eyes they could be seriously injured If this happens immediately flush your eyes with water and get medical attention Brake fluid spilled on a hot engine could cause a fire If the brake clutch fluid level is low have the brakes and clutch inspected Low brake clutch fluid levels are dangerous Low levels could signal brake lining wear or a brake system leak Your brakes could fail and cause an accident If the fluid level is low add fluid until it reaches MAX Before adding fluid thoroughly clean the area around the cap A CAUTION Brake and clutch fluid will damage painted surfaces If brake or clutch fluid does get ona painted surface wash it off with water immediately Using nonspecified brake and clutch fluids page 10 4 will damage the systems Mixing different fluids will also damage them If the brake clutch system frequently requires new fluid consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Power Steering Fluid V Inspecting Power Steering Fluid Level A CAUTIO
247. h a commercially available CD R label affixed The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction Y Operating tips for MP3 NOTE Supply of this product only conveys a license for private non commercial use and does not convey a license nor imply any right to use this product in any commercial i e revenue generating real time broadcasting terrestrial satellite cable and or any other media broadcasting streaming via the Internet intranets and or other networks or in other electronic content distribution systems such as pay audio or audio on demand applications An independent license for such use is required For details please visit http www mp3licensing com This audio system handles MP3 files that have been recorded on CD R CD RW CD ROMSs Discs that have been recorded using the following formats can be played ISO 9660 level 1 ISO 9660 level 2 Joliet extended format Romeo extended format This unit handles MP3 files conforming to the MP3 format containing both header frames and data frames This unit can play multi session recorded discs that have up to 40 sessions e 6 20 This unit can play MP3s with sampling frequencies of 16 22 05 24 32 44 1 48 kHz This unit can play MP3 files that have been recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to 320 kbps Nonetheless to insure enjoyment of music with consistent sound quality it is recommended to use discs that have been recorded at a bit rate of 1
248. h selected band in that area After scanning is completed the station with the strongest frequency will be tuned and its frequency displayed Press and release the auto memory button AUTO M to recall stations from the auto stored stations One stored station will be selected each time its frequency and channel number will be displayed NOTE If no stations can be tuned after scanning operations A will be displayed 6 33 Interior Comfort Audio System Y Operating the Satellite Radio Channel preset buttons Satellite button Electronic serial number button Channel preset buttons Band selector button Instant replay button Display Zr ses i ak 08 puel Cx i A foe Category buttons gt QIN dm Scan button Seek tuning buttons Manual tuning dial Information display All operations of the satellite radio are displayed on the Information display DISC CAT INFO TR FLD aia STTR AUTO M Channel number Channel name Category name Artist name Song title ID code Preset channel number Bank number Error signs 6 34 Some models NOTE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential i
249. he audio system CD has not been inserted Connect a portable audio unit or similar product on the market to the auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio over the vehicle s speakers Change the audio source to AUX mode page 6 58 Interior Comfort Audio System WV Seek Switch VOL When listening to the radio or SIRIUS digital satellite radio Press the seek switch up or down The radio switches to the next previous stored station in the order that it was stored 1 6 Radio Press and hold the seek switch in the up or down position to seek all usable stations at a higher or lower frequency whether programmed or not SIRIUS digital satellite radio Press and hold the seek switch in the up or down position to seek all usable stations at a higher or lower channel whether programmed or not When playing a CD Press the seek switch up to skip to the next track Press the seek switch down to repeat the current track Press and hold the seek switch in the up or down position to continuously switch the tracks up or down 6 57 Interior Comfort Audio System Y Mute Switch Press the mute switch X once to mute audio press it again to resume audio output NOTE If the ignition is switched off with the audio muted the mute will be canceled Therefore when the engine is restarted the audio is not muted To mute the audio again press the mute switch X 6 58
250. he correct inflation pressure In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire A WARNING Never operate the compressor above 300 kPa 3 1 kgf cm 3 bar 43 5 psi Operating the compressor above 300 kPa 3 1 kgf cm 3 bar 43 5 psi is dangerous When the inflation pressure rises above 300 kPa 3 1 kgf cm 3 bar 43 5 psi heated air will be exhausted from the bach of the compressor and you could be burned A CAUTION Ifthe compressor operates slowly or becomes hot it indicates overheating Turn the compressor off immediately and leave it turned off for 30 minutes or longer NOTE Check the tire inflation pressure label driver s door frame for the correct tire inflation pressure Do not use the compressor for longer than 10 minutes because using the compressor for long periods could damage it If the tire does not inflate repair of the tire may not be possible If the tire does not reach the correct inflation pressure within a 10 minute period it probably has received more extensive damage When this happens the emergency flat tire repair kit cannot be used to repair the tire Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Ifthe tire has been over inflated loosen the screw cap on the compressor and bleed some of the air out 17 When the tire has been inflated to the proper inflation pressure turn the compressor switch off and remove the compressor hose from the tire valve 7 11 In Case of an Emergency F
251. he tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance Replace the tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date 8 5 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance WV Schedule 2 Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Fuel lines and hoses Others j Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 Maintenance Interval x1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 x1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 ENGINE Drive belts I Engine valve le ranc Audibly inspect every 120 000 km 75 000 miles if noisy adjust f Puerto Rico Replace every 5 000 km 3 000 miles or 3 months Engine oil Others R R R R R R R R R R R R Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R COOLING SYSTEM FL22 type Replace at first 192 000 km 120 000 miles or 10 years after yP that every 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 5 years Engine coolant o Replace at first 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 4 years after that thers every 2 years Engine coolant level DEL ee ee ae ae FUEL SYSTEM f Puerto Rico Air filter SET Hoses and tubes for emission IGNITION SYSTEM USA Replace every 96 000 km 60 000 miles Spark plugs Others Replace every 120 000 km 75 000
252. he tire sealant cannot be reused Mazda recommends replacing the tire with a new one The wheel can be reused after any sealant adhering to it is wiped off and carefully inspected However replace the tire valve with a new one V Inspecting the IMS Emergency Flat Tire Repair Kit Inspect the emergency tire repair kit at regular intervals Check the tire sealant period of effective use Check the operation of the tire compressor NOTE The tire sealant has a period of effective use Check the period of effective use indicated on the bottle label and do not use it if it has expired Have the tire sealant replaced at an Authorized Mazda Dealer before the period of effective use has expired Changing a Tire A WARNING Be sure to follow the directions for changing a tire and never get under a vehicle that is supported only by a jack Changing a tire is dangerous if not done properly The vehicle can slip off the jack and seriously injure someone Never allow anyone inside a vehicle supported by a jach Allowing someone to remain in a vehicle supported by a jack is dangerous The occupant could cause the vehicle to fall resulting in serious injury A CAUTION With Tire Pressure Monitoring System The wheels equipped on your Mazda are specially designed for installation of the tire pressure sensors Do not use non genuine wheels otherwise it may not be possible to install the tire pressure sensors N
253. he trunk lid can be opened by pressing the request switch on the under side of the trunk lid above the license plate while the advanced key is being carried Request switch NOTE If the advanced key is left in the trunk the trunk lid will close however the trunk lid can be opened using the request switch and the vehicle could be stolen With power retractable hardtop The trunk lid can only be opened when the power retractable hardtop is fully opened closed Open close the power retractable hardtop completely before opening the trunk lid Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System V Starting the Engine Ignition switch positions As there is no traditional key some of the ignition switch functions are different The engraved mark LOCK indicated in the illustration may differ from that indicated on the actual vehicle it may read OFF OFF LOCK Knob Released The power supply to electrical devices is turned off OFF LOCK Knob Depressed The ignition can be switched to ACC when the KEY indicator light green illuminates in the instrument cluster A WARNING Before leaving the driver s seat always switch the ignition to OFF LOCK set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is in P with an automatic transmission or in 1 or R with a manual transmission It is important to switch the ignition to OFF LOCK even if you are not removing the key from the ignition or le
254. hicle the force of the spray could damage or deform the molding affect the sealability of parts and allow water to penetrate the interior Keep a sufficient space 30 cm or more between the nozzle and the vehicle In addition do not spend too much time spraying the same area of the vehicle and be very careful when spraying between gaps in doors and around windows Waxing Your vehicle needs to be waxed when water no longer beads on the finish Maintenance and Care Appearance Care Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing it In addition to the vehicle body wax the metal trim to maintain its luster 1 Use wax which contains no abrasives Waxes containing abrasive will remove paint and could damage bright metal parts 2 Use a good grade of natural wax for metallic mica and solid colors 3 When waxing coat evenly with the sponge supplied or a soft cloth 4 Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth NOTE A spot remover to remove oil tar and similar materials will usually also take off the wax Rewax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not need it V Repairing Damage to the Finish Deep scratches or chips on the finish should be repaired promptly Exposed metal quickly rusts and can lead to major repairs A CAUTION If your Mazda is damaged and needs metal parts repaired or replaced make sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to all parts both repaired and new This will p
255. hicle is a traffic hazard and that they must take extreme caution when near it Depress the hazard warning flasher and all the turn signals will flash NOTE The turn signals do not work when the hazard warning lights are on Check local regulations about the use of hazard warning lights while the vehicle is being towed to verify that it is not in violation of the law 7 2 Either run flat tires or conventional tires are equipped on your Mazda depending on the specification therefore the procedure for repairing a flat tire differs depending on the type of tire Before driving make sure which type of tire is equipped on your Mazda If you cannot identify your tire type consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer V How to identify your tire type Run flat tire A run flat tire has a RFT mark on the side wall Conventional tire A conventional tire does not have a RFT mark on the side wall In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire Y Vehicle with run flat tires A WARNING Have the tires checked or perform the appropriate repair as soon as possible by an Authorized Mazda Dealer When the flat tire warning light illuminates or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard it is dangerous to drive the vehicle at high speeds or perform sudden maneuvering or braking Vehicle drivability could worsen and result in an accident When the flat tire warning light illuminates or the tire pressure warni
256. hildren and pets with you or leave a responsible person with them Leaving a child or a pet unattended in a parked vehicle is dangerous In hot weather temperatures inside a vehicle can become high enough to cause brain damage or even death Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Keep both doors locked when driving Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle are dangerous Passengers can fall out if a door is accidentally opened and can more easily be thrown out in an accident Always close all the windows lock the doors and take the key with you when leaving your vehicle unattended Leaving your vehicle unlocked is dangerous as children could lock themselves in a hot vehicle which could result in death Also a vehicle left unlocked becomes an easy target for thieves and intruders 3 30 V Locking Unlocking with Key Either door can be locked unlocked with the key Turn the key toward the front to unlock toward the back to lock V Locking Unlocking with Request Switch with Advanced Key The doors can be locked unlocked by operating the request switch while carrying the advanced key outside the vehicle refer to Operations Using Advanced Keyless Functions page 3 7 V Locking Unlocking with Transmi
257. hile driving and cause the tire to come off resulting in an accident In addition lug nuts and bolts could be damaged if tightened more than necessary 4 Turn the jack handle counterclockwise and lower the vehicle Use the lug wrench to tighten the nuts in the order shown If you re unsure of how tight the nuts should be have them inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Nut tightening torque 88 118 9 12 65 87 N m kgfm ft Ibf A WARNING Always securely and correctly tighten the lug nuts Improperly or loosely tightened lug nuts are dangerous The wheel could wobble or come off This could result in loss of vehicle control and cause a serious accident Be sure to reinstall the same nuts you removed or replace them with metric nuts of the same configuration Because the wheel studs and lug nuts on your Mazda have metric threads using a non metric nut is dangerous On a metric stud it would not secure the wheel and would damage the stud which could cause the wheel to slip off and cause an accident 5 Remove the tire blocks and store the tools jack and damaged tire 6 Check the inflation pressure Refer to the specification charts on page 10 7 7 Have the flat tire repaired or replaced as soon as possible A WARNING Do not drive with any tires that have incorrect air pressure Driving on tires with incorrect air pressure is dangerous Tires with incorrect pressure
258. hile performing some maintenance procedures If you must run the engine while working under the hood make certain that you remove all jewelry especially rings bracelets watches and necklaces and all neckties scarves and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling fan which may turn on unexpectedly Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous It becomes even more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the cooling fan Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured Do not leave items in the engine compartment After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment do not forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or a fire leading to an unexpected accident 8 16 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Engine Compartment Overview Engine oil dipstick Engine oil filler cap _ Brake fluid reservoir Clutch fluid reservoir
259. horized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible If you lose an advanced key including auxiliary key an Authorized Mazda Dealer will reset the electronic codes of your remaining advanced keys including auxiliary keys and immobilizer system Bring all the remaining advanced keys including auxiliary keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset Starting the vehicle with a key that has not been reset is not possible 3 64 Knowing Your Mazda Security System Declaration of Conformity U S A FCC WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Note This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device MEXICO Este equipo opera a titulo secundario consecuentemente debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario Siste
260. ht Rating Front 714 kg 1 574 Ibs 714 kg 1 574 Ibs Rear 682 kg 1 504 Ibs 702 kg 1 548 Ibs 10 5 Specifications Automatic transmission Weight Item Without power retractable With power retractable hardtop hardtop GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 1 396 kg 3 078 Ibs 1 416 kg 3 122 Ibs Front 714 kg 1 574 Ibs 714 kg 1 574 Ibs GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating Rear 693 kg 1 528 Ibs 702 kg 1 548 Ibs V Air Conditioner Item Classification Refrigerant Type HFC134a R 134a Y Light Bulbs Exterior light Catego Light bulb e Wattage ECE R SAE High beam 65 H9 Headlights Halogen 55 H7 H7 Low beam Xenon fusion 35 D2S D2S Front turn signal lights Parking lights 28 8 7444NA Fog lights 55 HII H11 Front side marker lights 5 High mount brake light LED Rear turn signal lights 21 WY21W Brake lights Taillights 21 5 W21 5W 7443 Reverse lights 18 WI6W 921 License plate lights 5 WSW 4CP Rear side marker lights LED LED is the abbreviation for Light Emitting Diode Interior light Light bulb Wattage Overhead light 10 Trunk light 8 10 6 Some models V Tires NOTE The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle When replacing tires Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the
261. hy all Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel we recommend that you take the following steps VSTEP 1 Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER VSTEP 2 If after following STEP 1 you feel the need for further assistance please contact your area s Mazda representative Indicated on the next page Please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on the upper driver s side corner of the dash 4 Purchase date and current mileage 5 Your dealer s name and location 6 Your question s Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Mexico Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business We are here to serve you All Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for
262. ial Fan control dial Rear window defroster switch Air intake selector A C switch Some models V Control Switches NOTE When the mode is set to 4 48 or 74 with the fan control dial in a position other than 0 and the temperature control dial in the Temperature control dial maximum cold position the air intake selector switches to the recirculated air mode and the A C turns on automatically If A C is not desired press the A C switch to turn it off Fan control dial Cold This dial controls temperature Turn it clockwise for hot and counterclockwise for cold 6 6 Some models Turn the dial to adjust to the desired fan speed Turning the dial clockwise increases the fan speed Turning the dial counterclockwise decreases the fan speed Mode selector dial Turn the mode selector dial to select airflow mode page 6 4 NOTE Turn the mode selector dial to an OPEN MODE position for maximum comfort while the roof is open A C switch Press the A C switch to turn the air conditioner on The indicator light on the switch will illuminate when the fan control dial is in any position except OFF Press the switch once again to turn the air conditioner off NOTE The air conditioner may not function when the outside temperature approaches 0 C 32 F Interior Comfort Climate Control System Air intake selector This switch controls the source of air entering the vehi
263. ial Safety Equipment Seats A CAUTION When returning a rear reclined seatback to its upright position make sure you hold onto the seatback with your other hand while operating the lever If the seatback is not supported it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury Y Height Adjustment Driver s Seat To adjust the seat height move the lever up or down 2 4 Some models Non Adjustable Head Restraints Your vehicle is equipped with non adjustable head restraints on the driver s and front passenger s seatbacks The non adjustable head restraints consist of a trimmed foam covering over the upper structure of the seatbacks and are intended to help protect you and the front passenger from neck injury Adjust the seatbacks to their upright on road positions so that the head restraint is positioned as close as possible to the back of your head A WARNING Make sure the seatbacks are properly adjusted to their upright on road positions before the vehicle is driven Driving with the seatbacks not adjusted properly is dangerous With no support behind your head your neck could be seriously injured in a collision The driver and passenger seats can be warmed by rotating the applicable seat warmer dial while the ignition is switched ON The seat temperature increases as the number on the dial increases When the seat warmers are not in use rotate the seat warmer dials to 0 Essential
264. ight turns off If the TCS DSC indicator light and the DSC OFF indicator light remain illuminated even after switching the ignition from ON to OFF and back to ON attempt the procedure again If this still does not resolve the issue consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber Cruise Set Indicator Light Green CRUISE The indicator light has two colors Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber The indicator light illuminates amber when the ON OFF switch is pressed and the cruise control system is activated Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Cruise Set Indicator Light Green The indicator light illuminates green when a cruising speed has been set V Turn Signal Hazard Warning Indicator Lights When operating the turn signal lights the left or right turn signal indicator light flashes to indicate which turn signal light is operating page 5 59 When operating the hazard warning lights both turn signal indicator lights flash page 5 62 NOTE If an indicator light remains illuminated does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out Beep Sounds V Seat Belt Warning Beep If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition is switched ON a beep sound will be heard for about 6 seconds If the driver s seat belt is not fastened and the vehicle is driven at a speed faster than about 20 k
265. ights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination on or off NOTE To prevent discharging the battery do not leave the lights on while the engine is off unless safety requires them Switch Position OFF eo 3 Headlights Off Off On Taillights Parking lights License lights Off On On Side marker lights Dashboard illumination Xenon fusion headlight bulbs The low beam bulbs of the headlights have xenon fusion bulbs that produce a bright white beam over a wide area A WARNING Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs yourself Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs yourself is dangerous Because the xenon fusion bulbs require high voltage you could receive an electric shock if the bulbs are handled incorrectly Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer when the replacement is necessary NOTE If the headlights flicker or the brightness weakens the bulb life may be depleted and a replacement is necessary Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Some models 5 57 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls V Lights On Reminder If lights are on and the key is removed from the ignition switch a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened NOTE When the advanced keyless function is used and the start knob is in the ACC position the Start Knob Not in Lock Warning Beep page 3 19 overrides the lights on reminder V Headlight High Low Beam Press the lever forward to turn on the high
266. ights on reminder 5 55 Seat belt warning 5 55 Tire inflation pressure warning 5 56 Before Starting the Engine 4 5 After getting 1m eee 4 5 Before getting in sss 4 5 Bluetooth Hands Free 6 61 Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation eee 6 64 Convenient Use of the Hands Free SYSUCM urere oerte 6 68 Hands Free Telephone Setting 6 73 Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service 6 79 Safety certification 6 78 When Bluetooth Hands Free cannot be USE DERE deep 6 78 Body Lubrication sss 8 24 Brake Clutch Fluid REA 8 22 Brakes Anti lock brake system ABS 5 9 Brakes assist ccccccceseeseeseees 5 10 Foot brake tenes 5 6 Pad wear indicator 5 11 Parking brake ssss 5 7 Warning light usss 5 8 Break In Period sss 4 6 Bulb Replacement 8 36 C Capacities c bee o 10 5 Carbon Monoxide susss 4 4 Catalytic Converter suse 4 3 Gell P ONES e RR 9 20 Child Restraint Child restraint precautions 2 18 Child restraint system installation position ssri ieas anana 2 23 LATCH child restraint SYSUCINS cree i ise Dess 2 27 Climate Control System 6 2 Gas specifications
267. ill be released when the air bags and pretensioners deploy This does not indicate a fire This gas normally has no effect on occupants however those with sensitive skin may experience light skin irritation If residue from the deployment of the air bags or the pretensioner system gets on the skin or in the eyes wash it off as soon as possible 2 14 V Air Bag Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light os x If the air bag seat belt pretensioner system is working properly the warning light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON or after the engine is cranked The warning light turns off after a specified period of time A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes constantly illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON If any of these occur consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not work in an accident A WARNING Never tamper with the air bag pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs Self servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous An air bag pretensioner could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death Seat Belt Extender If your seat belt is not long enough even when fully extended a seat belt extender may be available to you at no charge from your Authorized Mazda Dealer This extender will be only for you
268. in Compression ratio 10 8 V Electrical System Item Classification Battery 12V 36AH 5SHR Spark plug number L3G2 18 110 L3Y118 110 Spark plug gap 1 25 1 35 mm 0 049 0 053 in ex factory CAUTION When cleaning the iridium plugs do not use a wire brush The fine particulate coating on the iridium alloy and platinum tips could be damaged Y Lubricant Quality Lubricant Classification Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers Engine oil on page 8 18 API Service GL 4 or GL 5 Any temperature 5 speed SAE 75W 90 ccion transmission API Servi GL 4 or GL 5 Manual transmission Above 10 C 50 F ervice Or oil SAE 80W 90 n API Service GL 4 or GL 5 6 speed transmission SAE 75W 90 Automatic transmission fluid Mazda Genuine JWS3309 API Service GL 5 Iac 90 Rear differential oil SAE 80W 90 75W 90 Power steering fluid Mazda Genuine ATF M III or equivalent 8 e g Dexron IT Brake Clutch fluid SAE J1703 or FMVSSI116 DOT 3 Not available from Mazda 10 4 Specifications V Capacities Approximate Quantities Item Capacity 6 speed mana 4 55 L 4 81 US qt 4 00 Imp qt With oil filter U S A and transmission i Canada Except 6 speed manual Engine oil replacement irABSIBISSION 4 45 L 4 70 US qt 3 92 Imp qt Except U S A and Canada 4 55 L 4 81 US qt 4 00 Imp qt Without
269. in a rear facing child restraint system that is installed on the passenger seat with the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light not illuminated is extremely dangerous In an accident a air bag could inflate and cause serious injuries or even death to the child seated in the rear facing child restraint system Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminated using the key to turn the passenger air bag off Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2 43 Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors on page 2 47 Do not sit too close to the driver and passenger air bags Sitting too close to the driver and passenger air bag modules or placing hands or feet on them is extremely dangerous The driver and passenger air bags inflate with great force and speed Serious injuries could occur if someone is too close The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel The seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor Seat occupants should adjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly Do not sit too close to a door or lean against doors in vehicles with side air bags Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them is extremely dangerous A side air bag inflates with great force and speed directly out of the outboard shoulder of the seat and expands along the door on the side the car is hit
270. in view 3 Simultaneously press and hold both the chosen HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons Do not release the buttons until step 4 has been completed NOTE Some gate operators and garage door openers may require you to replace this Programming Step 3 with procedures noted in the Gate Operator Canadian Programming section 4 After the HomeLink indicator light changes from a slow to a rapidly blinking light release both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons NOTE If the HomeLink indicator light does not change to a rapidly blinking light contact HomeLink at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 for assistance 5 Press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the indicator light If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released NOTE To program the remaining two HomeLink buttons begin with Programming step 2 Do not repeat step 1 If the indicator light blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with Programming steps 6 8 to complete the programming of a rolling code equipped device most commonly a garage door opener 6 At the garage door opener receiver motor head unit in the garage locate the learn or smart button This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor head
271. including air conditioning and audio system Climate Control System scssccscssscssssssesssssssessseseesssssesssesoees 6 2 Operating Tipse renn ee e ed CREER 6 2 Vent Operation s due iode eei ge ded 6 3 Types of the Climate Control System sss 6 5 Manual Type oot etn a pads Noc Eds 6 6 Automatic Type ssssseetttetette entente 6 10 Audio Systen nre terret reete E 6 14 ATONE ec oet eode eee eA eM Ae 6 14 Operating Tips for Audio System sssssssseses 6 15 Audio Sete enis ede ee me 6 25 Audio Control Switch Operation sss 6 56 AUX Mode Auxiliary input sse 6 58 Safety Certification sse 6 60 Bluetooth Hands Free Lecce cete ecce esee eren esee en eset ta es enuo 6 61 Bluetooth Hands Free ccccsccssessseesseessssseesssesseeseesseesseesses 6 61 Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation uses 6 64 Convenient Use of the Hands Free System 6 68 Hands Free Telephone Setting sss 6 73 When Bluetooth Hands Free cannot be used 6 78 Safety Certification sse 6 78 Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service 6 79 Interior Equipment eeeeee esee e esee tn tnnt tn sins enaenan 6 80 S DVISOIS Loop te Bec n Re oen OH Y ERR EYE ev 6 80 Interior Lights RARE RR Re REA 6 80 Cup Holder eoe e
272. ing can damage your transmission Shifting into a driving gear or reverse when the engine is running faster than idle can damage the transmission R Reverse In position R the vehicle moves only backward You must be at a complete stop before shifting to or from R except under rare circumstances as explained in Rocking the Vehicle page 4 8 N Neutral In N the wheels and transmission are not locked The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or brakes are on Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING If the engine is running faster than idle do not shift from N or P into a driving gear It s dangerous to shift from N or P into a driving gear when the engine is running faster than idle If this is done the vehicle could move suddenly causing an accident or serious injury Do not shift into N when driving the vehicle Shifting into N while driving is dangerous Engine braking cannot be applied when decelerating which could lead to an accident or serious injury CAUTION Do not shift into N when driving the vehicle Doing so can cause transmission damage NOTE Apply the parking brake or depress the brake pedal before moving the shift lever from N to prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly D Drive D is the normal driving position From a stop the transmission will automatically shift through a 6 gear sequence Temporary use of
273. ing the accelerator fully the transmission will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed Except M2 MI Manually Shifting down M6 M5 M4 M3 gt M2 M1 To shift down to a lower gear tap the shift lever forward once 5 18 To shift down to a lower gear with the steering shift switches press either of the DOWN switches away from you once with your thumb DOWN switches A WARNING Do not use engine braking on slippery road surfaces or at high speeds Shifting down while driving on wet snowy or frozen roads or while driving at high speeds causes sudden engine braking which is dangerous The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident Keep your hands on the steering wheel rim when using fingers or thumbs on the steering shift switches Putting your hands inside the rim of the steering wheel when using the steering shift switches is dangerous If the driver s air bag were to deploy in a collision your hands could be impacted causing injury NOTE When driving at high speeds the gear may not shift down depending on vehicle speed During deceleration the gear may automatically shift down depending on vehicle speed When depressing the accelerator fully the transmission will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed Except M2 MI Second gear fixed mode When the shi
274. ing warm weather To avoid burning yourself or a child check them before you or your child touches them NOTE Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH child restraint systems behind the passenger seat that slide through the passenger seat when it is in the fully rearward position When using these anchors to secure a child restraint system refer to LATCH Child Restraint Systems page 2 27 2 22 Child Restraint System Installation Position In this owner s manual explanation of child restraint systems is provided for the following three types of popular child restraint systems infant seat child seat booster seat NOTE Installation position is determined by the type of child restraint system Always read the manufacturer s instructions and this owner s manual carefully Due to variations in the design of child restraint systems vehicle seats and seat belts all child restraint systems may not fit all seating positions Before purchasing a child restraint system it should be tested in the specific vehicle seating position or positions where it is intended to be used If a previously purchased child restraint system does not fit you may need to purchase a different one that will Infant seat An infant seat provides restraint by bracing the infant s head neck and back against the seating surface Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Child
275. int System ssssusse 2 24 LATCH Child Restraint System sss 2 27 NE Win cce 2 30 Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions 2 30 Supplemental Restraint System Components 2 35 How the SRS Air Bags Work sss 2 36 SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria esses 2 40 Limitations to SRS Air Bag sessssssssseeeeeee 2 41 Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch suse 2 43 Driver and Passenger Occupant Classification System 2 47 Monitoring and Maintenance ccceseeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeteennees 2 51 Some models 2 1 Essential Safety Equipment Seats A WARNING Do not modify or replace the front seats Modifying or replacing the front seats such as replacing the upholstery or loosening any bolts is dangerous The front seats contain air bag components essential to the supplemental restraint system Such modifications could damage the supplemental restraint system and result in serious injury Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is any need to remove or reinstall the front seats Do not drive with damaged front seats Driving with damaged front seats is dangerous A collision even one not strong enough to inflate the air bags could damage the front seats which contain essential air bag components If there was a subsequent collision an air bag may not deploy which c
276. inutes drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km h 16 mph for 10 minutes and the tire pressure sensor ID signal code will be registered automatically NOTE If the vehicle is driven within about 15 minutes of changing tires the tire pressure monitoring system warning light will flash because the sensor ID signal code would not have been registered If this happens park the vehicle for about 15 minutes after which the sensor ID signal code will register upon driving the vehicle for 10 minutes Replacing tires and wheels CAUTION When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged The wheels equipped on your Mazda are specially designed for installation of the tire pressure sensors Do not use non genuine wheels otherwise it may not be possible to install the tire pressure sensors Be sure to have the tire pressure sensors installed whenever tires or wheels are replaced When having a tire or wheel or both replaced the following types of tire pressure sensor installations are possible The tire pressure sensor is removed from the old wheel and installed to the new one The same tire pressure sensor is used with the same wheel Only the tire is replaced S 35 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A new tire pressure sensor is installed to a new wheel NOTE The tire pressure senso
277. ion enables voice recognition appropriate to the characteristics of the user s voice If the recognition of the voice input commands to the system is not adequate this function can largely improve the system s voice recognition of the user If your voice can be recognized sufficiently without using this function you may not realize the added benefit of the function To register your voice the voice input command list must be read out Read out the list when the vehicle is parked Perform the registration in as quiet a place as possible page 6 63 The registration must be performed completely The required time is a few minutes The user needs to be seated in the driver s seat with the voice input command list for voice recognition learning open to the page indicated below 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Voice training 3 Prompt This operation must be performed in a quiet environment while the vehicle is stopped See the owner s manual for the list of required training phrases Press and release the phone button when you are ready to begin Press and hold the phone button to cancel at any time 4 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 5 The voice guidance reads out the voice input command number refer to the voice input command list for voice recognition learning Ex Please read phrase 1 6 Say Beep 0123456789
278. iously deactivate the passenger air bag and not simply rely on the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light being turned on at all times In a collision the force of an air bag slamming the child restraint system rearwards could result in death to the child even if the child is properly belted Be alert to the operation of the indicator light and BE SURE THE PASSENGER AIR BAG IS ALWAYS DEACTIVATED AS INDICATED BY PASSENGER AIR BAG DEACTIVATION INDICATOR LIGHT Passenger air bag deactivation indicator light 2 18 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint To reduce the chance of injuries caused by the deployment of the passenger air bag there are two methods to deactivate the passenger air bag for a child s safety as follows however the surest way to avoid the passenger air bag not deploying is to use the key and turn off the passenger air bag and not rely on the passenger seat weight sensors which will also detect other loads or objects on and around the passenger seat Passenger air bag deactivation switch This switch should be used to deactivate the passenger front and side air bags and also the passenger seat belt pretensioner system if installing a child restraint system on the passenger seat Make sure the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the ON position except when a child restraint system is installed on the passenger seat Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2 43 Passenger seat wei
279. is dangerous and could result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle or loss of control Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits Do not tow a trailer with this vehicle Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle damage 9 39 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A GCW GCW Gross Combination Weight is the weight of the loaded vehicle GVW GCWR Gross Combination Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle including all cargo and passengers that the vehicle can handle without risking damage The GCW must never exceed the GCWR A WARNING Exceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident injury or damage to the vehicle Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originals because they may lower the vehicle s GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label 9 4
280. ise Control With cruise control you can set and automatically maintain any speed of more than about 30 km h 19 mph A WARNING Do not use the cruise control under the following conditions Using the cruise control under the following conditions is dangerous and could result in loss of vehicle control gt Hilly terrain gt Steep inclines gt Heavy or unsteady traffic Slippery or winding roads Similar restrictions that require inconsistent speed V Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber Cruise Set Indicator Light Green CRUISE The indicator light has two colors Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber The indicator light illuminates amber when the ON OFF switch is pressed and the cruise control system is activated Cruise Set Indicator Light Green The indicator light illuminates green when a cruising speed has been set V Activation Deactivation To activate the system press the ON OFF switch The cruise main indicator light illuminates To deactivate the system press the switch again The cruise main indicator light turns off A WARNING Keep the ON OFF switch off when cruise control is not in use Leaving the ON OFF switch on when not using the cruise control is dangerous as you may hit one of the other buttons and put the vehicle in cruise control unexpectedly This could result in loss of vehicle control WV To Set Speed 1 Activate the cruise control system by pressi
281. ism will automatically stop operation of the blades but only for about 5 minutes If this happens turn off the wiper switch and park off the right of way and remove the snow and ice After 5 minutes turn on the switch and the blades should operate normally If they do not resume functioning consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way Wait until the weather clears before trying to drive with the wipers inoperative V Windshield Wipers Turn the wipers on by pulling the lever down INT Intermittent LO Low speed HI High speed For a single wiping cycle push the lever up to MIST MIST Mist V Windshield Washer Pull the lever toward you and hold it to spray washer fluid Washer NOTE With the wiper lever in the OFF or INT position the wipers will operate continuously until the lever is released If the washer does not work inspect the fluid level page 8 23 If it s normal consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Rear Window Defroster The rear window defroster clears frost fog and thin ice from the rear window The ignition must be switched ON Press the switch to turn on the rear window defroster the indicator light will illuminate Press the switch again to turn it off A CAUTION Do not use sharp instr
282. isplayed first for three second and then its text is displayed NOTE In the initial setting all channels are preset to 184 Category change Press the category button UP or DOWN and select the desired category Press the category button UP Category up Press the category button DOWN Category down Every time the category UP button is pressed for 1 5 second or less the category is changed over in the order shown below At this time the lowest smallest number channel within the category indicated is received When the highest or lowest category is reached the category is changed over in the order shown below 6 38 Highest category All categories Lowest category NOTE While all categories are selected all channels covering a category can be accessed Category off condition Channel selection within a category If you are in a selected category and the channel number is displayed turning the manual tuning dial moves the channel number up down in that category Turn the manual tuning dial clockwise Channel Up Turn the manual tuning dial counterclockwise Channel Down NOTE The channel number needs to be indicated in the display to use manual tuning dial for this function Scan tuning Press the scan button SCAN to automatically sample stations Scanning stops at each station for about five seconds To hold a station press the scan button SCAN again duri
283. istered code SR1 Err is displayed and then it returns to SRI 7 If it matches with the previously registered code ENTER PIN appears again and it switches to code input mode 8 SRI appears and it is ready for input of the new ID code New ID code input 9 Input the new ID code using channel preset buttons 1 4 Example If 1234 is input as the new code SR1 1234 is displayed New ID code input determination 10 Determine the new ID code which has been input by pressing the scan button 11 PIN CHANGED appears for three seconds which indicates that the new ID code input has been completed 12 It returns to the former display NOTE fan ID code is not input for ten seconds Err is displayed and it returns to the former display Channel preset buttons 1 2 3 4 and the scan button are used for input of the ID code Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used Individual channel locking If a channel is locked the channel is muted NOTE If the registered ID code is forgotten return the ID code to the default 0000 See INTIALIZATION OF ID CODE section Locking a channel 1 Select a channel to be locked by turning the manual tuning dial Example Select channel 100 Registered ID code input preparation 2 Press and hold the scan button then press channel preset button 6 Hold both buttons together for 1 5 seconds 3 ENTER PIN appears for three
284. ks V Declaration of Conformity Keyless entry system U S A FCC WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Note This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device MEXICO Este equipo opera a titulo secundario consecuentemente debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario Sistema de acceso normal sin llave Modelo SKE125 01 Sistema de acceso normal sin llave con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 614 Sistema de arranque y de acceso avanzado sin llave Modelo SKE11A 04 Sistema de arranque y de acceso avanzado sin llave con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RLVMASKO08 1121 UAE Approved by TRA 3 29 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A WARNING Always take all c
285. language English French or Spanish NOTE Other language settings can also be made while in the current setting by saying the name of the language in the native pronunciation 3 Prompt Would you like to change the language to French Desired language Say Beep Yes Prompt Please wait Switching to French phone book French selected returning to main menu Spoken in the newly selected language Mobile telephone programming Pairing Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Up to seven Bluetooth equipped mobile telephones can be programmed to the vehicle NOTE A mobile telephone can be programmed only when the vehicle is parked If the vehicle starts to move the pairing procedure will end Programming is dangerous while driving pair up your device before you start driving Park the car in a safe place before programming Since the communication range of a Bluetooth equipped mobile telephone is about 10 meters 32 ft if a mobile telephone is placed within a 10 meter 32 ft radius of the vehicle it may be detected programmed unintentionally while another telephone is being programmed 1 Activate the Bluetooth application of the mobile telephone NOTE For the operation of the mobile telephone refer to its instruction manual 2 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 3 Say Beep Setup 4 Prompt Select one of the f
286. lat Tire 18 Install the tire valve cap 19 Put the emergency flat tire repair kit in the trunk and continue driving ACAUTION gt Drive carefully to an Authorized Mazda Dealer and keep the vehicle speed below 80 km h 50 mph gt If the vehicle is driven 80 km h 50 mph or higher the vehicle might begin to vibrate 20 After driving the vehicle for 10 minutes or 5 km 3 miles check the tire pressure with the tire pressure gauge equipped with the compressor If the tire pressure has fallen below the correct tire pressure inflate the tire to the correct pressure again following the steps from number 15 A CAUTION gt If the tire inflation pressure falls below 130 kPa 1 3 kgf cm or bar 18 9 psi repair cannot be done with the repair kit Park the vehicle on a level surface off the right of way and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer gt If the tire inflation pressure continues to remain low after repeating steps 14 to 21 park the vehicle on a level surface off the right of way and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE When checking the tire inflation pressure with the tire pressure gauge on the compressor unit make sure the compressor switch is turned off 7 12 21 If the tire inflation pressure remains stable the tire repair is complete Drive the vehicle with care to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the tire replaced A CAUTION Atire that has been temporarily repaired with t
287. lay it may take as long as 12 seconds to receive channel 184 NOTE Do not perform the following operation while UPDATING is displayed Otherwise the updating procedure will be cancelled Turning off the audio power Switching to other modes Switching the ignition off When the SIRIUS mode is switched to another mode or when the power is turned off the present channel which is being received is stored as the last channel Channel selection Turning the manual tuning dial allows you to select the desired receiving channel Turn the knob clockwise Channel Up Turn the knob counterclockwise Channel Down Unsubscribed channel When a selected station has not been subscribed to the display indicates the following CALL 888 and 539 SIRI Flashes alternately NOTE When the subscription contract is canceled all of the channels including channel 184 appear as unsubscribed Invalid channel When a selected channel is not broadcasting SR bank number INVALID is displayed for one second followed by SR bank number CHANNEL which is also displayed for one second The display then returns to the previous valid channel Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE If the last channel selected has become unavailable because of a channel update the above indication is displayed until any button is pressed Preset channel programming Programming with channel number displa
288. ld in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in an improperly secured seat later on When not in use remove it from the vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child restraint systems Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH child restraint system Not following the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions when installing the child restraint system is dangerous If seat belts or a foreign object prevent the child restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors and the child restraint system is installed improperly the child restraint system could move in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants When installing the child restraint system make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions 2 27 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Y LATCH Child Restraint System Installation Procedure Before installing a child restraint system make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminated by using the key to turn the passenger air bag off Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors on page 2 47 Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2 43 1 Make sure to remove articles from behind the passenger seat that would
289. le or high engine rpm for extended periods of time Avoid unnecessary hard stops Avoid full throttle starts e 4 6 Money Saving Suggestions How you operate your Mazda determines how far it will travel on a tank of fuel Use these suggestions to help save money on fuel and repairs Avoid long warm ups Once the engine runs smoothly begin driving Avoid fast starts Keep the engine tuned Follow the maintenance schedule page 8 3 and have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform inspections and servicing Use the air conditioner only when necessary Slow down on rough roads Keep the tires properly inflated Do not carry unnecessary weight Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving Keep the wheels in correct alignment Keep windows closed at high speeds Slow down when driving in crosswinds and headwinds A WARNING Never stop the engine when going down a hill Stopping the engine when going down a hill is dangerous This causes the loss of power steering and power brake control and may cause damage to the drivetrain Any loss of steering or braking control could cause an accident e e e e e o LJ e e Hazardous Driving A WARNING Be extremely careful if it is necessary to downshift on slippery surfaces Downshifting into lower gear while driving on slippery surfaces is dangerous The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid This could lead to loss
290. le J Motors 157 South Marine Drive Tamuning GUAM 96911 USA P O Box 6066 Tamuning Guam 96931 TEL 671 649 6555 V SAIPAN Pacific International Marianas Inc d b a Midway Motors P O Box 887 Saipan MP 96950 TEL 670 234 7524 Triple J Saipan Inc d b a Triple J Motors P O Box 500487 Saipan MP 96950 0487 TEL 670 234 7133 3051 V AMERICAN SAMOA Polynesia Motors Inc P O Box 1120 Pago Pago American Samoa 96799 TEL 684 699 9347 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Mazda Importer Distributors 9 13 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Warranties for Your Mazda New Vehicle Limited Warranty Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty Canada only Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty Anti perforation Limited Warranty Federal Emission Control Warranty U S A only Emission Defect Warranty Emission Performance Warranty California Emission Control Warranty U S A only Emission Control Warranty Canada only Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty Tire Warranty NOTE Detailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda e e o0 oe e e e o 9 14 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Outside the United States and Canada Government regulations in the United States and Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety standards Therefore vehicles built fo
291. le or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected 9 34 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Vehicle Loading A WARNING Do not tow a trailer with this vehicle Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle damage This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings from the vehicle s Safety Certification Label and Tire and Load Information Label A WARNING Overloaded Vehicle Overloading a vehicle is dangerous The results of overloading can have serious consequences in terms of passenger safety Too much weight on a vehicle s suspension system can cause spring or shock absorber failure brake failure handling or steering problems irregular tire wear tire failure or other damage Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control It also increases the distance required for stopping In cases of serious overloading brakes can fail completely particularly on steep grades The load a tire will carry safely is a combination of the size of the tire its load range and correspon
292. llowing new entry edit list names delete or erase all or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep New entry 5 Prompt Name please 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Say a voice tag for the name registered 7 Prompt Adding XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Registered voice tag Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt Home Work Mobile or Pager 10 Say Beep Mobile Say Home Work Mobile or Pager for the desired location to be registered 11 Prompt Mobile Location to be registered Is this correct 12 Say Beep Yes 13 Prompt Number please 14 Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Say the phone number to be registered 15 Prompt XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Phone number registration Is this correct 16 Say Beep Yes 17 Prompt Number saved Would you like to add another number for this entry 18 Say Beep Yes or No 19 If Yes an additional phone number registration can be made for the same entry If No the procedure proceeds to Step 20 20 Prompt Returning to main menu Making calls using the phone book Telephone calls can be made by saying the name of a person voice tag whose phone number has been registered in Bluetooth Hands Free in advance For the phone book setting method ref
293. long is dangerous The seat belt will not fit properly In an accident the seat belt will not provide adequate protection and you could be seriously injured Do not use the extender or choose one shorter in length if the distance between the extender s buckle and the center of the user s body is less than 15 cm 6 in 2 15 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Do not leave a seat belt extender connected to the buckle Leaving a seat belt extender connected to the buckle without using the seat belt is dangerous When the seat belt extender is connected to the driver s seat belt buckle or passenger seat the SRS driver s or passenger s air bag system will determine that the driver or passenger is wearing the seat belt even if the driver or passenger is not wearing it This condition could cause the driver s or passenger s air bag to not activate correctly and result in death or serious injury in the event of collision Always wear the seat belt with the seat belt extender Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system on the passenger seat Using a seat belt extender to fasten a child restraint system on any seat is dangerous Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions and never use a seat belt extender NOTE When not in use remove the seat belt extender and store it in the vehicle If the seat belt extender is left connected the s
294. loth will scratch the finish Don t use abrasive wax This may damage the protective coating and discolor or deteriorate the paint NOTE A spot remover to remove oil tar and similar materials will usually also take off the wax Rewax these areas V Plastic Part Maintenance When cleaning the plastic lenses of the lights do not use gasoline kerosene rectified spirit paint thinner highly acidic detergents or strongly alkaline detergents Otherwise these chemical agents can discolor or damage the surfaces resulting in a significant loss in functionality If plastic parts become inadvertently exposed to any of these chemical agents flush with water immediately If plastic parts such as the bumpers become inadvertently exposed to chemical agents or fluids such as gasoline oil engine coolant or battery fluid it could cause discoloration staining or paint peeling Wipe off any such chemical agents or fluids using a soft cloth immediately High water temperature and high water pressure car washers are available depending on the type of high pressure car washer device If the car washer nozzle is put too close to the vehicle or aimed at one area for an extended period of time it could deform plastic parts or damage the paint Do not use wax containing compounds polish Otherwise it could result in paint damage In addition do not use an electrical or air tool to apply wax Otherwise the frictional
295. lowing conditions increases the danger of the passenger air bag deploying and could result in serious injury or death to the child These are among the reasons why the passenger air bag should be turned off using the key The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when seating a child in the child restraint system Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child restraint system The seat is washed Liquids are spilled on the seat The passenger seat is moved backward and it is pushed into luggage or other items placed behind it Luggage or other items are placed between the passenger seat and center console Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the passenger seat are attached to the passenger seat Before installing child restraint system on the passenger seat move the passenger seat as far bach as possible In a collision the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to the child Make sure that the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the OFF position Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch page 2 43 Do not allow a child to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side air bags Allowing anyone to lean over or against the door is dangerous If the vehicle is equipped with side air bags the impact of an inflating side air bag could cause serious injury or death to the perso
296. m diameter code ON nA A U N Load index amp speed symbol T115 70D 16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating Here is an explanation of the various components of that tire size and load index rating Note that the tire size and load index rating may be different from the example T Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks as designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA us 115 is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters This three digit number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire 9 27 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A 70 70 is the aspect ratio This two digit number indicates the tire s ratio of height to width D D is the tire construction symbol D indicates diagonal ply construction 16 16 is the wheel rim diameter in inches 90 90 is the Load Index This two or three digit number indicates how much weight each tire can support M M is the speed rating The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of the tire is rated Letter Rating Speed Rating M 81 mph 9 28 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Location of the Tire Label Placard You will find the tire label containing ti
297. m h 12 mph a beep sound will be heard again for a specified period of time Refer to Seat Belt Warning Light Beep on page 5 47 V Ignition Key Reminder If the ignition is switched off or the ignition is switched to ACC with the key inserted a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened V Lights On Reminder If lights are on and the key is removed from the ignition switch a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened NOTE When the advanced keyless function is used and the start knob is in the ACC position the Start Knob Not in Lock Warning Beep page 3 19 overrides the lights on reminder 5 55 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Tire Inflation Pressure Warning Beep E The warning beep sound will be heard for about 3 seconds if the tire pressures decrease If the tire pressure decreases extremely a beep sound will be heard for approximately 30 seconds Refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System on page 5 30 V Advanced Keyless Warning with Advanced Key Warning indicators for the advanced key such as the advanced key removed from vehicle warning use a beep sound and warning indicator lights in the instrument cluster Refer to Warning and Beep Sounds on page 3 19 5 56 Some models Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Lighting Control V Headlights Turn the headlight switch to turn the headl
298. m the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mazda Motor Corporation Your Mazda Importer Distributor If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mazda Motor Corporation Your Mazda Importer Distributor To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov NOTE If you live in the U S A all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be forwarded to Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine California 92618 2922 or P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 800 222 5500 If you live outside of the U S A please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown page 9 12 in this booklet 9 42 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Canada Canadian customers who wish to report a safety related defect to Transport Canada Defect Investigations and Recalls may telephon
299. ma inmovilizador Modelo IMB111 02 Sistema inmovilizador con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 614 Sistema inmovilizador Modelo IMB111 03 Sistema inmovilizador con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 935 UAE l Approved by TRA 3 65 Knowing Your Mazda Security System V Operation Arming The system is armed when the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF The security indicator light in the instrument cluster flashes every 2 seconds until the system is disarmed eii Disarming The system is disarmed when the ignition is switched ON with the registered advanced key The security indicator light illuminates for about 3 seconds and goes out If the engine does not start with the correct advanced key and the security indicator light keeps illuminating or flashing the system may have a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 3 66 NOTE The engine may not start and the security indicator light may illuminate or flash if the advanced key is placed in an area where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal such as on the dashboard or in the glove box Move the advanced key to another place switch the ignition off and then restart the engine e Signals from a TV or radio station or from a transceiver or a mobile telephone could interfere with your immobilizer system If you are using the proper advanced key and the engine fails
300. minutes after the ignition switch is turned to off 7 18 If the temperature gauge indicates overheating 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and park off the right of way 2 Put a vehicle with an automatic transmission in park P a manual transmission in neutral 3 Apply the parking brake 4 Turn off the air conditioner 5 Check whether coolant or steam is escaping from under the hood or from the engine compartment If steam is coming from the engine compartment Do not go near the front of the vehicle Stop the engine Wait until the steam dissipates then open the hood and start the engine If neither coolant nor steam is Open the hood and idle the engine until it cools A CAUTION If the cooling fan does not operate while the engine is running the engine temperature will increase Stop the engine and call an Authorized Mazda Dealer 6 Make sure the cooling fan is operating then turn off the engine after the temperature has decreased 7 When cool check the coolant reservoir level If it s low look for coolant leaks from the radiator and hoses If you find a leak or other damage or if coolant is still leaking Stop the engine and call an Authorized Mazda Dealer Coolant reservoir If you find no problems the engine is cool and no leaks are obvious Carefully add coolant as required page 8 20 A CAUTION If the engine continues to overheat or frequen
301. n Children are more likely to sleep in the vehicle when they do they are more at risk in the passenger s seat that has a side air bag because they may slump over into the path of the seatback mounted air bag Furthermore leaning over or against the doors could bloch the side air bag and eliminate the advantages of supplemental protection Because the side air bag deploys from the outboard shoulder of the seat do not allow the child to lean over or against the side window even if the child is seated in a child restraint system 2 21 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous A seat belt used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed Never use one belt for more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly restrained Always use a child restraint system designed for use without a tether Using a child restraint system that requires a tether is dangerous Your Mazda does not have a child restraint tether The child restraint system cannot be properly secured In a collision it could move and injure other occupants as well as result in serious injuries or death to the child A CAUTION A seat belt or child restraint system can become very hot when exposed to direct sunlight dur
302. n page 5 35 V Convertible Top Maintenance j The convertible top is made of a special high grade material but if it s not taken good care of hardening staining and loss of luster will result Maintain it under these guidelines Washing Do not wait until the convertible top gets really dirty before cleaning it Dirt that s there too long will cause deterioration 1 Before washing remove dust and coarse particulate with a soft brush 2 Gently clean the convertible top with a synthetic neutral detergent lots of water and a soft brush 3 Rinse it thoroughly with clean water to remove all the soap 4 Wipe it as dry as you can before the water dries on it Maintenance and Care Appearance Care 5 Then allow it to dry completely before lowering it CAUTION gt Automatic and high pressure car washes are harmful to a convertible top Avoid them gt Do not spray water directly on the area where the window glass and the convertible top meet This would probably cause water to enter the cabin gt Do not spray water with a hose or a car washing device directly on the seam area of the body and the convertible top as it could result in water penetrating the trunk Appearance Polyvinyl only Dress the convertible top once a month after washing and drying it well For best results use a water based leather treatment or vinyl top dressing This will help maintain good appearance and material co
303. nce Some models 7 7 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire NOTE The tire sealant cannot be reused Purchase new tire sealant at an Authorized Mazda Dealer The emergency flat tire repair kit cannot be used in the following cases Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer The period of effective use for the tire sealant has expired The period of effectiveness is indicated on the bottle label The tear or puncture exceeds about 4 mm 0 16 in The damage has occurred to an area of the tire other than the tread The vehicle has been driven with nearly no air remaining in the tire The tire has come off the wheel rim Damage to the wheel rim has occurred The tire has two or more punctures V Using the IMS Emergency Flat Tire Repair Kit 1 Park on a level surface off the right of way and set the parking brake 2 Put a vehicle with an automatic transmission in Park P a manual transmission in Reverse R or 1 and turn off the engine 3 Turn on the hazard warning flasher 7 8 4 Unload passengers and luggage and remove the emergency flat tire repair kit 5 Shake the tire sealant well A CAUTION If the bottle is shaken after the injection hose is screwed on tire sealant could spray out from the injection hose Tire sealant contacting clothing or other objects may be impossible to remove Shake the bottle before screwing on the injection hose NOTE The tire
304. nced key battery power is low the KEY indicator light flashes for 30 seconds after the start knob is turned from the ON position to the ACC or OFF LOCK position Replace with a new battery before the advanced key becomes unusable page 3 7 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds NOTE The advanced key can be set so that the KEY indicator light green does not flash even if the battery power is low Refer to Setting Change Function Customization page 3 21 V Security Indicator Light eh This indicator light starts flashing every 2 seconds when the ignition is switched from ON to ACC and the immobilizer system is armed The light stops flashing when the ignition is switched ON with the correct ignition key At this time the immobilizer system is disarmed and the light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then turns off If the engine does not start with the correct ignition key and the security indicator light keeps illuminating or flashing the system may have a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Headlight High Beam Indicator Light This light indicates one of two things The high beam headlights are on The turn signal lever is in the flash to pass position V Shift Position Indicator Light Automatic Transmission This indicates the selected shift position when the ignition is switched ON 2 4 Ev 0 D M at Gear position indicator
305. nd the warning beep sound is heard about 3 seconds tire pressure is too low in one or more tires Some models 5 49 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire pressure Refer to the specification charts page 10 7 A CAUTION When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged 5 50 NOTE Perform tire pressure adjustment when the tires are cold Tire pressure will vary according to the tire temperature therefore let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive it 1 6 km 1 mile or less before adjusting the tire pressures When pressure is adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation pressure the TPMS warning light beep may turn on afier the tires cool and pressure drops below specification Also an illuminated TPMS warning light resulting from the tire air pressure dropping due to cold ambient temperature may turn off if the ambient temperature rises In this case it will also be necessary to adjust the tire air pressures If the TPMS warning light illuminates due to a drop in tire air pressure make sure to check and adjust the tire air pressures After adjusting the tire air pressures it may require some time for the TPMS warning light to turn off If the TPMS warning light remains illuminated drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km h
306. nd press the convertible top against the windshield Move the top latch slowly to make sure the anchor engages with the striker then rotate the top latch to the lock position until a click sound is heard Convertible top s handles A CAUTION Driving with the convertible top not fully locked could damage the convertible top If the red indicator is visible on the lock release button the convertible top is not locked After locking the convertible top verify that the red indicator is not visible Locked position Unlocked position Red indicator 2 NOTE The convertible top may be constricted if it is left retracted for a long period Therefore if the top has become constricted it may be difficult to hook the top latch striker to the anchor Make sure the convertible top is securely locked by pushing up on it If it still sounds loose rattles after being locked by the top latch have it inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Taking Care of the Top Refer to Convertible Top Maintenance page 8 55 for information on taking care of the convertible top Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 3 47 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Convertible Top Power Retractable Hardtop The power retractable hardtop opens closes electrically by operating switches in the vehicle When opening closing the hardtop the hardtop deck and window glass operate together The hardtop is stored in the stora
307. ndition of the convertible top Some models 8 55 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care A CAUTION gt Some leather treatment products can ruin the convertible top s gloss Be careful of the one you choose gt Test on an inconspicuous small corner of the convertible top if you are not sure Do not get any car wax on the convertible top If you do remove it with a good leather cleaner gt Too much treatment on the convertible top can be as damaging as too little Follow the manufacturer s directions Do not overdo it Let the convertible top dry completely before lowering after applying treatment or dressing Y Hardtop Maintenance Washing To help protect the hardtop s finish use a soft cloth or sponge to wash it Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial fallout and similar deposits can damage the finish if they are not removed immediately When prompt washing with plain water is ineffective use a mild soap made for use on vehicles A CAUTION Don t use an automatic car wash Don t use strong soap chemical detergents or hot water and don t wash the hardtop in direct sunlight or when the surface is warm 8 56 Some models Thoroughly rinse with lukewarm or cold water Don t allow soap to dry on the finish Waxing Wax the hardtop when water no longer beads on the paint Always wash and dry it before waxing ACAUTION gt Wiping off dust or dirt with a dry c
308. nds free switch with a short press Ending the current call Press the voice recognition hands free switch during the call with a long press V Voice guidance interrupt operation Voice guidance can be stopped by pressing the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press while it is being heard A new voice input command can then be spoken by the user Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press V Phone book settings Editing phone book The data registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phone book can be edited NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Phone book 3 Prompt Select one of the following new entry edit list names delete or erase all or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Edit 5 Prompt Please say the name of the entry you would like to edit or say List names or say cancel to return to main menu 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Say the voice tag for the registered name to be edited in the phone book 7 Prompt Home Work Mobile or Pager 8 Say Beep Home Say the registered location to be edited Home Work Mobile or Pager 9 Prompt XXXXX Ex
309. ne or approach it Speak the voice commands while maintaining a safe driving position Close the windows and or the moonroof to reduce loud noises from outside the vehicle or turn down the airflow of the climate control system while Bluetooth Hands Free is being used Voice recognition may not function correctly or voice quality may deteriorate under the following conditions A passenger is speaking Driving with the window and or the moonroof open Driving on bumpy roads Noise outside of the vehicle is loud Construction sites inside tunnels excess oncoming traffic or heavy rain Operation noise from turn signals wipers or the horn is heard e A C airflow is strong or wind is blowing on the microphone There is noise coming from cargo loaded in the vehicle Voice commands may not be recognized depending on the voice If the voice commands are not recognized correctly repeat the commands in a louder voice at a natural pace as 1f speaking to another person Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Dialects or different wording other than hands free prompts cannot be recognized by voice recognition Speak in the wording specified by the voice commands NOTE If the voice recognition performance is not satisfactory refer to Voice Recognition Learning Function Speaker Enrollment page 6 76 Please be aware that the voice recognition may still make an error despite following the a
310. ne while the vehicle is moving shift into neutral N NOTE Manual transmission The starter will not operate unless the clutch is depressed sufficiently Automatic transmission The starter will not operate if the shift lever is not in P or N 5 Switch the ignition to START and hold up to 10 seconds at a time until the engine starts A CAUTION Do not try the starter for more than 10 seconds at a time If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 10 seconds before trying again Otherwise you may damage the starter and drain the battery 6 After starting the engine let it idle for about 10 seconds NOTE In extremely cold weather or after the vehicle has not been driven in several days let the engine warm up without operating the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without use of the accelerator Ifthe engine does not start the first time refer to Starting a Flooded Engine under Emergency Starting If the engine still does not start have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer page 7 20 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Turning the Engine Off 1 Stop the vehicle completely 2 Manual transmission Shift into neutral Automatic transmission Shift the shift lever to the P position 3 Switch the ignition from ON to OFF LOCK A WARNING Do not stop the engine while the vehicle is moving Stopping the engine while the
311. nfirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 935 UAE l Approved by TRA 3 69 Knowing Your Mazda Security System V Operation Arming The system is armed when the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF The security indicator light in the instrument cluster flashes every two seconds until the system is disarmed eii Disarming The system is disarmed when the ignition is switched ON with the correct ignition key The security indicator light illuminates for about three seconds and goes out If the engine does not start with the correct ignition key and the security indicator light keeps illuminating or flashing the system may have a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 3 70 NOTE If the security indicator light illuminates and stays on or flashes when the ignition is switched ON the engine will not start Signals from a TV or radio station or from a transceiver or a mobile telephone could interfere with your immobilizer system If you are using the proper key and your engine fails to start check the security indicator light If it is flashing remove the ignition key and wait 2 seconds or more then reinsert it and try starting the engine again If it does not start after 3 or more tries contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the security indicator light flashes continuously while you are driving do not shut off the engine Go to an Authorized Mazda Dealer and have it che
312. ng To help protect the finish from rust and deterioration wash your Mazda thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If the vehicle is washed improperly the paint surface could be scratched Here are some examples of how scratching could occur Scratches occur on the paint surface when The vehicle is washed without first rinsing off dirt and other foreign matter The vehicle is washed with a rough dry or dirty cloth The vehicle is washed at a car wash that uses brushes that are dirty or too stiff Cleansers or wax containing abrasives are used NOTE e Mazda is not responsible for scratches caused by automatic car washes or improper washing Scratches are more noticeable on vehicles with darker paint finishes To minimize scratches on the vehicle s paint finish Rinse off any dirt or other foreign matter using lukewarm or cold water before washing 8 52 Use plenty of lukewarm or cold water and a soft cloth when washing the vehicle Do not use a nylon cloth Rub gently when washing or drying the vehicle Take your vehicle only to a car wash that keeps its brushes well maintained Do not use abrasive cleansers or wax that contain abrasives A CAUTION gt Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may damage the protective coating al
313. ng beep sound is heard decrease vehicle speed immediately and avoid sudden maneuvering and braking If a run flat tire is punctured the FLAT TIRE warning light illuminates in the instrument cluster and a beep sound is heard for about 30 seconds FLAT TIRE Until the flat tire is changed the beep sound is heard for about 30 seconds every time the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Vehicles with run flat tires can be driven even with a punctured tire under the following conditions Some models 7 3 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire Maximum vehicle speed with a punctured run flat tire 80 km h 49 mph Maximum driving distance with a punctured run flat tire 80 km 49 miles A CAUTION The maximum driving distance may be shorter depending on the driving conditions If a run flat tire is punctured carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest Mazda Dealer and have the tire changed NOTE A spare tire or Instant Mobility System IMS emergency flat tire repair kit is not equipped on vehicles with run flat tires as standard Replacing a punctured run flat tire with a new run flat tire is recommended Do not use run flat tires and conventional tires on the same vehicle V Vehicle with conventional tires If the following occurs while driving it could indicate a flat tire Steering becomes difficult The vehicle begins to vibrate excessively The vehicle pulls in one direction I
314. ng exhaust gas to enter the cabin Because exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide it could cause loss of consciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin 4 4 Before Getting In e Be sure the windows outside mirrors and outside lights are clean Inspect inflation pressures and condition of tires Look under the vehicle for any sign of fluid leaks e If you plan to back up make sure nothing is in your way NOTE Engine oil engine coolant brake clutch fluid washer fluid and other fluid levels should be inspected See Maintenance Section 8 Before Driving Your Mazda Before Starting the Engine After Getting In Are all doors closed and locked Is the seat adjusted properly Are the inside and outside mirrors adjusted Is the steering wheel adjusted properly Is each occupant s seat belt fastened Check all gauges Check all warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes off Always be thoroughly familiar with your Mazda 4 5 Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Break In Period No special break in is necessary but a few precautions in the first 1 000 km 600 miles may add to the performance economy and life of your Mazda Do not race the engine Do not maintain one constant speed either slow or fast for a long period of time Do not drive constantly at full thrott
315. ng the ON OFF switch 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which must be more than 30 km h 19 mph Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving 3 Press down the cruise control SET switch and release it at the desired speed Release the accelerator simultaneously RES Cruise control SET switch Do not continue to hold the switch Until you release it the speed will continue to decrease unless you continue to accelerate and you will miss the desired speed NOTE Ona steep grade the vehicle may momentarily slow down while ascending or speed up while descending Cruise control will turn off if the vehicle speed decreases below 30 km h 19 mph when cruise is activated such as when climbing a steep grade 5 23 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V To Increase Cruising Speed Follow either of these procedures To increase speed using cruise control switch Press up the cruise control RES switch and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the switch at the speed you want RES Cruise control SET switch Your vehicle has a tap up feature that allows you to increase your current speed in increments of 1 6 km h 1 mph by a momentary tap of the cruise control RES switch Multiple taps will increase your vehicle speed 1 6 km h 1 mph for each tap 5 24 To increase speed using accelerator pedal Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate to the desi
316. ng this interval NOTE Unsubscribed channels invalid channels and parental lock channels are not subject to the scan therefore these channels will skip automatically You can scan all channels while all categories are selected If you are in a selected category you can only scan the channels in that category Channel number channel name category artist song titles and info display Each time the text button is pressed during SIRIUS reception the display of the text data is changed over in the order shown below Channel number Channel name Info Category 1 name Song title lt Artist name 3 NOTE Ten characters are displayed on one screen To display the rest of the characters of a long title press and hold the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next ten characters Press and hold the text button TEXT again afier the last ten characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title Channel number display When the text button 1s pressed while in info display mode the mode changes to the channel number display mode Channel name display When the text button is pressed while in channel number display mode it changes to channel name display mode There are short eight fixed characters and long names for the channel name Interior Comfort Audio System The long name is displayed first and three seconds later the short name is displa
317. nk release lever is located on the inside of the trunk end trim Power Windows The ignition must be switched ON for the power windows to operate A WARNING Make sure the opening is clear before closing a window Closing power windows are dangerous A person s hands head or even neck could be caught by the window and result in serious injury or even death This warning applies especially to children Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks V Operating the Power Windows Type A Manual opening closing To open the window to the desired position lightly hold down the switch To close the window to the desired position lightly pull up the switch Passenger s window Driver s window XN tS Auto opening To fully open the window automatically press the switch completely down To stop the window partway lightly pull up the switch and then release it 3 37 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks V Operating the Driver s Side Power Window Type B Manual opening closing To open the window to the desired position lightly hold down the switch To close the window to the desired position lightly pull up the switch Auto opening To f
318. ns and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service For toll free Bluetooth Hands Free customer service call 800 430 0153 or go to www MazdaUSA com bluetooth for assistance 6 79 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Sunvisors When you need a sunvisor lower it for use in front Y Vanity Mirrors To use the vanity mirror lower the sunvisor 6 80 Interior Lights V Overhead Light Switch Position OFF Light off Overhead Light DOOR Lightis on when any door is open ON Light on V Trunk Light Switch Position OFF Light off Trunk Light ON Light on when the trunk is open Cup Holder A WARNING Never use a cup holder to hold hot liquids while the vehicle is moving Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids while the vehicle is moving is dangerous If the contents spill you could be scalded Do not put anything other than cups or drink cans in cup holders Putting objects other than cups or drink cans in a cup holder is dangerous During sudden braking or maneuvering occupants could be hit and injured or objects could be thrown around the vehicle causing interference with the driver and the possibility of an accident Only use a cup holder for cups or drink cans CAUTION To reduce the possibility of inj
319. nstallation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Increase the separation between the equipment and tuner Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the tuner is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Interior Comfort Audio System What is satellite radio With over 130 channels SIRIUS Satellite Radio brings you more of what you love Get 69 channels of 100 commercial free music plus all your favorite sports news talk and entertainment Everything worth listening to is now on SIRIUS 100 Commercial free Music With music from every genre artist dedicated channels live performances and more SIRIUS is the home of 100 commercial free music Live Sports Play by Play amp Expert Talk Hear every NFL game every NASCAR race and college sports coverage from over 150 schools Plus 24 7 sports talk with channels like SIRIUS NFL Radio SIRIUS NASC
320. nterclockwise To install the antenna turn it clockwise Make sure the antenna is securely installed Install Remove NH CAUTION To prevent damage to the antenna remove it before entering a car wash facility or passing beneath a low overhead clearance p NOTE When leaving your vehicle unattended we recommend that you remove the antenna and store it inside the vehicle 6 14 Some models Y Satellite Radio Antenna The satellite radio antenna receives SIRIUS signals Satellite radio antenna Operating Tips for Audio System AWARNING Do not adjust the audio control switches while driving the vehicle Adjusting the audio while driving the vehicle is dangerous as it could distract your attention from the vehicle operation which could lead to a serious accident Always adjust the audio while the vehicle is stopped Even if the audio control switches are equipped on the steering wheel learn to use the switches without looking down at them so that you can keep your maximum attention on the road while driving the vehicle A CAUTION For the purposes of safe driving adjust the audio volume to a level that allows you to hear sounds outside of the vehicle including car horns and particularly emergency vehicle sirens NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the audio system on for a long period of time when the engine is not running Ifa cellular
321. nternal injuries For maximum protection sit well bach and upright Always sit in the passenger seat properly with the seatback upright and feet on the floor Your passenger seat has weight sensors sitting in the passenger seat improperly out of position or with the seatback reclined too far while the vehicle is moving is dangerous as it can take off weight from the seat bottom and affect the weight determination of the passenger sensing system As a result the passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bag and seat belt pretensioner which could result in serious injury Always sit upright against the seatbach with your feet on the floor Essential Safety Equipment Seats Do not drive with the seatback unlocked All of the seatbacks play an important role in your protection in a vehicle Leaving the seatback unlocked is dangerous as it can allow passengers to be ejected or thrown around and baggage to strike occupants in a sudden stop or collision resulting in severe injury After adjusting the seatback at any time even when there are no other passengers rock the seatbach to make sure it is locked in place To change the seatback angle lean forward slightly while raising the lever Then lean back to the desired position and release the lever Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seatback is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward Essent
322. o sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire 65 65 is the aspect ratio This two digit number indicates the tire s ratio of height to width R R is the tire construction symbol R indicates Radial ply construction 15 15 1s the wheel rim diameter in inches 95 95 is the Load Index This two or three digit number indicates how much weight each tire can support 9 24 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A H H is the speed rating The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of the tire is rated Letter Rating Speed Rating 99 mph 106 mph 112 mph 118 mph 124 mph 130 mph 149 mph 168 mph 186 mph lt aj lt alcala mo For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR For tires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR M S or M S Mud and Snow AT All Terrain AS All Season The M S or M S indicates that the tire has some functional use in mud and snow U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN This begins with the letters DOT which indicates the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured For e
323. ods with the engine off or idling 6 83 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Windblocker This windblocker reduces rear wind blast into the cabin when driving with the convertible top down To use the windblocker lift it upright 6 84 In Case of an Emergency Helpful information on what to do in an emergency Parking in an Emergency sccsccscsssssscsscsssssesssssseessssseesores 7 2 Parking in an Emergency essere 7 2 OPINOR 7 3 EBENE T doen Ma onl ts teats mM M EU e a DN 7 3 Tool Storage cess Gon sik irae WR 7 5 Instant Mobility System IMS Emergency Flat Tire Repair A E A A tentata attinet Rut 7 7 Changing a Tire uie oot eoo 7 13 Overheating 7 18 Overheating nnn S SNO ee 7 18 Emergency Starting eese eese eese eese entente sten etn stus ena 7 20 Starting a Flooded Engine sse 7 20 Jump S tarts 2 55 pes RARE AH 7 21 Push Starting ioniene retiri eati 7 24 Emergency Towing sensoorse deuss en etn ernannt ense tns etna 7 25 Towing Description essere 7 25 Tedown Hooks atte ph ter e cett P ede paene 7 26 Recreational Towing esee 7 28 Some models 7 1 In Case of an Emergency Parking in an Emergency Parking in an Emergency The hazard warning lights should always be used when you stop on or near a roadway in an emergency The hazard warning lights warn other drivers that your ve
324. oes not indicate an abnormality Your vehicle has a self checking device and it operates while the engine is off 4 3 Before Driving Your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions Engine Exhaust Carbon Monoxide A WARNING Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle Engine exhaust gas is dangerous This gas contains carbon monoxide CO which is colorless odorless and poisonous When inhaled it can cause loss of consciousness and death If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle keep all windows fully open and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area Running the engine inside an enclosed area such as a garage is dangerous Exhaust gas which contains poisonous carbon monoxide could easily enter the cabin Loss of consciousness or even death could occur Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air when idling the engine Exhaust gas is dangerous When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closed and the engine running for a long time even in an open area exhaust gas which contains poisonous carbon monoxide could enter the cabin Loss of consciousness or even death could occur Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle particularly the tail pipe before starting the engine Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous The exhaust pipe could be blocked by the snow allowi
325. ollowing Pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode or say cancel to return to the main menu 5 Say Beep Pairing options 6 Prompt Do you want to pair a To use Bluetooth Hands Free a mobile phone equipped with Bluetooth has to be programmed to the hands free unit using the following procedure phone delete a phone or list paired phones Say Beep Pair a phone Prompt Please say a 4 digit pairing code 6 65 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 9 Say Beep X XXX Speak an arbitrary 4 digit pairing code This can be any combination of 4 numbers NOTE Some devices accept only a particular pairing code Usually 0000 or 1234 If pairing cannot be completed refer to the owner s manual of your mobile device and try those numbers if necessary Record the code as it will be used to program your phone in Step 16 10 Prompt Pairing code XXXX 4 digit number Is this correct 11 Say Beep Yes or No 12 If Yes go to Step 13 If No the procedure returns to Step 8 13 Prompt Start pairing procedure on phone See phone s manual for instructions 14 Using the mobile telephone perform a search for the Bluetooth device Peripheral device NOTE For the operation of the mobile telephone refer to its instruction manual 15 Select Mazda from the device list search
326. omply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communication equipment in vehicles in your State or Province Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones computers portable radios vehicle navigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties up the driver s hands Use of these devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious accident If a passenger is unable to use the device pull off the right of way to a safe area before use If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning use a hands free system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle Never use a cell phone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and instead concentrate on the full time job of driving 9 20 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U S National Highway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear traction and temperature performance V Tread Wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times as well on the government course as a tire grade
327. on snow and ice covered roads Mazda recommends that you replace the tires originally equipped on your vehicle with snow tires during the winter months A WARNING Use only the same size and type tires snow radial or non radial on all four wheels Using tires different in size or type is dangerous Your vehicle s handling could be greatly affected and result in an accident A CAUTION Check local regulations before using studded tires NOTE If your vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system the system may not function correctly when using tires with steel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls page 5 34 4 9 Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips YW Tire Chains Check local regulations before using tire chains A CAUTION Chains may affect handling gt Do not go faster than 50 km h 30 mph or the chain manufacturer s recommended limit whichever is lower gt Drive carefully and avoid bumps holes and sharp turns Avoid locked wheel braking Do not use chains on roads that are free of snow or ice The tires and chains could be damaged Chains may scratch or chip aluminum wheels NOTE If your vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system the system may not function correctly when using tire chains Install the chains on the rear tires Do not use chains on the front tires Please consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Installing the chains
328. ont passenger seat For details refer to the driver and front passenger occupant classification system page 2 47 If the air bag seat belt pretensioner system is working properly the warning light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON or after the engine is cranked The warning light turns off after a specified period of time A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes constantly illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON If any of these occur consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not work in an accident 2 38 Some models Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags A WARNING Never tamper with the air bag pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs Self servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous An air bag pretensioner could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death 2 39 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria This chart indicates the applicable SRS equipment that will deploy depending on the type of collision The illustrations are the representative cases of collisions Types of collision A severe frontal near frontal collision A severe side collision A rear collision SRS HE equipment C 0 ti ih Beat belt X both sides pretensioner Drive
329. or sssss 3 74 Money Saving Suggestions 4 6 Multi Pocket s s s 6 81 O Odometer and Trip Meter 5 38 Outside Mirrors sss 3 73 Outside Temperature Display 5 38 Overhead Lights ssss 6 80 Overheating eisi 7 18 Overloading sss 4 11 P Paint Damage sss 8 50 Parking Brake ssssss 5 7 Parking in an Emergency 7 2 Personalization Features 10 8 Power Door Locks 3 31 Power Retractable Hardtop 3 48 Power Steering sssssss 5 22 Fid suben RD 8 23 Index P Power Windows esses 3 37 Push Starting sss 7 24 R Rear Window Defroster 5 61 Rearview Mirror eee 3 74 Recreational Towing 7 28 Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign COUNTRY eese o e EEE in ep een 9 18 Rocking the Vehicle 4 8 S Safety Defects Reporting 9 42 Seat Belt System 3 point type ssssess 2 11 Automatic locking 2 10 Belt minder 2 16 Caution label 2 12 Emergency locking 2 9 Extendet i soni 2 15 Pregnant women 2 9 Pretensioner and load limiting 2 13 S
330. or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment To avoid damage to the key do not Drop the key gt Get the key wet gt Expose the key to any kind of magnetic field Expose the key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight Knowing Your Mazda Security System A CAUTION Do not allow the following when starting the engine with the auxiliary key due to an advanced key dead battery or other malfunction Otherwise the signal from the auxiliary key will not be received correctly and the engine may not start gt A key ring rests on the key grip gt Metal parts of other keys or metal objects touch the auxiliary key grip gt Spare auxiliary keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system touch or come near the auxiliary key Devices for electronic purchases or security passage which touch or come near the auxiliary key 3 63 Knowing Your Mazda Security System NOTE The advanced keys including auxiliary key carry a unique electronic code For this reason and to assure your safety obtaining a replacement advanced key including auxiliary key requires some waiting time They are only available through an Authorized Mazda Dealer Always keep a spare advanced key in case one is lost Ifan advanced key is lost consult an Aut
331. orage area or center console when the vehicle is moving is a dangerous way to ride During a sudden maneuver or collision you could be seriously injured or even killed Label The label indicates the position where convertible top is to be held when lowering or raising it Top latch assembly Top storage area Convertible top s handles Always keep your hands and fingers away from the fastening mechanisms when moving the convertible top It is dangerous to place your hands or fingers near the fastening mechanisms Your hands or fingers could be caught and injured by the mechanism CAUTION Remove leaves or other matter that may accumulate on and around the soft top Otherwise the water drainage outlets could become blocked resulting in water leakage For detailed maintenance of the water draining outlets consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Some models 3 43 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Before lowering or raising the convertible top stop in a safe place off the right of way and park on a level surface Make sure nothing is on the convertible top or near the back window when raising or lowering the convertible top Even small objects may interfere and cause damage When lowering the convertible top make sure objects inside the vehicle are not blown away by the wind Secure all loose objects inside before driving with the convertible top down To help prevent burglary or vandalism and
332. oring System TPMS Warning Light This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON Thereafter the warning light illuminates and a beep is heard when tire pressure is too low in one or more tires and flashes when there is a system malfunction A WARNING If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard decrease vehicle speed immediately and avoid sudden maneuvering and braking If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard it is dangerous to drive the vehicle at high speeds or perform sudden maneuvering or braking Vehicle drivability could worsen and result in an accident To determine if you have a slow leak or a flat pull over to a safe position where you can check the visual condition of the tire and determine if you have enough air to proceed to a place where air may be added and the system monitored again by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire repair station Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light Ignoring the TPMS warning light is dangerous even if you know why it is illuminated Have the problem taken care of as soon as possible before it develops into a more serious situation that could lead to tire failure and a dangerous accident Warning light illuminates Warning beep sounds When the warning light illuminates a
333. ould lead to injuries Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats front seat belt pretensioners and air bags after a collision Make sure the adjustable components of a seat are locked in place Adjustable seats and seatbacks that are not securely locked are dangerous In a sudden stop or collision the seat or seatback could move causing injury Make sure the adjustable components of the seat are locked in place by attempting to slide the seat forward and backward and rocking the seatback 2 2 Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is stopped Adjusting the driver s seat while the vehicle is moving is dangerous The driver could lose control of the vehicle and have an accident A CAUTION Be careful not to place your hands and fingers around moving parts of the front seat when adjusting the seat positions to prevent injury V Seat Slide To move a seat forward or backward raise the lever and slide the seat to the desired position and release the lever Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seat is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward WV Seat Recline A WARNING Do not drive with either front seat reclined Sitting in a reclined position while the vehicle is moving is dangerous because you do not get the full protection from seat belts During sudden braking or a collision you can slide under the lap belt and suffer serious i
334. ous engine damage A CAUTION gt USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will lead to deterioration of the emission control system and or failures gt Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10 ethanol by volume Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds this recommendation or if the gasoline contains any methanol Stop using gasohol of any kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly Never add fuel system additives Never add cleaning agents other than those specified by Mazda Other cleaning agents and additives may damage the system Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generally referred to as oxygenated fuels The common gasoline blend that can be used with your vehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10 Gasoline containing alcohol such as ethanol or methanol may be marketed under the name Gasohol Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may not be covered by the Mazda warranty Gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol 4 2 Before Driving Your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions Emission Control System Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system the catalytic converter is part of this system that
335. ous injuries or even death to the child seated in the rear facing child restraint system Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminated using the key to turn the passenger air bag off Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors on page 2 47 Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2 43 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint 2 29 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions The front and side supplemental restraint systems SRS include up to 4 air bags Please verify the air bags equipped on your vehicle by locating the SRS AIRBAG location indicators These indicators are visible in the area where the air bags are installed The air bags are installed in the following locations The steering wheel hub driver air bag The passenger dashboard passenger air bag The outboard sides of the seatbacks side air bags The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protection in certain situations so seat belts are always important in the following ways Without seat belt usage the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident Seat belt usage is necessary to Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air bag inflation such as roll over or rear impact Reduce th
336. oustic adjustment occurs with the lock unlock operation of the top latch on the roof and while the adjustment is being done the audio is muted for about 1 5 sec and then fades in AudioPilot 2 is a registered trademark of Bose Corporation BEEP setting The beep sound when operating the audio system can be set on or off Time adjustment Rotating the audio control dial switches the display between 12 and 24 hour clock time page 6 30 Interior Comfort Audio System 6 29 Interior Comfort Audio System V Clock Hour set button Display L Ceman sinws c aux Ga LJ fete SEEK TRACK REPLAY DISC FOLDER CAT Minute set button Clock button Setting the time The clock can be set at any time when the ignition is switched to ACC or ON 1 To adjust the time press the clock button CLOCK for about 2 seconds until a beep is heard The clock s current time will flash 2 To advance the hours press the hour set button H To advance the minutes press the minute set button M while the time is flashing 3 Press the clock button CLOCK again to start the clock 6 30 w Audio control dial NOTE When the clock button CLOCK is released the seconds are reset to 00 Ifthe power supply to the unit is interrupted if the fuse blows or the vehicle s battery is disconnected
337. ownshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life S 13 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Automatic Transmission Controls Various Lockouts gt Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift The ignition switch must be in the ACC or ON position E Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position NOTE The Sport AT has an option that is not included in the traditional automatic transmission giving the driver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transmission to shift gears Even if you intend to use the automatic transmission functions as a traditional automatic you should also be aware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may be retained as the vehicle speed increases If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear the engine racing confirm you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode page 5 16 5 14 V Transmission Ranges The shift lever must be in P or N to operate the starter P Park P locks the transmission and prevents the rear wheels from rotating A WARNING Always set the shift lever to P and set the parking brake Only setting the shift lever to the P position without using the parking brake to hold the vehicle is dangerous If P fails to hold the vehicle could move and cause an accident A CAUTION Shifting into P N or R while the vehicle is mov
338. p e e 6 81 Mu lti Pocket nane uper een Ete 6 81 Storage Compartment essent 6 82 A6cessory SOCKET 5e dore ER 6 83 Windblocker ineat aes 6 84 Some models 6 1 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Operating Tips V Operating the Climate Control System Operate the climate control system with the engine running NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the fan control dial on for a long period of time with the ignition switched ON when the engine is not running V Clearing the Air Inlet Clear all obstructions such as leaves snow and ice from the hood and the air inlet in the cowl grille to improve the system efficiency V Foggy Windows The windows may fog up easily in humid weather Use the climate control system to defog the windows To help defog the windows operate the air conditioner to dehumidify the air NOTE The air conditioner may be used along with the heater to dehumidify the air V Parking in Direct Sunlight If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows to let warm air escape then run the climate control system V Not Using for a Long Period Run the air conditioner about 10 minutes at least once a month to keep internal parts lubricated V Check the Refrigerant before the Weather Gets Hot Have the air conditioner checked before the weather gets hot Lack of refrigerant may make the air con
339. page 3 40 6X Eight bulbs itt bet etum tete t E e m i atto page 8 36 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle 1 5 Your Vehicle at a Glance Exterior Overview COM rT lid pp ne e een mets page 3 33 2 Antenna x nek facies lh e ein aai Ria ala we als page 6 14 3 Doors and Keys 2 2 eddie be trate Beth aaa ead page 3 30 4 Outside mirror ie eee o n RE m eere E ege op o ep rer e e page 3 73 BUT IT8S 2 nmt eir tte t ett e teal tty abies page 8 30 6 Light bulbs m eee e pepe td ie o n page 8 36 1 6 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle Essential Safety Equipment Use of safety equipment including seats seat belt system child restraint systems and SRS air bags Mir Seals crescit tne den bre e en D Ce ete end Non Adjustable Head Restraints sss Seat arme assent teta tenttle tet Stu ite atas Seat Belt Systems eese eee eee eese esses sensns tne tn sense tns tns enne 2 7 Seat Belt Precautions iidseid ente e aee Ta iaa ie T tasi 2 7 Seat Belts xi oio aes E a 2 11 Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems 2 13 Seat Belt Extender aere E nites 2 15 Seat Belt Warning Light Beep see 2 16 Child Restraint m 2 18 Child Restraint Precautions cccecceesceeceeseeeeeeseeeeeeseeneeneees 2 18 Child Restraint System Installation Position 2 23 Installing a Child Restra
340. passenger like the passenger air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the passenger seat page 2 47 or when the passenger air bag deactivation switch turned to the ON position page 2 43 Load limiter The load limiting system releases belt webbing in a controlled manner to reduce belt force on the occupant s chest While the most severe load on a seat belt occurs in frontal collisions the load limiter has an automatic mechanical function and can activate in any accident mode with sufficient occupant movement Even if the pretensioners have not fired the load limiting function must be checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer after any collision Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A WARNING Wear seat belts only as recommended in this owner s manual Incorrect positioning of the driver and passenger seat belts is dangerous Without proper positioning the pretensioner and load limiting systems cannot provide adequate protection in an accident and this could result in serious injury For more details about wearing seat belts refer to Fastening the seat belts page 2 11 Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has been expended Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately inspect the seat belt pretensioners and air bags after any collision Like the air bags the seat belt pretensioners and load limiters will only f
341. pinched in the mechanism Manual closing Tool preparation Locate the following tools in the glove box Refer to Tool Storage on page 7 5 Allen wrench Eyebolt Rope Opening the deck 1 Remove the antenna if it is installed Refer to Detachable Type on page 6 14 CAUTION Do the procedure with the antenna removed The antenna may be damaged if it is left installed 3 55 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE The gear units on both sides have to be unlocked to release the deck before it is raised manually Because the deck is heavy two adults are required to raise it The following describes the procedure for the gear unit on one side Perform the procedure on both sides 2 Insert the Allen wrench into the Allen socket in the bolt head that is pointed forward of the gear unit located under the deck lid as shown in the figure Allen wrench NOTE The gear units are located underneath the deck 3 56 3 Use the eyebolt to get enough torque on the short leg of the Allen wrench and turn the Allen wrench 4 times counterclockwise we Allen wrench Eyebolt 4 Disconnect the eyebolt from the Allen wrench leaving the Allen wrench in place and insert the threaded end of the eyebolt in the hole directly above the Allen socket and tighten it clockwise two full turns Thread hole Eyebolt ie NOTE Tighten the eyebolt with the Allen wrench in
342. place all four tires at the same time Replacing just one tire is dangerous It could cause poor handling and poor braking resulting in loss of vehicle control Mazda strongly recommends that you replace all four tires at the same time 8 32 A CAUTION With Tire Pressure Monitoring System When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged NOTE With Tire Pressure Monitoring System When tires with steel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls are used the system may not function correctly even with a genuine wheel Refer to System Error Activation on page 5 34 Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors whenever tires or wheels are replaced Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5 35 If a tire wears evenly a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread Replace the tire when this happens Tread wear indicator T i0 New tread Worn tread You should replace the tire before the band crosses the entire tread NOTE Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used on the road It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process The period in which the tire was manufactured both week and year is indicated by a 4 digit number Refer to The tire labelin
343. plemented in all provinces and territories Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact the Provincial Administrator at 1 800 207 0685 or by contacting the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan 235 Yorkland Boulevard suite 300 North York Ontario M2J 4Y8 http camvap ca Provincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below Province Territory CAMVAP Number British Columbia amp Yukon Territories 1 800 207 0685 Alberta amp Northwest Territories 1 800 207 0685 Saskatchewan 1 800 207 0685 Manitoba 1 800 207 0685 Ontario 1 800 207 0685 Atlantic Canada 1 800 207 0685 Quebec 1 800 207 0685 V Regional Offices REGIONAL OFFICES AREAS COVERED MAZDA CANADA INC WESTERN REGION ALBERTA 8171 ACKROYD ROAD BRITISH COLUMBIA SUITE 2000 MANITOBA RICHMOND B C SASKATCHEWAN V6X 3K1 YUKON 604 303 5670 MAZDA CANADA INC CENTRAL ATLANTIC REGION 55 VOGELL ROAD RICHMOND HILL ONTARIO ONTARIO L4B 3K5 905 787 7000 MAZDA CANADA INC QUEBEC REGION QUEBEC 6111 ROUTE TRANS NEW BRUNSWICK CANADIENNE NOVA SCOTIA POINTE CLAIRE QUEBEC PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND H9R 5A5 NEWFOUNDLAND 514 694 6390 9 8 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Puerto Rico Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business That is w
344. ppearance and fire resistance V Cleaning the Lap Shoulder Belt Webbing Clean the webbing with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpets Follow instructions Don t bleach or dye the webbing this may weaken it After cleaning the belts thoroughly dry the belt webbing and make sure there is no remaining moisture before retracting them A WARNING Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer replace damaged seat belts immediately Using damaged seat belts is dangerous In a collision damaged belts cannot provide adequate protection V Cleaning the Window Interiors If the windows become covered with an oily greasy or waxy film clean them with glass cleaner Follow the directions on the container CAUTION Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the window glass It could damage the thermal filaments When washing the inside of the window glass use a soft cloth dampened in lukewarm water gently wiping the thermal filaments Use of glass cleaning products could damage the thermal filaments Maintenance and Care Appearance Care 8 59 8 60 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Important consumer information including warranties and add on equipment Customer Assistance eese 9 2 Reporting Safety Defects 9 42 Customer Assistance U S A 9 2 Reporting Safety Defects U S A 9 42 Customer Assistance Canada
345. pping distances or even total brake failure This could cause loss of vehicle control and a serious accident Avoid continuous application of the brakes Dry off brakes that have become wet by driving slowly releasing the accelerator pedal and lightly applying the brakes several times until the brake performance returns to normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected A CAUTION gt Do not drive with your foot held on the clutch pedal or brake pedal or hold the clutch pedal depressed halfway unnecessarily Doing so could result in the following The clutch and brake parts will wear out more quickly The brakes can overheat and adversely affect brake performance Always depress the brake pedal with the right foot Applying the brakes with the unaccustomed left foot could slow your reaction time to an emergency situation resulting in insufficient braking operation gt Wear shoes appropriate for driving in order to avoid your shoe contacting the brake pedal when depressing the accelerator pedal Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V Parking Brake A WARNING Before leaving the driver s seat always switch the ignition to OFF LOCK set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is in P with an automatic tran
346. put commands are done in the selected language NOTE If the language setting is changed phone registration is maintained Phonebook records are not cleared but each language has a separate phonebook Therefore entries created in one language will need to be re entered in the phonebook of the new language Do these steps before you start driving These less used functions are too distracting to undertake while driving until you are fully familiar with the system Method 1 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode or say cancel to return to the main menu 4 Say Beep Language 5 Prompt Select a language English French or Spanish 6 Say Beep French Speak the desired language English French or Spanish NOTE Other language settings can also be made while in the current setting by saying the name of the language in the native pronunciation T Prompt French Desired language selected Is this correct Say Beep Yes Prompt French Desired language selected returning to main menu Spoken in the newly selected language Method 2 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press Say Beep French Say the desired
347. r ID signal code must be registered when a new tire pressure sensor is purchased For purchase of a tire pressure sensor and registration of the tire pressure sensor ID signal code consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer When reinstalling a previously removed tire pressure sensor to a wheel replace the grommet seal between valve body sensor and wheel for the tire pressure sensor 5 36 Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators Meters and Gauges D SDeedOHmi leb irr io E EROR rt ERR CHEEERE DRE ESTER HRTS page 5 38 Odometer Trip Meter Average Fuel Economy Display Outside Temperature Display and Selector uoce Red ntn e e er RD e ree ERUIT RR tee page 5 38 3 Tachometer queues nec Hee HH ERREUR DENTS page 5 39 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge sse page 5 40 b Fuel Ga ge dieit cime a ti m RR CHER EE ERR page 5 40 Dashboard Illumination sese nes page 5 41 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge ccccccccccccsessssesessesesseseseeseseesesecsesecseeeeseescsesesseeeesees page 5 41 5 37 Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators WV Speedometer The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle V Odometer Trip Meter Average Fuel Economy Display Outside Temperature Display and Selector The ignition must be switched ON Each time the selector is pressed the display switches in the order of trip meter A trip meter B the average fuel economy
348. r air ba X No air bag and front seat 8 belt pretensioner will be Passenger air x activated in a rear collision bag Side air z bag X impact side only X The SRS air bag equipment is designed to deploy in a collision The passenger front and side air bags and the seat belt pretensioner are designed to deploy depending on the condition of the total seated weight on the passenger seat or the status of the passenger air bag deactivation switch 2 40 Some models Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Limitations to SRS Air Bag In severe collisions such as those described previously in SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria the applicable SRS air bag equipment will deploy However in some accidents the equipment may not deploy depending on the type of collision and its severity Limitations to front near front collision detection The following illustrations are examples of front near front collisions that may not be detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment Impacts involving trees or poles Frontal offset impact to the vehicle Rear ending or running under a truck s tail gate Limitations to side collision detection The following illustrations are examples of side collisions that may not be detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment Side impacts involving trees or poles Side impacts with two wheeled vehicles 2 4
349. r the deck NOTE When the operation is finished a beep sound is heard and the operation indicator light turns off 3 52 V Closing the Power Retractable Hardtop 1 Park on a level surface off the right of way and firmly set the parking brake 2 Put a vehicle with an automatic transmission in Park P a manual transmission in Neutral 3 Apply the parking brake with the brake pedal depressed 4 Start the Engine NOTE Do not open close the hardtop with the engine stopped Otherwise the vehicle s battery power could be depleted 5 Press and hold the close button until the hardtop closes completely NOTE e When the close switch is pressed a beep sound is heard The hardtop keeps closing and the operation indicator light flashes while the close switch is pressed If the switch is released while the hardtop is closing the hardtop stops closing If the switch is pressed again the hardtop resumes closing 6 The deck opens NOTE If the windows are closed the windows automatically open partially when the deck opens 7 The hardtop comes out from under the deck Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 8 The hardtop closes NOTE When the operation is finished a beep sound is heard and the operation indicator light illuminates The power windows cannot be closed automatically 3 53 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 10 Move the top latch slowly
350. r use in the United States its territories and Canada may differ from those sold in other countries The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries We strongly recommend that you NOT take your Mazda outside these areas You may have these problems if you do Recommended fuel may be unavailable Any kind of leaded fuel or low octane fuel will affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine Proper repair facilities tools testing equipment and replacement parts may not be available The Mazda warranty applies only to Mazda vehicles registered and normally operated in the United States its territories and Canada 9 15 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Outside the United States Government regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety standards Therefore vehicles built for use in the United States may differ from those sold in other countries The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries We strongly recommend that you NOT take your Mazda outside the United States However in the event that you are moving to Canada permanently Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible for exportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to
351. rate when the key is in the ignition switch If the transmitter does not operate when pressing a button or the operation range becomes too small the battery may be dead To install a new battery refer to Maintenance page 3 27 Additional transmitters can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Up to 3 transmitters can be used with the keyless entry system per vehicle Bring all transmitters to an Authorized Mazda Dealer when additional transmitters are required 3 24 Some models V Transmitter Lock button Unlock button Trunk button NOTE The unlock button can be used to open the power windows Refer to Opening the Power Windows from Outside page 3 38 The operation indicator light flashes when the buttons are pressed Lock button To lock the doors press the lock button To confirm that both doors have been locked press the lock button again within 5 seconds If they are closed and locked the horn will sound Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE Doors can be locked by pressing the lock button while a door is open However the hazard warning lights will not flash and the horn will not sound Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that both doors are locked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights only flash when the theft deterrent system is armed The hazard warning lights do not flash if both the doors a
352. re inflation pressure by tire size and other important information on the driver s side B pillar or on the edge of the driver s door frame SAMPLE IN TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT ZF SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL 5 FRONT REAR NOMBRE DE PLACES AVANT ARRIERE 3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed kg or Ibs Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais d passer XXX kg ou XXX Ib COLD TIRE PRESSURE Jeeta TIRE SIZE PNEU DIMENSIONS ENERO MANUAL FOR FRONT ADDITIONAL AVANT P195 70R14 200 kPa 29 psi Jian VOIR LE MANUEL ABRIERE P195 70R14 200 kPa 29 psi DEL USAGER SPARE j POUR PLUS DE DE SECOURS T125 70D15 420 kPa 60 psi RENSEIGNEMENTS V Recommended Tire Inflation Pressure On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psi for the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle It is very important that the inflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure is maintained Refer to Tires on page 10 7 NOTE Tire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the recommended cold tire inflation pressure measured when the tires are cold after the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours As you d
353. re locked before the theft deterrent system is properly armed Refer to the theft deterrent system on page 3 71 Both doors cannot be locked when the key is in the ignition switch e Confirm that both doors are locked visually or audibly by use of the double click Unlock button To unlock the driver s door press the unlock button To unlock both doors press the unlock button again within 3 seconds NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that both doors are unlocked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights only flash when the theft deterrent system is turned off The hazard warning lights do not flash unless the theft deterrent system has been properly turned off Refer to the theft deterrent system on page 3 71 3 25 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE Auto re lock function After unlocking with the transmitter both doors will automatically lock if one of the doors is not opened within about 30 seconds Trunk button To open the trunk press the trunk button for more than second NOTE With power retractable hardtop The trunk lid can only be opened when the power retractable hardtop is fully opened closed Open close the power retractable hardtop completely before opening the trunk lid The trunk button is disabled when the trunk lid release lock out button inside the trunk is in the OFF position Refer to Remote
354. red speed Press down the cruise control SET switch and release it immediately RES Cruise control SET switch NOTE Accelerate if you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on Greater speed will not interfere with or change the set speed Take your foot off the accelerator to return to the set speed WV To Decrease Cruising Speed Press down the cruise control SET switch and hold it The vehicle will gradually slow Release the switch at the desired speed RES Cruise control SET switch Your vehicle has a tap down feature that allows you to decrease your current speed in decrements of 1 6 km h 1 mph by a momentary tap of the cruise control SET switch Multiple taps will decrease your vehicle speed 1 6 km h 1 mph for each tap V To Resume Cruising Speed at More Than 30 km h 19 mph If some other method besides the ON OFF switch was used to cancel cruising speed such as applying the brake pedal and the system is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when the cruise control RES switch is pressed up If vehicle speed is below 30 km h 19 mph increase the vehicle speed up to 30 km h 19 mph or more and press up the cruise control RES switch RES Cruise control SET switch WV To Cancel To cancel the system use one of these methods Press the ON OFF switch e Slightly depress the brake pedal
355. related to travelers on vacation You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada Recommended fuel may be unavailable Any kind of leaded fuel or low octane fuel will affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine Proper repair facilities tools testing equipment and replacement parts may not be available Please refer to your Manufacturer s Warranty Booklet for more information 9 17 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country Except United States and Canada Registering your vehicle in a foreign country may be problematic depending on whether it meets the specific emission and safety standards of the country in which the vehicle will be driven Consequently your vehicle may require modifications at personal expense in order to meet the regulations In addition you should be aware of the following issues Satisfactory vehicle servicing may be difficult or impossible in another country The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable Parts servicing techniques and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be unavailable There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take your vehicle The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries 9 18 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Add On Non Genuine Parts and Ac
356. reme hot or cold position e Inthe 4 or WY position the air conditioner is automatically turned on however the indicator light does not illuminate and the outside air mode is automatically selected to defrost the windshield In the gt or WY position the outside air mode cannot be changed to the recirculated air mode 6 8 Some models Y Cooling With Air Conditioner 1 Set the mode selector dial to the or 3 position 2 Set the temperature control dial to the cold position 3 Set the fan control dial to the desired speed 4 Turn on the air conditioner by pressing the A C switch 5 Adjust the fan control dial and temperature control dial to maintain maximum comfort A CAUTION When using the air conditioner while driving up long hills or in heavy traffic closely monitor the temperature gauge page 5 40 The air conditioner may cause engine overheating If the gauge indicates overheating turn the air conditioner off page 7 18 NOTE When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control dial to the extreme cold position and set the air intake selector to the recirculated air mode then turn the fan control dial fully clockwise Ifwarmer air is desired at floor level set the mode selector dial at the 74 or 4 position and adjust the temperature control dial to maintain maximum comfort The air to the floor is warmer than air to the face except when the temperature cont
357. revent them from rusting V Bright Metal Maintenance Use tar remover to remove road tar and insects Never do this with a knife or similar tool To prevent corrosion on bright metal surfaces apply wax or chrome preservative and rub it to a high luster 8 53 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care During cold weather or in coastal areas cover bright metal parts with a coating of wax or preservative heavier than usual It would also help to coat them with noncorrosive petroleum jelly or some other protective compound A CAUTION Don t use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration V Underbody Maintenance Road chemicals and salt used for ice and snow removal and solvents used for dust control may collect on the underbody If not removed they will speed up rusting and deterioration of such underbody parts as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though these parts may be coated with anti corrosive material Thoroughly flush the underbody and wheel housings with lukewarm or cold water at the end of each winter Try also to do this every month Pay special attention to these areas because they easily hide mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it
358. rference that may cause undesired operation 5 31 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON Thereafter the warning light illuminates and a beep is heard when tire pressure is too low in one or more tires and flashes when there is a system malfunction 5 32 A WARNING If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard decrease vehicle speed immediately and avoid sudden maneuvering and braking If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard it is dangerous to drive the vehicle at high speeds or perform sudden maneuvering or braking Vehicle drivability could worsen and result in an accident To determine if you have a slow leak or a flat pull over to a safe position where you can chech the visual condition of the tire and determine if you have enough air to proceed to a place where air may be added and the system monitored again by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire repair station Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light Ignoring the TPMS warning light is dangerous even if you know why it is illuminated Have the problem taken care of as soon as possible before it develops into a more serious situation that could lead to tire f
359. ries caused by deployment of the passenger air bag the system deactivates the passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt pretensioner system when the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates Refer to the following table for the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illumination conditions This system shuts off the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system so make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates according to the following table The air bag seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possible malfunction If this happens the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy 2 47 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Passenger air bag deactivation indicator light This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision If the passenger weight sensors are normal the indicator light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON The light turns off after a few seconds The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions Conaitinn detected by die Passenger air bag Passenger front and side Passenger seat belt passenger occupant AE A
360. rive the temperature in the tire warms up increasing the tire pressure 9 29 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A A WARNING Always check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to the recommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with the information in this owner s manual Driving your vehicle with under inflated tires is dangerous Under inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and may result in severe cracking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire It results in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of control and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by looking at them V Checking Tire Pressure 1 When you check the air pressure make sure the tires are cold meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile Remove the cap from the valve on one tire Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve Add air to achieve recommended air pressure nA Rot N If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the valve Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge
361. riving when the charging system warning light is illuminated because the engine could stop unexpectedly 5 45 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Check Engine Light E This indicator light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and turns off when the engine is started If this light illuminates while driving the vehicle may have a problem It is important to note the driving conditions when the light illuminated and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer The check engine light may illuminate in the following cases The fuel tank level being very low or approaching empty The engine s electrical system has a problem The emission control system has a problem The fuel filler cap is missing or not tightened securely If the check engine light remains on or flashes continuously do not drive at high speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible 5 46 V Air Bag Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light os x If the air bag seat belt pretensioner system is working properly the warning light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON or after the engine is cranked The warning light turns off after a specified period of time A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes constantly illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON If any of these occur consult an Authorized Mazda Deal
362. rning to main menu Read out of names registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phone book The Bluetooth Hands Free system can read out the list of names registered to its phone book 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Phone book 3 Prompt Select one of the following new entry edit list names delete or erase all or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep List names 5 Prompt XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX Ex John s phone Mary s phone Bill s phone Voice guidance reads out the voice tags registered to the phone book Press the voice recognition hands free switch during the read out at the desired name and then say one of the following voice commands to execute it Continue Continues the voice guidance Call Calls the registered phone number Edit Edits the registered phone number Delete Deletes the registered phone number Previous Returns to the previous phone number Cancel Returns to main menu 6 Prompt End of list would you like to start from the beginning 7 Say Beep No 8 Prompt Returning to main menu Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Hands Free Telephone Setting V Mobile phone Mobile phone registration For the registration of a Bluetooth equipped mobile telephone to Bluetooth Hands Free refer to Bluetooth Hands
363. rogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells 8 27 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries 8 28 NOTE Remove the rubber hose first and then battery cover before performing battery maintenance CC Orr t 77 Battery cover l wan 7 Before installing the battery cover make sure both of the cables connecting the negative battery terminal right side of battery are connected with the cables routed toward the right and back of the battery as shown in the figure Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance V Battery Maintenance To get the best service from a battery Keep it securely mounted Keep the top clean and dry Keep terminals and connections clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease Rinse off spilled electrolyte immediately with a solution of water and baking soda Ifthe vehicle will not be used for an extended time disconnect the battery cables
364. rol dial is set at the extreme hot or cold position V Ventilation 1 Set the mode selector dial to the or 3 position 2 Set the air intake selector to the outside air mode 3 Set the temperature control dial to the desired position 4 Set the fan control dial to the desired speed V Windshield Defrosting and Defogging 1 Set the mode selector dial to the HY position 2 Set the temperature control dial to the desired position 3 Set the fan control dial to the desired speed A WARNING Do not defog the windshield using the W position with the temperature control set to the cold position Using the W position with the temperature control set to the cold position is dangerous as it will cause the outside of the windshield to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident Set the temperature control to the hot or warm position when using the W position Interior Comfort Climate Control System NOTE For maximum defrosting set the temperature control dial to the extreme hot position and turn the fan control dial fully clockwise f warm air is desired at the floor set the mode selector dial to the position e Inthe or WY position the air conditioner is automatically turned on however the indicator light does not illuminate and the outside air mode is automatically selected to defrost the windshield Inthe or WY position the outside air mode
365. s Press the unlock button or press and hold the trunk button on the transmitter 3 72 NOTE If you have any problem with the theft deterrent system consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer WV Theft Deterrent Labels A label indicating that your vehicle is equipped with a Theft Deterrent System is in the glove compartment Mazda recommends that you affix it to the lower rear corner of a front door window Steering Wheel A WARNING Never adjust the steering wheel while the vehicle is moving Adjusting the steering wheel while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Moving it can very easily cause the driver to abruptly turn to the left or right This can lead to loss of control or an accident YW Tilt Steering Wheel To change the angle of the steering wheel stop the vehicle pull the tilt wheel release lever under the steering column down adjust the wheel then push the release lever up to lock the column Tilt wheel release lever After adjusting push the wheel up and down to be certain it s locked before driving Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors Mirrors V Outside Mirrors Check the mirror angles before driving Mirror type Flat type driver s side Flat surface mirror Convex type passenger side The mirror has single curvature on its surface A WARNING Be sure to look over your shoulder before changing lanes Changing lanes without taking into account the actual
366. s 0 C 32 F Air intake selector Outside or recirculated air positions can be selected Press the switch to select outside recirculated air positions Recirculated air position indicator light illuminated Use this position when going through tunnels driving in congested traffic high engine exhaust areas or when quick cooling is desired Outside air position indicator light turned off Use this position for normal conditions and defogging A WARNING Do not use the lt amp gt position in cold or rainy weather Using the lt amp position in cold or rainy weather is dangerous as it will cause the windows to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident 6 12 V Operation of Automatic Air Conditioning 1 Set the mode selector dial to the AUTO position 2 Set the air intake selector to the outside air position indicator light turned off 3 Set the temperature control dial to the desired position 4 Set the fan control dial to the AUTO position 5 Turn on the air conditioner To turn off the system set the fan control dial to OFF NOTE Setting the temperature to maximum high or low will not provide the desired temperature at a faster rate To prevent cool air blowing from the vents when heating right after starting the engine the amount of airflow is reduced until the air warms up Turn the mode selector dial to an OPEN MODE position for
367. s between display of the file name and other information each time the text button TEXT is pressed during playback Music CD Track number Elapsed time Track name m J e Album name Artist name 6 48 MP3 WMA CD File number Elapsed time Folder number File number File name wj Folder name Album name ID3 Tag Song name ID3 Tag Artist name ID3 Tag NOTE e The information viewable in the display is only CD information such as artist name song title which has been recorded to the CD The system can only display one byte alphabetic characters If two byte or other types of characters have been recorded to the CD they may not display correctly Display scroll Only 13 characters can be displayed at one time To display the rest of the characters of a long title press and hold the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next 13 characters Press and hold the text button TEXT again after the last 13 characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title NOTE The displayable number of characters is limited If the number of characters including the file extension mp3 wma exceeds 32 characters it may not be fully displayed Message display If CHECK CD is displayed it means that there is some CD malfunction Check the CD for damage dirt or smudges and then properly reinsert If the message appears again take the unit to an Authorized Mazda De
368. s disconnected The vehicle is driven over 999 9 km mile Average fuel economy display This mode displays the average fuel economy by calculating the total fuel consumption and the total traveled distance since purchasing the vehicle re connecting the battery after disconnection or resetting the data The average fuel economy is calculated and displayed every minute To clear the data being displayed press the selector for more than 1 second After pressing the selector L 100 km mpg will be displayed for about 1 minute before the fuel economy is recalculated and displayed Outside temperature display This mode displays the outside temperature NOTE Temperature unit change function hi To change the outside temperature display from Fahrenheit F to Centigrade C press and hold the selector for several seconds while the outside temperature is displayed Under the following conditions the ambient temperature display may differ from the actual ambient temperature depending on the surroundings and vehicle conditions Significantly cold or hot temperatures Sudden changes in ambient temperature The vehicle is parked The vehicle is driven at low speeds WV Tachometer The tachometer shows engine speed in thousands of revolutions per minute rpm Manual Transmission 5 6 x1000r min 7 Red zone Some models 5 39 Driving Your Mazda Instrument Clust
369. s free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Mute 3 Prompt Microphone muted Canceling mute 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Mute off 3 Prompt Microphone unmuted V Transferring a call Transferring a call from Hands Free to a mobile phone Communication between the hands free unit and a mobile phone is canceled and the line can be switched to a standard call using a mobile phone 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Transfer call 3 Prompt Transferred call to phone Transferring a call from a mobile phone to Hands Free Communication between mobile phones can be switched to the Bluetooth Hands Free system 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Transfer call 3 Prompt Transferred call to Hands Free system 6 70 Call waiting A call can be interrupted to receive an incoming call from a third party Call interrupt A call can be switched to a new incoming call Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press NOTE To refuse an incoming call press the voice recognition hands free switch with a long press After receiving a new incoming call the previous call is placed on hold Switching calls Switching back to the previous call can also be done Press the voice recognition ha
370. s in the reverse position Otherwise the engine will stop causing the loss of the power brake and power steering functions and make it difficult to control the vehicle which could result in an accident Passing For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing steep grades depress the accelerator fully The transmission will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed Climbing steep grades from a stop To climb a steep grade from a stopped position 1 Depress the brake pedal 2 Shift to D or M1 depending on the load weight and grade steepness 3 Release the brake pedal while gradually accelerating Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Descending steep grades When descending a steep grade shift to lower gears depending on load weight and grade steepness Descend slowly using the brakes only occasionally to prevent them from overheating 5 21 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Power Steering Power steering is only operable when the engine is running If the engine is off or if the power steering system is inoperable you can still steer but it requires more physical effort If the steering feels stiffer than usual during normal driving consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A CAUTION Never hold the steering wheel to the extreme left or right for more than 5 seconds with the engine running This could damage the power steering system 5 22 Some models Cru
371. s not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale gt Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly gt To avoid false readings the system samples for a little while before indicating a problem As a result it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deflation or blow out NOTE This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including inte
372. same type originally fitted to your vehicle For details contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Specifications Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure on page 8 30 Standard tire nen Inflation pressure Tire size Front Rear 205 50R16 87V 200 kPa 29 psi 200 kPa 29 psi 205 45R17 84W 200 kPa 29 psi 200 kPa 29 psi 205 A5RF17 84W 200 kPa 29 psi 200 kPa 29 psi V Fuses Refer to the fuse rating on page 8 44 10 7 Personalization Features Personalization Features The following Personalization Features are possible These settings can only be changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Setting Function Initial Setting After Setting Change The advanced key s remaining battery level warning light in the instrument cluster can be Activated Deactivated deactivated Advanced keyless The beep sound which is heard when locking unlocking both doors or the trunk lid Activated Deactivated can be deactivated entry The function to automatically lock doors when leaving the vehicle while carrying the key can Deactivated Activated be activated 1 When the autolock function is operating the warning sound will be heard regardless of the setting 2 When the autolock function is enabled windows will not automatically close You must close them before leaving vehicle 10 8 Index A Accessory Socket
373. se the clutch to hold the vehicle on an upgrade Riding the clutch will cause needless clutch wear and damage Do not apply any excessive lateral force to the gear lever when changing from sth to 4th gear This could lead to the accidental selection of 2nd gear which can result in damage to the transmission gt Make sure the vehicle comes to a complete stop before shifting to R Shifting to R while the vehicle is still moving may damage the transmission NOTE If shifting to R is difficult shift back into neutral release the clutch pedal and try again V Recommendations for Shifting Upshiftin For normal acceleration we recommend these shift points oou V rien Tp cutn 1to2 24 km h 15 mph 23 km h 14 mph 2103 42 km h 26 mph 37 km h 23 mph 3 to4 55 km h 34 mph 50 km h 31 mph 4to5 66 km h 41 mph 56 km h 35 mph 5 to 6 66 km h 41 mph Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving For cruising Gear ian aa 1 to2 15 km h 9 mph 18 km h 11 mph 2to03 29 km h 18 mph 32 km h 20 mph 3to4 47 km h 29 mph 44 km h 27 mph 4to5 61 km h 38 mph 56 km h 35 mph 5 to 6 68 km h 42 mph Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traffic or on a steep upgrade downshift before the engine starts to overwork This reduces the chance of stalling and gives better acceleration when you need more speed On a steep downgrade d
374. se the total seated weight on the passenger seat When an adult or large child sits on the passenger seat decreasing the total seated weight on the passenger seat required for air bag deployment is dangerous The passenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced total seated weight condition and the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy during an accident The passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bag which could result in serious injury Decreasing the total seated weight on the passenger seat could result in an air bag not deploying under the following conditions for example Luggage or other items placed under the passenger seat or between the passenger seat and center console that push up the passenger seat bottom The passenger seat occupant sits in a manner such that the occupant s entire weight is not placed on the seat sitting too close to the door Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the passenger seat are attached to the passenger seat The passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will deactivate if the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates Do not increase the total seated weight on the passenger seat When an infant or small child sits on the passenger seat increasing the total seated weight on the passenger seat is dangerous The passenger seat weight sensors will
375. sealant can be used at outside temperatures down to 30 C 22 F In extremely cold temperatures 0 C 32 F or below the tire sealant hardens easily and injection of the sealant will be difficult Warm the sealant inside the vehicle before doing the injection work 6 Remove the cap from the bottle Screw on the injection hose with the bottle s inner cap left on to break the inner cap Injection hose O Bottle 7 Remove the valve cap from the flat tire Press the back of a valve core tool to the core of the tire valve and bleed all the remaining air In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire CAUTION If there is air remaining in the tire when the valve core is removed the valve core could fly out Remove the valve core carefully 8 Turn the valve core counterclockwise with the valve core tool and remove the valve core Valve Valve core NOTE Store the valve core in a place where it won t get dirty 9 Remove the plug from the injection hose and insert the injection hose into the valve Plug eec Injection hose 7 9 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 10 Hold the bottom of the bottle upright squeeze the bottle with your hands and inject the entire amount of tire sealant into the tire 9 Valve NOTE The tire sealant cannot be reused Purchase a new tire sealant kit at an Authorized Mazda Dealer 11 Pull out the injection hose from the valve Reinsert the valve
376. serted The Allen wrench can serve as a reference for inserting the eyebolt more easily 5 Remove the bolt which is loosened using the Allen wrench by turning it counterclockwise NOTE After the bolt is clear of the hole keep the Allen wrench level while pulling it out with the bolt attached so as to prevent the bolt from hitting the vehicle and dropping Bring the removed bolt to an Authorized Mazda Dealer If you drop the bolt in the vehicle by mistake contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer a Tighten the eyebolt by turning it clockwise 5 more times Eyebolt 7 Unscrew the eyebolt now by turning it counterclockwise 8 Insert the threaded end of the eyebolt through the guide Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 9 Press the eyebolt against the sector gear Eyebolt Sector gear 10 Press and rotate the sector gear rearward to release the lock Eyebolt Sector gear A CAUTION When releasing the sector gear lock using the eyebolt make sure the eyebolt remains centered as you push it against the sector gear lock If the eyebolt slips it could cause your hand to veer and hit the vehicle resulting in minor scrapes or bruises 11 Pull out the eyebolt from the guide when the lock is released 12 Do the same procedure on the other side 3 57 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 13 Lift up the deck using two adults one on each side of the vehicle and open the deck completel
377. servoir when the engine is cool If it s at or near L add enough coolant to the coolant reservoir to provide freezing and corrosion protection and to bring the level to F A CAUTION Radiator coolant will damage paint Rinse it off quickly if spilled gt Use only soft demineralized water in the coolant mixture Water that contains minerals will cut down on the coolant s effectiveness Don t add only water Always add a proper coolant mixture The engine has aluminum parts and must be protected by an ethylene glycol based coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing DO NOT USE coolants Containing Alcohol methanol Borate or Silicate These coolants could damage the cooling system gt DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanol with the coolant This could damage the cooling system Don t use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze This would reduce effectiveness Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance NOTE If the FL22 mark is shown on or near the cooling system cap it is recommended to use Mazda Genuine FL22 engine coolant page 8 3 If the coolant reservoir is empty or new coolant is required frequently consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 8 21 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Brake Clutch Fluid V Inspecting Brake Clutch Fluid Level The brakes and clutch draw fluid from the same reservoir Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir re
378. set to 4 4 or 7 with the fan control dial in a position other than 0 and the temperature control dial in the maximum cold position the air intake selector switches to the recirculated air mode and the A C turns on automatically If A C is not desired press the A C switch to turn it off Fan control dial This dial allows variable fan speeds AUTO position The amount of airflow will be automatically controlled in accordance with the set temperature Interior Comfort Climate Control System Except AUTO position The airflow amount can be adjusted to the desired level by turning the dial OFF position To turn off the system set the dial to OFF Mode selector dial Turn the mode selector dial to select airflow mode page 6 4 AUTO position The airflow mode automatically adjusts to the selected temperature Except AUTO position The desired airflow position can be selected by turning the dial NOTE With the airflow mode set to 74 position and the temperature control dial set at a medium temperature heated air is directed to the feet and a comparably lower air temperature will flow through the central left and right vents A C switch 6 11 Interior Comfort Climate Control System With the fan control dial ON press the A C switch to select the air conditioning cooling dehumidifying functions on or off NOTE The air conditioner may not function when the outside temperature approache
379. shes to inform the driver that the start knob will not rotate to the ACC position even if it is pushed in from the OFF LOCK position The advanced key battery is dead The advanced key is not within operational range The advanced key is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal page 3 7 A key from another manufacturer similar to the advanced key is in the operational range 5 52 Under the following conditions the KEY warning light red will flash continuously when the start knob has not been returned to the OFF LOCK position to notify the driver that the advanced key has been removed from the vehicle It will stop flashing when the advanced key is back inside the vehicle The start knob has not been returned to the OFF LOCK position the driver s door is open and the advanced key is removed from the vehicle The start knob has not been returned to the OFF LOCK position and all the doors are closed after removing the advanced key from the vehicle NOTE The flashing KEY warning light red and the beep sound operate simultaneously page 3 22 KEY Indicator Light Green When illuminated When the start knob is pushed in from the OFF LOCK position the system confirms that the correct advanced key is inside the vehicle the KEY indicator light green illuminates and the start knob can be turned to the ACC position page 3 11 When flashing When the adva
380. smission or in 1 or R with a manual transmission It is important to switch the ignition to OFF LOCK even if you are not removing the key from the ignition or leaving the vehicle Leaving the key in other positions will disable some of the vehicle security systems and run the battery down Leaving the driver s seat without switching the ignition to OFF LOCK setting the parking brake and shifting the shift lever to P with an automatic transmission or to 1 or R with a manual transmission is dangerous Unexpected vehicle movement could occur This could cause an accident A CAUTION Driving with the parking brake on will cause excessive wear of the brake linings or pads NOTE For parking in snow refer to Winter Driving page 4 9 regarding parking brake use Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Setting the parking brake Depress the brake pedal and then firmly pull the parking brake lever fully upwards with sufficient force to hold the vehicle in a stationary position Releasing the parking brake Depress the brake pedal and pull the parking brake lever upwards then press the release button While holding the button lower the parking brake lever all the way down to the released position V Brake System Warning Light BRAKE This warning has the following functions Brake system warning Illuminates when there is a malfunction in the brake switch Parking brake warning The light illumina
381. so cleaners and detergents may discolor or deteriorate the paint To prevent damaging the antenna remove it before entering a car wash facility or passing beneath a low overhead clearance e Pay special attention to removing salt dirt mud and other foreign material from the underside of the fenders and make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial fallout and similar deposits can damage the finish if not removed immediately When prompt washing with plain water is ineffective use a mild soap made for use on vehicles Thoroughly rinse off all soap with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish After washing the vehicle dry it with a clean chamois to prevent water spots from forming A WARNING Dry off brakes that have become wet by driving slowly releasing the accelerator pedal and lightly applying the brakes several times until the brake performance returns to normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected When using a high water pressure car wash High water temperature and high water pressure car washers are available depending on the type of car wash machine If the car washer nozzle is put too close to the ve
382. so provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall V Information on Passenger Vehicle Tires Please refer to the sample below TIN U S DOT tire identification number Passenger car tire Nominal width of tire in millimeters Ratio of height to width aspect ratio Radial Run flat tire Rim diameter code Load index amp speed symbol o o0 NDA Bb 0 nM Severe snow conditions 10 Tire ply composition and materials used 9 23 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A 11 Max load rating 12 Tread wear traction and temperature grades 13 Max permissible inflation pressure 14 SAFETY WARNING P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating Here is an explanation of the various components of that tire size and load index rating Note that the tire size and load index rating may be different from the example P Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks as designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA NOTE If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or JATMA Japan Tire Manufacturing Association 215 215 is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters This three digit number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge t
383. soft cloth to prevent damage to the trim and gently insert it in the luggage compartment light as shown in the figure and then remove the luggage compartment light unit 2 Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out 3 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal 8 44 Fuses Your vehicle s electrical system is protected by fuses If any lights accessories or controls don t work inspect the appropriate circuit protector If a fuse has blown the inside element will be melted If the same fuse blows again avoid using that system and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible V Fuse Replacement Replacing the fuses on the vehicle s left side If the electrical system does not work first inspect the fuses on the vehicle s left side 1 Turn off the ignition switch and other switches 2 Remove the cover P P e B 3 Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse puller provided on the inside of the engine compartment fuse block cover 4 Inspect the fuse and replace it if it s blown 5 Insert a new fuse of the same amperage rating and make sure it fits tightly If it does not fit tightly have an expert install it We recommend an Authorized Mazda Dealer If you have no spare fuses borrow one of the same rating from a circuit not essential to vehicle operation such as the MIRROR or CIGAR circuit A CAUTION Always replace a fuse with one
384. sories Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting to ensure safe and correct handling eS Always wear eye protection when worhing near the battery Worhing without eye protection is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes Also hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid Spilled battery fluid is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in eyes or on the shin or clothing If this happens immediately flush your eyes with water for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention e Always keep batteries out of the reach of children Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous Battery fluid could cause serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the shin Y Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metal tools to contact the positive or negative terminal of the battery when working near a battery Do not allow the positive terminal to contact the vehicle body Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hyd
385. still require assistance ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange for you to meet the local Mazda Service Representative If more expedient contact Mazda Canada Inc Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements Regional Office address and phone numbers are shown page 9 8 VSTEP 3 Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department If still not substantially satisfied contact the Customer Relations Department Mazda Canada Inc 55 Vogell Road Richmond Hill Ontario LAB 3K5 Canada TEL 1 800 263 4680 Provide the Department with the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle Vehicle Identification Number VIN Refer to the Vehicle Identification Labels page of section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN UJ Purchase date Present odometer reading ON nn A Your dealer s name and location 7 The nature of your problem and or cause of dissatisfaction The Department in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative will review the case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction 9 6 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use of your Mazda dealer s service facilities personnel and equipment We urge you to follow the above three steps in sequence for most effective results V Medi
386. stomer Service or visit www MazdaUSA com bluetooth for a complete list of compatible phones Mobile phones which can be connected to the hands free system need to be compliant with Bluetooth specifications and the appropriate profile However even among these Bluetooth phones are some which will not connect with your Mazda or will have limited function Therefore consult Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service for information regarding mobile phone compatibility Phone 800 430 0153 Web www MazdaUSA com bluetooth Applicable Bluetooth specification Ver 1 1 or higher Response profile HFP Hands Free Profile Ver 1 0 DUN Dial up Networking Profile Ver 1 1 GBluetooth Bluetooth is the registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc Some models 6 61 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free NOTE The Bluetooth Hands Free system is operable several seconds after the ignition is switched to ACC or ON requires less than 15 seconds If the ignition is switched off during a hands free call the line is transferred to the mobile telephone automatically Ifthe mobile telephone is in a location where radio reception is difficult such as a metal container or in the trunk the call may not be connected using Bluetooth If communication is not possible change the location of the mobile telephone Y Component parts Bluetooth Hands Free consists of the following items Voice Recognition Hands Fre
387. store it in a safe place not in the vehicle for use if you need to make a replacement key NOTE Write down the code number and keep it in a separate safe and convenient place but not in the vehicle If your key is lost consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer and have your code number ready Some types of key chains cannot be attached to the retractable type key In this case use the key ring provided with the transmitter which has the key code number plate attached Key ring 3 23 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Key extend retract method Retractable type key To extend the key press the release button Keyless Entry System with Retractable Type Key This system remotely locks and unlocks the doors and opens the power windows It can also help you signal for attention Press the buttons slowly and carefully A CAUTION To avoid damage to the transmitter do not Drop the transmitter gt Get the transmitter wet Disassemble the transmitter Expose the transmitter to any kind of magnetic field Expose the transmitter to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight To retract the key rotate it into the holder while pressing the release button NOTE The keyless entry system is designed to operate up to about 2 5 m 8 fi from the center of the vehicle but this may vary due to local conditions The system does not ope
388. suspension ball joints and wheel I bearing axial play Manual transmission oil Rear differential oil Driveshaft dust boots I Exhaust system and heat shields I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T All locks and hinges LILIE Washer fluid level I I I Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace L Lubricate T Tighten Remarks 1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 3 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance Replace the tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date 8 10 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance V Schedule 2 Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 x1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 ENGI
389. t Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A CAUTION gt The DSC may not operate correctly unless the following are observed gt Use tires of the correct size specified for your Mazda on all four wheels gt Use tires of the same manufacturer brand and tread pattern on all four wheels gt Do not mix worn tires The DSC may not operate correctly when tire chains are used or a temporary spare tire is installed because the tire diameter changes If repair or replacement of the steering or other surrounding equipment is necessary have it done at an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the center position of the steering deviates the DSC may not operate correctly because there is a sensor in the steering which detects driving conditions V TCS DSC Indicator Light This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the TCS or DSC is operating the indicator light flashes If the light stays on the TCS or DSC may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Some models 5 27 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V DSC OFF Indicator Light DSC OFF This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON It also illuminates when the DSC OFF switch is pressed and TCS DSC is switched off page 5 28 If the light stays on when the TCS DSC is not switched off take your vehicle to
390. t Returning to main menu Mobile phone selection This function is for switching to a different mobile phone which has been registered beforehand The selected mobile phone will remain in effect until the ignition is switched off 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Select phone 5 Prompt Please say 1 priority 1 for XXXXX Ex phone A 2 priority 2 for XXXXX Ex phone B 6 Say Beep 2 Say the priority number for the mobile phone to be used as first priority 6 74 7 Prompt XXXXX Ex phone B Registered phone tag selected is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt XXXXxX Ex phone B Phone tag will temporarily override phone priorities returning to main menu Registered mobile phone deletion Registered mobile phones can be deleted individually or collectively NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following pairing options confirmation prompts select phone
391. t cannot be displayed This unit can only display English including numerals one byte characters Use only English including numerals one byte characters when inputting ID3 tags Two byte characters and some special symbols cannot be displayed 6 21 Interior Comfort Audio System Specialized glossary MP3 Abbreviation for MPEG Audio Layer 3 A technical standard for audio compression as decided by an ISO International Organization for Standardization MPEG working group Use of MP3 allows for audio data to be compressed to approximately a tenth of the source data size ISO 9660 An international standard for logical formatting of CD ROM files and folders It is divided into three separate levels based on differences in file naming procedures data configuration and other characteristics Multi session A session is the complete amount of data recorded from the beginning to the end of a single period of CD ROM CD R CD RW data recording Multi session refers to the existence of data from two or more sessions on a single disc Sampling Refers to the process of encoding analog audio data at regular intervals and converting it to digital data The sampling rate refers to the number of times a sample is taken in one second and is expressed in Hz units Increasing the sampling rate improves the sound quality but also increases the data size 6 22 Bit rate Refers to the volume of data per second
392. t in an accident Do not install two floor mats one on top of the other on the driver s side Installing two floor mats one on top of the other on the driver s side is dangerous as the retention pins can only keep one floor mat from sliding forward In using a heavy duty floor mat for winter use always remove the original floor mat Loose floor mat s will interfere with the foot pedal and could result in an accident When setting a floor mat position the floor mat so that its eyelets are inserted over the pointed end of the retention posts 4 8 Rocking the Vehicle A WARNING Do not spin the wheels at more than 56 km h 35 mph and do not allow anyone to stand behind a wheel when pushing the vehicle When the vehicle is stuck spinning the wheels at high speed is dangerous The spinning tire could overheat and explode This could cause Serious injuries A CAUTION Too much rocking may cause engine overheating transmission failure and tire damage If you must rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud depress the accelerator slightly and slowly move the shift lever from 1 D to R Winter Driving Carry emergency gear including tire chains window scraper flares a small shovel jumper cables and a small bag of sand or salt Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer to perform the following precautions Have the proper ratio of antifreeze in the radiator Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8
393. t name ID3 Tag NOTE The information viewable in the display is only CD information such as artist name song title which has been recorded to the CD The system can only display one byte alphabetic characters If two byte or other types of characters have been recorded to the CD they may not display correctly Display scroll Only 13 characters can be displayed at one time To display the rest of the characters of a long title press and hold the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next 13 characters Press and hold the text button TEXT again after the last 13 characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title 6 53 Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE The displayable number of characters is limited If the number of characters including the file extension mp3 wma exceeds 32 characters it may not be fully displayed Message display If CHECK CD is displayed it means that there is some CD malfunction Check the CD for damage dirt or smudges and then properly reinsert If the message appears again take the unit to an Authorized Mazda Dealer for service V Operating the Auxiliary jack You can connect portable audio units such as an MP3 player or similar products on the market to the auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio over the vehicle s speakers Refer to Auxiliary Input page 6 58 6 54 Interior Comfort Audio System V Error Indications
394. t of a dead transmitter battery or malfunction Removing the auxiliary key Pull out the auxiliary key from the advanced key Ks d Locking unlocking the doors The doors can be locked unlocked using the auxiliary key refer to Locking Unlocking with Key page 3 30 Opening the trunk lid The trunk lid can be opened using the auxiliary key refer to Opening and Closing the Trunk Lid page 3 33 A CAUTION Do not open the trunk while the power retractable hardtop is opening closing The power retractable hardtop and trunk lid mechanisms could be damaged Starting the engine The engine can be started with the auxiliary key refer to Ignition Switch page 5 2 3 18 Advanced Key Suspend Function If one key is left in the vehicle or trunk and the second key is used to lock the vehicle the functions of the advanced key left in the vehicle or the trunk are temporarily suspended to prevent theft of the vehicle The following are inoperable Starting the engine using the start knob Operating the request switches To restore these functions perform any one of the following Press the lock or unlock button on the advanced key which has had its functions suspended While carrying another advanced key push in the start knob until the KEY indicator light green in the instrument cluster illuminates Insert the auxiliary key and switch the ignition ON e e Knowing Yo
395. t pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Snow Tires In some heavy snow areas local governments may require true snow tires those with very deeply cut tread These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the other tires on your vehicle SAFETY WARNING The following safety warning appears on the tire s sidewall SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM EXPLOSION OF TIRE RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING MATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER NEVER EXCEED 40 psi 275 kPa TO SEAT BEADS ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNT TIRES TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER INFLATION OVERLOADING DAMAGE FOLLOW OWNER S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE FREQUENTLY CHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE 9 26 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A V Information on Temporary Tires Please refer to the sample below 1 Temporary tires Nominal width of tire in millimeters Ratio of height to width aspect ratio Diagonal Ri
396. t prevention feature prevents you from locking yourself out of the vehicle With the key in the ignition switch both doors will automatically unlock if they are locked using the power door locks with any door open Some models 3 31 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Locking unlocking with ke Both doors lock automatically when the driver s door is locked with the key Both doors unlock when the driver s door is unlocked and the key is held in the unlock position for one second or longer NOTE Holding the key in the unlocked position in the driver s door lock for about a second unlocks both doors To unlock only the driver s door insert the key into the driver s door lock and turn the key briefly to the unlock position and then immediately return it to the center position 3 32 Locking unlocking with door lock switch Both doors lock automatically when LOCK is pressed They all unlock when the unmarked part of the door lock switch is pressed Unlock Locking unlocking with request switch with advanced key Both doors can be locked unlocked by operating the request switch on the front doors while carrying the advanced key outside the vehicle refer to Operations Using Advanced Keyless Functions page 3 7 Locking unlocking with transmitter with advanced key Both doors can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 15
397. t provides adequate freeze resistance for all regions and climates in which the vehicle will be operated 8 23 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Inspect fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir add fluid if necessary Use plain water if washer fluid is unavailable But use only washer fluid in cold weather to prevent it from freezing 8 24 Body Lubrication All moving points of the body such as door and hood hinges and locks should be lubricated each time the engine oil is changed Use a nonfreezing lubricant on locks during cold weather Make sure the hood s secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released Wiper Blades A CAUTION Hot waxes applied by automatic car washers have been known to affect the wiper s ability to clean windows gt To prevent damage to the wiper blades don t use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them Contamination of either the windshield or the blades with foreign matter can reduce wiper effectiveness Common sources are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes If the blades are not wiping properly clean the window and blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent then rinse thoroughly with clean water Repeat if necessary V Replacing Windshield Wiper Blades When the wipers no longer clean well the blades are probably worn or cracked Replace them A CAU
398. tach this plate and store it in a safe place not in the vehicle for use if you need to make a replacement key Also write down the code number and keep it in another safe and handy place but not in the vehicle If your key is lost consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer with the code number ready 3 3 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System A CAUTION gt Because the advanced key uses low intensity radio waves it may not function correctly under the following conditions gt The advanced key is carried with communication devices such as cellular phones The advanced key contacts or is covered by a metal object The advanced key is near electronic devices such as personal computers or cell phones Non Mazda genuine electronic equipment is installed in the vehicle There is equipment which discharges radio waves near the vehicle gt If the vehicle is near equipment such as wireless pay devices installed at certain gas stations The advanced key may consume battery power excessively if it receives high intensity radio waves Do not place the advanced key near electronic devices such as televisions or personal computers To avoid damage to the advanced key DO NOT Drop the advanced key Get the advanced key wet Disassemble the advanced key Expose the advanced key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight Place heavy objects on the advanc
399. tention Press the buttons slowly and carefully NOTE The keyless entry system is designed to operate up to about 2 5 m 8 ft from the center of the vehicle but this may vary due to local conditions The system does not operate when the auxiliary key is in the ignition switch e With the start knob installed in the OFF LOCK position the system is fully operational If the ignition is not switched off or the start knob is pushed in the system does not operate Both doors cannot be locked by pressing the lock button while either door is open The hazard warning lights will also not flash With power retractable hardtop The trunk lid cannot be operated remotely if the power retractable hardtop is not fully opened or fully closed Ifthe transmitter does not operate when pressing a button or the operational range becomes too small the battery may be dead To install a new battery refer to Maintenance page 3 5 Transmitter Lock button Operation indicator light Unlock button Trunk button Panic button NOTE The unlock button can be used to open the power windows Refer to Opening the Power Windows from Outside page 3 38 The operation indicator light flashes when the buttons are pressed Lock button To lock the doors press the lock button A beep sound will be heard once and the hazard warning lights will flash once To confirm that both doors have been locked press the lock
400. tes when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switched to START or ON It turns off when the parking brake is fully released Low brake fluid level warning If the light stays on after the parking brake is fully released you may have a brake problem Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way You may notice that the pedal is harder to depress or that it may go closer to the floor In either case it will take longer to stop the vehicle 1 With the engine stopped open the hood and check the brake fluid level immediately and then add fluid if required page 8 22 2 After adding fluid check the light again If the warning light remains on or if the brakes do not operate properly do not drive the vehicle Have it towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Even if the light turns off have your brake system inspected as soon as possible by an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an indicator of leakage Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the brake light is no longer illuminated A WARNING Do not drive with the brake system warning light illuminated Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving with the brake system warning light illuminated is dangerous It indicates that your brakes may not work at all or that they could completely fail at any time If this light remains illuminat
401. that the covers are securely installed 7 24 Push Starting Do not push start your Mazda A WARNING Never tow a vehicle to start it Towing a vehicle to start it is dangerous The vehicle being towed could surge forward when its engine starts causing the two vehicles to collide The occupants could be injured A CAUTION Do not push start a vehicle that has a manual transmission It can damage the emission control system NOTE You can t start a vehicle with an automatic transmission by pushing it Towing Description We recommend that towing be done only by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a commercial tow truck service Proper lifting and towing are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle Government and local laws must be followed A towed vehicle usually should have its drive wheels rear wheels off the ground If excessive damage or other conditions prevent this use wheel dollies In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing A CAUTION Do not tow the vehicle pointed forward with driving wheels on the ground This may cause internal damage to the transmission A CAUTION Do not tow with sling type equipment This could damage your vehicle Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment 7 25 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing Tiedown Hooks A CAUTION Do not use the front and rear tiedown eyelets for towing the vehicle They have been designed
402. the folder down button W for less than 1 5 seconds or press the folder up button A for less than 1 5 seconds to advance to the next folder Music scan During music CD playback This function scans the titles on a CD and plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to During MP3 WMA CD playback This function scans the titles in a folder currently being played and plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to Press the scan button SCAN during playback to start the scan play operation the track number will flash Press the scan button SCAN again to cancel scan playback 6 52 NOTE If the unit is left in scan normal playback will resume where scan was selected Repeat playback During music CD playback 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback to play the current track repeatedly RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback During MP3 WMA CD playback Track repeat 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback to play the current track repeatedly After TRACK RPT is displayed RPT is displayed 2 To cancel the repeat playback press the button again after 3 seconds Folder repeat 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks in the current folder repeatedly After FOLDER RPT is
403. the button the frequency will continue changing without stopping Scan tuning Press the scan button SCAN to automatically sample strong stations Scanning stops at each station for about 5 seconds To hold a station press the scan button SCAN again during this interval Preset channel tuning The 6 preset channels can be used to store 6 AM and 12 FM stations 1 To set a channel first select AM FMI or FM2 Tune to the desired station 2 Depress a channel preset button for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard The preset channel number and station frequency will be displayed The station is now held in the memory 3 Repeat this operation for the other stations and bands you want to store To tune one in the memory select AM FMI or FM2 and then press its channel preset button The station frequency and the channel number will be displayed NOTE If the power supply is interrupted fuse blows or the battery is disconnected the preset channels will be erased Auto memory tuning This 1s especially useful when driving in an area where the local stations are not known Additional AM FM stations can be stored without disturbing the previously set channels Interior Comfort Audio System Press and hold the auto memory button AUTO M for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard the system will automatically scan and temporarily store up to 6 stations with the strongest frequencies in eac
404. the convertible top along the center edge and pull it toward the vehicle rear P a Center edge NOTE To lower the convertible top from inside the vehicle use the convertible top s handles Convertible top s _ handles Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 7 Continue to move the convertible top rearward while pressing the rear glass lightly with your hand 8 After the convertible top has been folded down press the back end of the folded down convertible top until a click sound is heard then the front end Lightly rock the retracted convertible top to make sure it is securely locked 9 Raise the windblocker if it is needed NOTE The windblocker reduces the amount of wind coming into the cabin from behind when driving with the convertible top opened Refer to Windblocker on page 6 84 3 45 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks V Raising the Convertible Top Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Fully open the left and right windows 3 Turn off the engine 4 Pull the unlock lever outward to disengage the lock pe ncn Hen 5 Standing outside of the vehicle hold the convertible top along the center edge and pull it towards the vehicle front Center edge 3 46 NOTE To raise the convertible top from inside the vehicle use the convertible top s handles Convertible top s _ handles 6 Sitting in a seat grasp the convertible top s handles a
405. the engine starts to overwork This gives better acceleration when you need more speed On a steep downgrade downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life 5 20 Some models Y Direct Mode Direct mode can be used for temporarily switching gears by operating the steering shift switch while the vehicle is being driven with the selector lever in the D range While in direct mode the D and M indicator lights illuminate and the gear position in use is illuminated Direct mode is canceled released under the following conditions The vehicle is driven at a constant speed The needle in the tachometer approaches the red zone The vehicle is driven at a constant speed and the accelerator pedal is heavily depressed The vehicle is stopped or moving at a slow speed 2 9 e o D M Direct mode indicator Gear position indicator NOTE Shifting up and down while in direct mode may not be possible depending on the vehicle speed In addition because direct mode is canceled released depending on the rate of acceleration or if the accelerator is fully depressed use of the manual shift mode is recommended if you need to drive the vehicle in a particular gear for long periods V Driving Tips A WARNING Do not allow the vehicle to move in reverse on an up slope while the selector lever is in a forward gear position or move forward on a down slope while the selector lever i
406. the trunk lid The operational range for opening the trunk lid is an area of up to 80 cm 31 in from the center of the trunk lid Exterior transmitter gt Operational range Starting the engine The operational range for starting the engine includes nearly the entire cabin area Interior transmitter C3 Operational range 3 8 NOTE The trunk is out of the operational range however starting the engine may be possible The engine may not start if the advanced key is placed in the following areas Around the dashboard In the storage compartments such as the glove box On the rear parcel shelf Starting the engine may be possible even if the advanced key is outside of the vehicle and extremely close to a door and window however always start the engine from the driver s seat If the vehicle is started and driven away while the advanced key is not in the vehicle the vehicle will not restart after it is turned off and the ignition is switched off If the advanced key is detected within operational range the operation indicator light on the transmitter flashes momentarily V Locking Unlocking the Doors with Request Switch Both doors can be locked unlocked by pressing the request switch on a door while the advanced key is being carried Request switch Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System To lock To lock the doors press the request
407. through the pin on the link twice so that it does not loosen Before closing the deck two small ropes need to be installed and tied into the trunk so that the deck does not pop up while driving and so that the deck can be raised for servicing by an Authorized Mazda Dealer N Route one end of the rope to the inside of the vehicle passing it through the gap in the trim Route the other end to the outside of the vehicle passing it through the links To the inside of the vehicle 3 59 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks To the outside of the vehicle NOTE Always route the one end of the rope to the inside of the vehicle If it is not inside the vehicle it will be difficult to service the hardtop at an Authorized Mazda Dealer 3 Do the same procedure on the other side 4 Close the deck uniformly on both sides using two adults one on each side of the vehicle A CAUTION Close the deck using two adults Doing it alone could result in injury or the deck lid mechanism being twisted which could damage it 3 60 5 Lightly pushing the deck downward pull the ropes to the rear along both sides of the trunk to hold the deck down NOTE Pull the ropes horizontally to the vehicle rear 6 Lightly move the deck and verify that it is secured completely 7 Open the trunk using the key and tie the rope to the bracket and knot it twice so that it does not loosen Rope NY SS
408. tly overheats have the cooling system inspected The engine could be seriously damaged unless repairs are made Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer In Case of an Emergency Overheating 7 19 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting Starting a Flooded Engine If the engine fails to start it may be flooded excessive fuel in the engine Follow this procedure 1 If the engine does not start within five seconds on the first try switch the ignition off wait ten seconds and try again 2 Depress the accelerator all the way and hold it there 3 Switch the ignition to START and hold it there for up to ten seconds If the engine starts release the key and accelerator immediately because the engine will suddenly rev up 4 If the engine fails to start crank it without depressing the accelerator for up to ten seconds If the engine still does not start using the above procedure have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer 7 20 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting Jump Starting Jump starting is dangerous if done incorrectly So follow the procedure carefully If you feel unsure about jump starting we strongly recommend that you have a competent service technician do the work A WARNING Follow These Precautions Carefully To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting it
409. to a child in a sudden stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Even in a moderate accident the child may be exposed to air bag forces that could result in serious injury or death to the child or the child may be slammed into an adult causing injury to both child and adult Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminated when using a rear facing child restraint system Seating a child in a rear facing child restraint system that is installed on the passenger seat with the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light not illuminated is extremely dangerous In an accident an air bag could inflate and cause serious injuries or even death to the child seated in the rear facing child restraint system Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminated using the key to turn the passenger air bag off Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2 43 Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors on page 2 47 2 20 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Seating a child in a child restraint system on the passenger seat is dangerous under certain conditions This vehicle is equipped with both a passenger seat weight sensor and a passenger air bag deactivation indicator light page 2 47 Even with the passenger seat weight sensors seating a child in a child restraint system on the passenger seat under the fol
410. to ensure that the passenger compartment stays dry close the convertible top securely and lock both doors when leaving the vehicle Do not drive through an automatic car wash it may damage the convertible top Do not raise or lower the convertible top when the temperature is below 5 C 41 F this will damage the convertible top material Do not lower the convertible top when it s wet If the convertible top dries while folded it will deteriorate and shrink Lowering the convertible top while it s wet can also cause water to drip into the passenger compartment Do not raise or lower the convertible top in a strong wind as it could damage the convertible top or cause an unexpected accident 3 44 V Lowering the Convertible Top l RW N Make sure the parking brake is applied Fully open the left and right windows Turn off the engine Make sure there are no objects which have been placed in the area where the convertible top is to be retracted A WARNING Do not place heavy or sharp objects in the convertible top storage area Putting heavy or sharp objects in the convertible top storage area is dangerous During a sudden stop or collision they can become projectiles that might hit and injure passengers Pull the top latch outward by pressing the lock release button to detach the lock Make sure the lock is detached Lock release button 6 Standing outside of the vehicle hold
411. tor will flash twice to signal that the gears cannot be shifted down to protect the transmission Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Shifting You can shift gears up and down by operating the shift lever or the steering shift switches NOTE If the steering shift switches on both sides left and right are operated simultaneously the gear will shift once The gear will not shift if the UP switch and DOWN switch are operated simultaneously Manually Shifting up M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 To shift up to a higher gear tap the shift lever back once To shift up to a higher gear with the steering shift switches tap either of the UP switches toward you once with your fingers UP switches S 17 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING Keep your hands on the steering wheel rim when using fingers or thumbs on the steering shift switches Putting your hands inside the rim of the steering wheel when using the steering shift switches is dangerous If the driver s air bag were to deploy in a collision your hands could be impacted causing injury NOTE When driving slowly the gears may not shift up In manual shift mode gears do not shift up automatically Do not run the engine with the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE If the tachometer needle enters the RED ZONE you may feel engine braking However this does not indicate an abnormality When depress
412. trols air bag inflation in two energy stages During an impact of moderate severity the driver s air bag deploys with lesser energy whereas during more severe impacts it deploys with more energy 2 36 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags V Passenger Air Bag The passenger air bag is mounted in the passenger dashboard The inflation mechanism for the passenger air bag is the same as the driver s air bag as mentioned above For more details about air bag deployment refer to SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 40 In addition the passenger air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the passenger seat For details refer to the driver and passenger occupant classification system page 2 47 2 37 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Y Side Air Bags The side air bags are mounted in the outboard sides of the front seatbacks When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force the system inflates the side air bag only on the side in which the vehicle was hit The side air bag inflates quickly to reduce injury to the driver or front passenger s chest caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window For more details about air bag deployment refer to SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 40 In addition the front passenger side air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the fr
413. ts on chassis and body T T T All locks and hinges L L L L L L Washer fluid level I I I I I I Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace C Clean L Lubricate T Tighten Remarks Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 3 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance Replace the tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date 8 12 Cont Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72 x1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 ENGINE Drive belts I I Engine valve clearance Audibly inspect every 120 000 km if noisy adjust Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R Engine oil filter R R R R
414. tter with Advanced Key The doors can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 15 V Locking Unlocking with Transmitter with Retractable Type Key The doors can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 24 V Locking Unlocking with Door Lock Knob To lock any door from the inside press the door lock knob To unlock pull it outward This does not operate the other door locks Lock po Unlock To lock any door with the door lock knob from the outside press the door lock knob to the lock position and close the door This does not operate the other door locks Door lock knob Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE When locking the doors this way be careful not to leave the key inside the vehicle With advanced key The driver s door cannot be locked using the door lock knob from the outside With retractable type key The driver s door cannot be locked using the door lock knob from the outside if the key is in the ignition switch Y Power Door Locks Vehicle lock out prevention With advanced key The vehicle lock out prevention feature prevents you from locking yourself out of the vehicle Both doors will automatically unlock if they are locked using the power door locks with any door open With retractable type key The vehicle lock ou
415. tton Folder up button CD eject button Display Repeat button Z emam YJ smus f eo Jf au j Cc Play Pause button Cz vv Do mem C NCC BIEN CO e ore FOLDER gt sre mace Load button Track down Reverse button Scan button Type Playable data Music MP3 WMA CD player Music data CD DA MP3 WMA file NOTE Ifa disc has both music data CD DA and MP3 WMA files playback of the two or three file types differs depending on how the disc was recorded Inserting the CD Insert the CD into the slot label side up The auto loading mechanism will set the CD and begin play NOTE There will be a short lapse before play begins while the player reads the digital signals on the CD 6 46 Folder down button Track up Fast forward button Text button Random button Ejecting the CD Press the CD eject button amp to eject the CD Playback Press the CD play button CD to start play when a CD is in the unit If a CD is not in the unit when the CD play button CD is pressed NO DISC will flash on and off NOTE When the load button LOAD is pressed the CD will load and play even if the CD eject button amp had been previously pressed Pause To stop playback press the Play Pause button Pl Press the button again to resume playback Fast forward Reverse Press and hold the fast forward button
416. tured tire with the temporary spare tire Refer to the manufacturer s instructions Warning light flashes When the warning light flashes there may be a system malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Flat Tire Warning Light FLAT TIRE This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON 5 34 Warning light illuminates Warning beep sounds If the tire pressures decrease extremely after the TPMS warning light has illuminated or if a tire is punctured the flat tire warning light also illuminates and a beep sound will be heard for approximately 30 seconds Refer to Vehicle with run flat tires on page 7 3 WV System Error Activation When the TPMS warning light flashes there may be a system malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A system error activation may occur in the following cases When there is equipment or a device near the vehicle using the same radio frequency as that of the tire pressure sensors When a metallic device such as a non genuine navigation system is equipped near the center of the dashboard which may block radio signals from the tire pressure sensor to the receiver unit When using the following devices in the vehicle that may cause radio interference with the receiver unit A digital device such as a personal computer Acurrent converter device such as a DC AC converter When excess snow or ice adheres to the vehicl
417. ty grading system UTOGS itinere ts 9 21 TOOL 5t Saad e HERR 7 5 Tool Storage esses 7 5 T Towing Description eesriie 7 25 Emergency towing 7 25 Ho0l amp tetti tih hate 7 26 Recreational towing 7 28 Trailer towing sess 4 13 Traction Control System TCS 5 26 TCS DSC indicator light 5 26 Trailer Towing sess 4 13 Trip Meter sss 5 38 Trunk Lid RBE 3 33 Inside trunk release lever 3 35 Trunk Light 6 80 Turn and Lane Change Signals 5 59 V Vanity Mirrors sse 6 80 Vehicle Information Labels 10 2 W Warning Lights sess 5 42 ABS 21 ee REUS 5 44 Air bag system sses 5 46 Automatic transmission 5 48 Brake system ssssss 5 44 Charging system ss 5 45 Check engine sss 5 46 Door ajar ssssee 5 48 Flat tifen oret 5 51 KEY re Rem 5 51 Low fel sii y Seen eet ts 5 47 Seat belt eeu 5 47 Seat belt pretensioner system 5 46 Tire pressure monitoring SYSTE NI Dana rsa a 5 49 Wartanty ieiitee c vete aio 9 14 W Washer Fluid usus 8 23 Weights ideis 10 5 Wheel Replacement 8 33 Windblocker esses 6 84 Windows Power windows sssss 3 37 Windshield Washer 5
418. ual to best explain how to enjoy your Mazda By reading your manual you can find out about the features important safety information and driving under various road conditions The symbol below in this manual means Do not do this or Do not let this happen Index A good place to start 1s the Index an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual You ll find several WARNINGS CAUTIONSs and NOTEs in the manual A WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation in which serious injury or death could result if the warning is ignored CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which bodily injury or damage to your vehicle or both could result if the caution is ignored NOTE A NOTE provides information and sometimes suggests how to make better use of your vehicle The symbol below located on some parts of the vehicle indicates that this manual contains information related to the part Please refer to the manual for a detailed explanation Table of Contents Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior exterior views and part identification of your Mazda Essential Safety Equipment Use of safety equipment including seats seat belt system child restraint systems and SRS air bags Knowing Your Mazda Explanation of basic operations and controls opening closing and adjustment of various parts Before Driving Your Mazda m Important information about driving your Mazda Driving Your
419. ubber ring shown in the figure to be scratched or damaged gt If the rubber ring detaches reattach it before inserting a new battery Rubber ring V Service If you have a problem with the advanced keyless functions consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer If your advanced key is lost or stolen bring all remaining advanced keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible for a replacement and to make the lost or stolen advanced key inoperative A CAUTION Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions V Operational Range The system operates only when the driver is in the vehicle or within operational range while the advanced key is being carried NOTE When the battery power is low or in places where there are high intensity radio waves or noise the operational range may become narrower or the system may not operate Locking unlocking the doors The operational range for locking unlocking the doors is an area of up to 80 cm 31 in from the center of the door handles Exterior transmitter C2 Operational range NOTE The system may not operate if you are too close to the windows door handles Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Opening
420. uids on the seats or under the seats To allow the sensors to function properly always perform the following Adjust the seats as far bach as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly gt If you place your child on the passenger seat secure the child restraint system properly and slide the passenger seat as far bach as possible NOTE The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if luggage or other items are put on the passenger seat or if the temperature of the vehicle s interior changes suddenly The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the total seated weight on the passenger seat changes The air bag seat belt pretensioner system warning light might illuminate if the passenger seat receives a severe impact You must deactivate the passenger air bag using the key page 2 43 and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates when an adult is seated in the passenger seat have the passenger re adjust their posture by sitting with their feet on the floor and then re fastening the seat belt If the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light still illuminates slide the passenger seat as far back as possibl
421. ully open the window automatically press the switch completely down To stop the window partway lightly pull up the switch and then release it 3 38 Some models V Operating the Passenger Power Window Type B To open the window to the desired position hold down the switch To close the window to the desired position pull up the switch V Opening the Power Windows from Outside Both power windows can be opened from outside the vehicle after the doors are closed NOTE The power windows cannot be opened from outside the vehicle under the following condition A door or the trunk lid is opened The key is inserted into the ignition switch With advanced key The start knob is in any position except Lock Opening Because nobody likes getting into a very hot car we have introduced a way to get a head start on cooling it even before you put your seat belts on and insert your key in the ignition If you see the vehicle is in a secure area you can open the both windows as you approach the vehicle to get the air moving before you even step into the hot vehicle A WARNING Use the auto window function only when you can see the vehicle and it is in a secure area Do not let children play with your keys If they open the window without your knowing the open windows are an even bigger invitation to a thief than leaving the doors unlocked The windows can be opened for ventilating the cabin before
422. uments or window cleaners with abrasives to clean the inside of the rear window surface They may damage the defroster grid inside the window NOTE This defroster is not designed for melting snow If there is an accumulation of snow on the rear window remove it before using the defroster S 61 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Hazard Warning Flasher To sound the horn press the kc mark on The hazard warning lights should always the steering wheel be used when you stop on or near a roadway in an emergency The hazard warning lights warn other drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard and that they must take extreme caution when near it Depress the hazard warning flasher and all the turn signals will flash NOTE The turn signals do not work when the hazard warning lights are on Check local regulations about the use of hazard warning lights while the vehicle is being towed to verify that it is not in violation of the law 5 62 HomeLink Wireless Control System NOTE HomeLink and HomeLink house are registered trademarks of Johnson Controls The HomeLink system replaces up to 3 hand held transmitters with a single built in component in the auto dimming mirror Pressing the HomeLink button on the auto dimming mirror activates garage doors gates and other devices surrounding your home Indicator light DO sts prot HomeLink button Driving Your Mazda Switches and
423. unction once and must be replaced after any collision that caused them to deploy A seat belt with an expended pretensioner or load limiter is still better than wearing no seat belt at all however if the seat belt pretensioners and load limiters are not replaced the risk of injury in a collision will increase 2 13 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Do not modify the components or wiring or use electronic testing devices on the pretensioner system Modifying the components or wiring of the pretensioner system including the use of electronic testing devices is dangerous You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable which would prevent it from activating in an accident The occupants or repairers could be seriously injured Properly dispose of the pretensioner system Improper disposal of the pretensioner system or a vehicle with non deactivated pretensioners is dangerous Unless all safety procedures are followed injury could result Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer how to safely dispose of the pretensioner system or how to scrap a pretensioner equipped vehicle NOTE The pretensioner system will activate in a moderate or greater frontal or near frontal collision It will not activate in most rollovers side or rear impacts The pretensioner system for the passenger is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the passenger seat Some smoke non toxic gas w
424. ur Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Warning and Beep Sounds V System Malfunction Warning Beep If any malfunction occurs in the advanced keyless function the KEY warning light red in the instrument cluster illuminates continuously and beep sounds will be heard A CAUTION If the KEY warning light red remains illuminated do not continue to drive the vehicle with the advanced keyless function Park the vehicle in a safe place and use the auxiliary key to continue driving the vehicle Have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Refer to Ignition Switch page 5 2 WV Start Knob Not in LOCK Warning Beep If the start knob is in the ACC position and the driver s door is opened a continuous beep sound will be heard to notify the driver that the start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position In this case the keyless entry system does not operate the car cannot be locked and the battery will run down V Advanced Key Removed from Vehicle Warning Beep Under the following conditions a beep sound will be heard and the KEY warning light red will flash continuously when the start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position to notify the driver that the advanced key has been removed The KEY warning light red will stop flashing when the advanced key is back inside the vehicle The start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position the driver s door is
425. urn the socket and bulb assembly to remove it Carefully remove the bulb from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out of the socket 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure NOTE Replacing front passenger side lamp bulb Turn the socket and bulb assembly screw counterclockwise 6 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal Front turn signal lights Parking lights 1 If you are changing the right bulb start the engine turn the steering wheel all the way to the right and turn off engine If you are changing the left bulb turn the steering wheel to the left N Make sure the turn signal switch is off U Turn the center section of the plastic retainer counterclockwise and remove the retainers and partially peel back the mudguard 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Rear turn signal lights Reverse lights Brake lights Taillights Rear side marker lights Rear side marker lights Due to the complexity and difficulty of the procedure the LED bulbs should be replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Rear turn signal lights Reverse lights Brake lights Taillights 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the applicable light switch is off 2 Lift the trunk 3 Pull the center section of the plastic retainers and remove them then remo
426. ury in an accident or a sudden stop keep cup holders closed when not in use To open the cup holder lid press the switch rearward and slide the lid open Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Multi Pocket Multi pockets are on the inside of the doors Multi pocket A CAUTION Do not use the multi pochets for containers without caps The contents may spill when the door is opened or closed 6 81 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Storage Compartments A WARNING Keep storage boxes closed when driving Driving with the storage boxes open is dangerous To reduce the possibility of injury in an accident or a sudden stop keep the storage boxes closed when driving ACAUTION Do not leave lighters or eyeglasses in the storage boxes while parked under the sun A lighter could explode or the plastic material in eyeglasses could deform and crack from high temperature WV Glove Box To open the glove box pull the latch toward you Insert the key auxiliary key and turn it clockwise to lock counterclockwise to unlock Advanced key equipped vehicle 6 82 Some models W Seat Side Box To open pull the release catch Insert the key and turn it clockwise to lock counterclockwise to unlock Y Back Trim Storage Box Small items can be stored in the back trim storage box To use the back trim storage box 1 To use the desired storage box slide the seat
427. ve the trunk end trim Removal gt 87 a gt Installation 8 41 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 5 Remove the trunk lid release lock out button connector 6 On the side the bulb is to be replaced pull the center section of the plastic retainers and remove them then remove the trunk side trim Removal Rod OPO Installation 7 Disconnect the bulb from the socket 8 42 Rear turn signal lights 8 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure High mount brake light Due to the complexity and difficulty of the procedure the LED bulbs should be replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer License plate lights 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Lift the trunk 3 Slide the light to the left side of the vehicle and remove it 4 Disconnect the bulb from the socket 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance V Replacing Interior Light Bulbs Overhead light 1 Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the trim and gently insert it in the overhead light as shown in the figure and then remove the cover 2 Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out 3 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Trunk light 1 Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a
428. vehicle is moving for any reason other than in an emergency is dangerous Stopping the engine while the vehicle is moving will result in reduced maneuverability and braking ability due to the loss of power steering and power braking which could cause an accident and serious injury A CAUTION When leaving the vehicle make sure the ignition is switched off NOTE The electrical fan in the engine compartment could turn on for a few minutes after the ignition is switched from ON to OFF whether or not the A C is on or off to cool the engine compartment quickly 5 5 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Brake System V Foot Brake Your Mazda has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal use Should power assist fail you can stop by applying greater force than normal to the brake pedal But the distance required to stop will be greater than usual A WARNING Do not coast with the engine stalled or turned off find a safe place to stop Coasting with the engine stalled or turned off is dangerous Braking will require more effort and the brake s power assist could be depleted if you pump the brake This will cause longer stopping distances or even an accident Shift to a lower gear when going down steep hills Driving with your foot continuously on the brake pedal or steadily applying the brakes for long distances is dangerous This causes overheated brakes resulting in longer sto
429. ver eee 3 35 Power WIndOWS eene te RE ti UR tna desis 3 37 Fuel Filler Lid and Cap ecien 3 40 Hood ente dote berto AD ORNA 3 42 Convertible Top Soft Top ssssst 3 43 Convertible Top Power Retractable Hardtop 3 48 Security Syste eee eee tene eoe epe None euo ena Ee a oon oios ne Evan 3 63 Immobilizer System with Advanced Key 3 63 Immobilizer System without Advanced Key 3 67 Theft Deterrent System 3 71 Steering Wheel and Mirrors eere esee ntnnan 3 73 Steering Wheel re kresne oreesa ae eee rore ERR 3 73 MU OTS si eee cee Pence Pes A A ie E a 3 73 Some models 3 1 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Advanced Keys The advanced keyless functions advanced keyless entry and start system enable the following operations while the advanced key is being carried page 3 7 Locking unlocking the doors and opening the trunk lid without operating the key Starting the engine without operating the key Additional functions are available using the buttons on the advanced key Refer to Operation Using Advanced Key Functions on page 3 15 The following operations are possible using the transmitter of the keyless entry system from a distance Lock Unlock Trunk Panic button e Locking unlocking the doors Opening the trunk lid Opening the power windows Turning on
430. ving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used Driving on rough or muddy roads Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates Driving in extremely hot conditions Driving in mountainous conditions continually If any do apply follow Schedule 2 Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2 NOTE After the prescribed period continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended intervals Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance V Schedule 1 Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 x1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 Maintenance Interval x1000 miles 7 5 15 22 5 30 37 5 45 52 5 60 ENGINE Drive belts I Engine valve clearance Audibly inspect every 120 000 km 75 000 miles if noisy adjust Engine oil R R R R R R R R Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R COOLING SYSTEM FL22 type Replace at first 192 000 km 120 000 miles or 10 years after ype that every 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 5 years Engine coolant Replace at first 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 4 years after that Others every 2 years FUEL SYSTEM Air filter C C R C Fuel lines and hoses I I Hoses and tubes for emission I IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 120 000 km 75 000 miles 8 4
431. witch to turn on the fog lights They help you to see as well as to be seen To turn the fog lights on rotate the fog light switch to the 0 position The headlight switch must be in the D position before turning on the fog lights Fog light switch To turn them off rotate the fog light switch to the OFF position or turn the headlight switch to the or OFF position NOTE The fog lights will turn off when the headlights are set at high beam Some models 5 59 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Windshield Wipers and AWTS ITS a The ignition must be switched ON A WARNING Use only windshield washer fluid or plain water in the reservoir Using radiator antifreeze as washer fluid is dangerous If sprayed on the windshield it will dirty the windshield affect your visibility and could result in an accident Only use windshield washer fluid mixed with anti freeze protection in freezing weather conditions Using windshield washer fluid without anti freeze protection in freezing weather conditions is dangerous as it could freeze on the windshield and block your vision which could cause an accident In addition make sure the windshield is sufficiently warmed using the defroster before spraying the washer fluid 5 60 NOTE Because heavy ice and snow can jam the wiper blades the wiper motor is protected from motor breakdown overheating and possible fire by a circuit breaker This mechan
432. xample the numbers 457 means the 45st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002 The other numbers are marketing codes used at the manufacturer s discretion This information is used to contact consumers if a tire defect requires a recall Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire In general the greater the number of plies the more weight a tire can support Tire manufacturers also must indicate the tire materials which include steel nylon polyester and other Maximum Load Rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under normal driving conditions 9 25 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Tread Wear Traction and Temperature Grades Tread wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on we
433. xle Weight is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver s door frame or door pillar The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross Vehicle Weight is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver s door frame or door pillar The GVW must never exceed the GVWR 9 38 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A SAMPLE E COM DATE GVWRIPNBV CIO LB CIN KG FRONT GAWRIPNBE AV CCC LB COC KG REAR GAWR PNBE AR O LB CLL KG WITHIAVEC LI TIRESIPNEVS WITHIAVEC TIRES PNEVS RIMS JANTES RIMSIJANTES KPAI PSI COLD A FROID LI KPA LL PSI COLD A FROID VIN TYPETI E BAR CODE s i A WARNING Exceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits
434. y A CAUTION gt Lift the deck using two adults Doing it alone could result in injury or the deck lid mechanism being twisted which could damage it gt Do not let go of the deck lid on both sides until it is fully open The deck lid could fall if it is released too soon and cause injury gt Do not attempt to forcefully lift the deck If the lock has not detached and the deck is forcefully lifted it could damage the deck 3 58 Closing the hardtop A CAUTION The procedure should be done by at least two adults Do not do it alone so as not to cause injury or vehicle damage Some steps in the procedure require holding your body in a strained position for extended periods and if over exerted it could result in injury Be very careful when closing the hardtop to prevent pinching and possible injury 1 Grasp the hardtop along the side and front surfaces and lift it up enough to create a clearance at the rear of hardtop 2 Grasp the hardtop along the side and rear surfaces and lift it up enough to create a clearance behind the rear glass 3 Grasp the hardtop along its side surface and the rear area of the rear glass pull the hardtop towards the front of the vehicle and completely close it 74 ARR 4 Lock the top latch Refer to Closing the Power Retractable Hardtop on page 3 52 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Closing the deck 1 Loop the center of the rope
435. y 1 Select the desired channel to be programmed At this point the following is displayed SR bank number channel number 2 Keep pressing the channel preset button for 1 5 seconds or more The programming process is complete after the channel number flashes Then SR bank number is displayed and a beep sound is heard at the same time 3 SR bank number CH preset number channel number are displayed Programming with text display e g channel name 1 Select the desired channel to be programmed At this point the following is displayed SR bank number selected text e g channel name 2 Keep pressing the channel preset button for 1 5 seconds or more The programming process is complete after the text e g channel name flashes Then SR bank number is displayed and you will hear beep sound at the same time 6 37 Interior Comfort Audio System 3 SR bank number CH preset number channel number are displayed 4 Three seconds later it returns to normal display SR bank number text e g channel name NOTE Six stations can be stored in each bank SRI SR2 and SR3 for convenient access to your favorite stations Preset channel call up Press and release the channel preset button SR bank number CH preset number channel number appears When the preset button is pressed during text mode its channel number is d
436. y cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries Do not jump start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level Jump starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous It may rupture or explode causing serious injury Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative terminal of the discharged battery is dangerous A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts cooling fans belts is dangerous The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury A CAUTION Use only a 12 V booster system You can damage a 12 V starter ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply two 12 V batteries in series or a 24 V motor generator set Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order ELT ee I las aS Wea ay wa a gc Jumper cables um ee ey ee Vy LA exa w Wy lt i Discharged battery Booster battery 7 22 1 Remove the rubber hose from the battery cover LF 2 Remove the battery cover from its ri
437. y illuminate If this occurs it is the result of the weak battery and does not indicate an ABS malfunction Recharge the battery With DSC vehicles The brake assist system does not operate while the ABS warning light is illuminated V Electronic Brake Force Distribution System Warning O amp BRAKE If the electronic brake force distribution control unit determines that some components are operating incorrectly the control unit may illuminate the brake system warning light and the ABS warning light on simultaneously The problem is likely to be the electronic brake force distribution system A WARNING Do not drive with both the ABS warning light and brake warning light illuminated Have the vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving when the brake system warning light and ABS warning light are illuminated simultaneously is dangerous When both lights are illuminated the rear wheels could lock more quickly in an emergency stop than under normal circumstances V Charging System Warning Light E This warning light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and turns off when the engine is started If the warning light illuminates while driving it indicates a malfunction of the alternator or of the charging system Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer CAUTION Do not continue d
438. y night lever in the day position Reducing glare from headlights Manual day night mirror Push the day night lever forward for day driving Pull it back to reduce glare of headlights from cars at the rear Day Night lever ULM ed Auto dimming mirror The auto dimming mirror automatically reduces glare of headlights from cars at the rear when the ignition is switched ON Press the OFF button O to cancel the automatic dimming function The indicator light will turn off To reactivate the automatic dimming function press the ON button 1 The indicator light will illuminate OFF button Indicator light ON button 3 75 Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors NOTE Do not use glass cleaner or suspend objects on or around the light sensor Otherwise light sensor sensitivity will be affected and may not operate normally Light sensor Light sensor g For information regarding the 3 buttons S A A on the auto dimming mirror refer to HomeLink Wireless Control System page 5 63 3 76 Before Driving Your Mazda Important information about driving your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions eerte 4 2 Fuel Requirements 2 erred e HR eh hens 4 2 Emission Control System sse 4 3 Engine Exhaust Carbon Monoxide sess 4 4 Before Starting the Engine Before Get ng In onda agen ate este Aft
439. yed If there is no short name the long name is displayed To display the rest of the characters of the channel name press and hold the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next ten characters Press and hold the text button TEXT again after the last ten characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title Press and hold the text button while the short name is displayed to switch the display to the long name Three seconds after scrolling the long name the display automatically returns to the first part of the long name Three more seconds and the short name appears If there is no channel name NO TITLE is displayed Category name display When the text button 1s pressed while in channel name display mode it changes to the category name display mode There are short eight fixed characters and long names for the category name The long name is displayed first and three seconds later the short name is displayed If there is no short name the long name is displayed To display the rest of the characters of the category name press and hold the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next ten characters Press and hold the text button TEXT again after the last ten characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title 6 39 Interior Comfort Audio System Press and hold the text button while the short name is displayed to switch the display to the lon

Mazda MX-5 Owner's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents